Tuning & temperament bibliography

- A -

  • Aaron, Pietro. De institutione harmonica libri tres. Bononiae, In aedibus Benedicti Hectoris Bibliopolae Bononiensis, 1516. Reprint Broude Brothers Ltd., New York, 1978. Liber primus, liber secundus, liber tertius.
  • Aaron, Pietro. Thoscanello de la musica. Impressa per Bernardino et Mattheo de Uitali, Venezia, 1523, 1529, 1539, 1562. Reprint Broude Brothers Ltd., New York, 1969. English translation Toscanello in musica by Peter Bergquist, Colorado College Music Press, Colorado Springs, 1970.
  • Aaron, Pietro. Trattato della natura et cognitione di tutti gli tuoni di canto figurato. Bernardino Vitali, Venezia, 1525, 1531.
  • Aaron, Pietro. Lucidario in musica. Venice, 1545. Reprint, 1969.
  • Abbado, Michelangelo. "Terzo e quarto suono", Rivista italiana di musicologia vol. 5, 1970, pp. 99-147.
  • Abbatini, Antonio Maria. Codici contenenti diverse lezioni teorice. Bologna, 1667-1668.
  • Abddon, Seifed-Din Shehadeh. "Arabic Music: Samaie Farhafza Analysis", May 2003, WWW, 14 pages.
  • Abel, Carl Friedrich. The pure method for tuning the Harpsichord, according to Abel. London, 2nd half 18th cent.
  • Abel, Volker, Peter Reiss and Rudolf Wille. "Mutabor II - Ein computergesteuertes Musikinstrument zum Experimentieren mit Stimmungslogiken und Mikrotönen", Preprint no. 1513, TH Fachbereich Mathematik, Darmstadt, 1992. Also in Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993.
  • Abraham, Gerald u.a. (ed.) Bericht über den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß, Köln 1958. Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
  • Abraham, Otto and Erich Moritz von Hornbostel. "Zur Psychologie der Tondistanz", Zeitschrift für Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane vol. 98, 1899.
  • Abraham, Otto. "Absolutes Tonbewußtsein", Sammelbände der internationalen Musikgesellschaft vol. 3 & 8, 1901, pp. 1-86.
  • Abraham, Otto and Erich Moritz von Hornbostel. "Vorschläge für die Transkription exotischer Melodien", Sammelbände der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft vol. 11, 1909. Reprint in Musical transcription, Garland, New York, 1990, pp. 1-25.
  • Achtélik, Joseph. Der Naturklang als Wurzel aller Harmonien. C.F. Kahnt, Leipzig, 1922.
  • Adkins, Cecil D. The Theory and Practice of the Monochord. Unpublished PhD thesis, Music, Univ. of Iowa, 1963. Reprint UMI Dissertation Services (64-3344), Ann Arbor.
  • Adlung, M. Jakob. Anleitung zur musikalischen Gelahrtheit. J.D. Jungnicol, Erfurt, 1758. 2nd edition Dresden/Leipzig, 1783. Facsimile reprint, Hans-Joachim Moser (ed.), Documenta Musicologica Bd. 4, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1953.
  • Adlung, M. Jakob. Musica mechanica organoedi. Berlin, 1768. Facsimile reprint Christhard Mahrenholz, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1930, 1961.
  • Adou, Heather. "Acoustic Aspects of the Balani of Mali", SAVAIL Working Papers, WWW, 2003.
  • Agazzari, Agostino. Sacrarum Cantionum quae Binis, Ternis, Quaternisque vocibus concinuntur. Liber II. Cum basso ad organum. Ricciardus Amadinus, Venice, 1609.
  • Ager, Klaus. "Der Ultrachromatismus Ivan Wyschnegradskys in melodischer und rhythmischer Hinsicht", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 123-126.
  • Agmon, Eytan. "Octave Equivalence and the Immediate Recall of Pitch Sequences", Music Perception vol. 2, 1984, pp. 40-51.
  • Agmon, Eytan. Diatonicism, Chromaticism and Enharmonicism: A Study in Cognition and Perception. Unpublished PhD dissertation, City University of New York, 1986.
  • Agmon, Eytan. "A Mathematical Model of the Diatonic System", Journal of Music Theory vol. 33 no. 1, spring 1989, pp. 1-25. Correction in vol. 33 no. 2, 1989, p. 462.
  • Agmon, Eytan. "Equal Division of the Octave in a Scarlatti Sonata", In Theory Only vol. 13 no. 5, 1990, pp. 1–8.
  • Agmon, Eytan. "Linear Transformations Between Cyclically Generated Chords", Musikometrika vol. 3, 1991, pp. 15-40.
  • Agmon, Eytan. "Towards a Theory of Diatonic Intonation", Interface vol. 22 no. 2, 1993, pp. 151–163.
  • Agmon, Eytan. "Coherent Tone-Systems: A Study in the Theory of Diatonicism", Journal of Music Theory vol. 40 no. 1, 1996, pp. 39-59.
  • Agmon, Eytan. "Numbers and the Western Tone-System: Beyond Psychoacoustics", American Mathematical Society, March 2003, 18 pages.
  • Agricola, Johann Friedrich. Anleitung zur Singkunst. Berlin, 1757. Facsimile edition by Erwin R. Jacobi (ed.), Hermann Moeck Verlag, Celle, 1966.
  • Agricola, Martin. Musica instrumentalis deudsch, ynn welcher begriffen ist, wie man nach dem Gesange auff mancherley pfeiffen lernen sol, auch wie auff die Orgel, Harffen, Lauten, Geigen und allerley Instrument und Seytenspiel nach der rechtgegründten Tabelthur sey abzusetzen. Georg Rhau, Wittemberg, 1528, 1529, enlarged 1545. Facsimile edition, Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1896. Facsimile edition, Georg Olms Verlag, Hildesheim, 1969. English translation William E. Hettrick, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1994.
  • Agricola, Martin. Musica figuralis deudsch: mit ihrem zugehörenden Exempeln, sampt einem besunderlichen schönen Büchelein von den Proportionibus, welche allen gemeinen Sengern, Instrumentisten und Anhebern dieser Kunst, ganz nützbarlich zu wissen, auffs einfeltigst und vorstentlichst ins Deudsche verfasset. Georg Rhau, Wittemberg, 1532.
  • Agricola, Martin. Rudimenta musices, quibus canendi artificium compendiosissime complexum, pueris una cum monochordi dimensione traditur. Georg Rhau, Wittemberg, 1539. Reprint Broude Brothers, New York, 1966. English translation by John Trowell, Boethius Press, Aberystwyth, 1991.
  • Ahrens, A.W. "Characteristic Limitations of the Internal Tuning of Selected Wind Instruments", Journal of Experimental Education vol. 15 no. 4, June 1947, pp. 269-289.
  • Ahrens, Christian. "Anmerkungen zu Birsaks Frequenzmessungen an 2 Chalumeaux", Die Musikforschung vol. 28 no. 4, 1975, pp. 442-443.
  • Ahrens, Christian. "Ein griechischer Volksmusiker und sein Instrument. Zur Stimmung folkloristischer Aerophone", Studia Instrumentorum Musicae Popularis vol. 7, Erich Stockmann (ed.), Music museum, Stockholm, 1981, pp. 95-101.
  • Aikin, Jim. "Discover 19-Tone Equal Temperament", Keyboard, March 1988, pp. 74-80.
  • Aikin, Jim. "Just intonation with synth tuning tables", Keyboard, Nov. 1994.
  • Aikin, Jim. "< HREF="http://emusician.com/tutorials/emusic_playing_cracks/">Playing in the Cracks, Electronic Musician, June 2003.
  • Aikin, Jim. "An Interview with Robert Rich", Keyboard, 2004.
  • Aikin, Jim. "Just Intonation Tutor", WWW, 2006.
  • Airoldi, Roberto. La teoria del temperamento nell'etá di Gioseffo Zarlino. Presentazione a cura di Elena Ferrari Barassi, Turris, Cremona, 1989, 166 pages.
  • Aiyar, C. Subrahmania. "Quartertones in South Indian (Carnatic) Music", The Journal of the Musical Academy vol. 11, Madras, 1940, p. 95.
  • Aiyar, C. Subrahmania. "A Study of the Microtonal Variations in Frequencies in Karnatic Music with an Oscillograph", The Journal of the Musical Academy vol. 20, Madras, 1949, p. 114.
  • Aiyar, C. Subrahmania. "Musical research and frequency ratios", The Journal of the Musical Academy vol. 21, Madras, 1950, p. 64.
  • Aiyar, C. Subrahmania. "Physics and Aesthetics of Hindustani Music", The Journal of the Musical Academy vol. 22, Madras, 1951, p. 86.
  • Aiyar, C. Subrahmania. The Grammar of South Indian (Karnatic) Music. Madras, 1951, 1976.
  • Akkoç, Can. "Non-Deterministic Scales Used in Traditional Turkish Music", Journal of New Music Research vol. 31 no. 4, 2002.
  • Aksoy, Bülent, "Makamin Tanimina Dogru", 1995. Trans. K. Agartan. Musikisinas, Bogaziçi University Turkish Music Club Publication, 2000, pp. 70-87.
  • Aksoy, Bülent. Avrupali Gezginlerin Gözüyle Osmanlilarda musikî. 2nd rev. ed., Pan Yayincilik, Istanbul, 2003.
  • Alaleona, D. "I moderni orrizonti della tecnica musicale. Teoria della divisione dell'ottava in parti uguali", Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 18, 1911, pp. 382-420.
  • Alaleona, D. "Le tonalità neutre e l'arte di stupore", Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 18, 1911, pp. 769-838.
  • Albèra, Philippe. "Ivan Wyschnegradsky 'Quatuor no.1' opus 13 (1923-24)", Concert 10, Contrechamps, Genève, 2000.
  • Albini, Giovanni and Samuele Antonini. "Hamiltonian Cycles in the Topological Dual of the Tonnetz", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • d'Albiz, Joseph Lubet. Création Harmonique. Étoile musicale composée pour piano ou orgue à quarts de ton. BN Vm (8) 532, Paris, 1858. (Recueil factice)
  • Albrecht, Jan. "Essays über Kunst. Ein Teufelsgespräch über die Zukunft der Musik (zu Thomas Manns Roman Doktor Faustus)", Zbornik filosoficke fakulty university Komenskeho vol. 22, Bratislava, 1971, pp. 99-137.
  • Albritton, Jerry Samuel. A historical survey of important tuning systems in Western music. MM diss. Florida State U., Tallahassee, 1969.
  • d'Alembert, Jean Henri. Éléments de musique théorique et pratique, suivant les principes de M. Rameau, éclaircis développés et simplifiés. David l'Ainé, Paris, 1752, 171 pages. Nouvelle édition, revue, corrigée, Jean Marie Bruysset, Lyon, 1759, 1762, 1766, 1772, 1779, 236 pages. German translation by F.W. Marpurg, Leipzig, 1757.
  • d'Alembert, Jean Henri. Réponse de M. d'Alembert à une lettre imprimée de M. Rameau. Paris, 1762.
  • Alessi, Rosario. Sonometro. Misura matematica del suono musicale. Metodo téorico per la giusta divisione della scala cromatica...per accordare i pianoforti. A. Morano, Naples, 1881.
  • Alexjander, Susan. "DNA tunings", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 8 no. 2, Sept. 1992, pp. 30-31.
  • Alexjander, Susan. "The Infrared Frequencies of DNA Bases, as Science and Art", Engineering in Medicine and Biology Magazine, IEEE, March/April 1999, pp. 74-75.
  • al-Farabi. Kitab al-musiqa al-kabir. Reprint Gattas 'Abd al-Malik Hashaba, Dar al-katib al-'arabi, Cairo, 1967. French translation by F.R. d'Erlanger, 1930. Reprint Ed. Eckhard Neubauer, Frankfurt a.M., 1998, 482 pages.
  • Algaraz, José Antonio. "A Propósito de Julián Carrillo", Heterofonía vol. 8 no. 31, 1975, pp. 20-23.
  • Allain-Dupré, Philippe. "Jobin versus Lehman", WWW, 2005.
  • Allan, G.E. "The Musical Scale of the Highland Bagpipe", Philosophical Magazine vol. 29, 1940, pp. 154-161.
  • Alldahl, Per-Gunnar. Korintonation: Du skall icke sjunga falskt mot din nästa. SKS musikböcker no. 5. Gehrman, Stockholm, 1990, 142 pages.
  • Allen, John S. "Mathematical representations of musical tunings", WWW, 1997.
  • Allen, John S. "Equal temperaments as mathematical series", WWW, 1997.
  • Allen, John S. "On Rabbits, Mathematics and Musical Scales", WWW, 1998.
  • Allen, John S. "The general keyboard in the age of MIDI", WWW, 1997-1999.
  • Allende-Blin, Juan. "Ein gespräch mit Ivan Wyschnegradsky", Alexander Skrjabin und die Skrjabinisten, Musik Konzept vols. 32-33, München, 1983, p. 103.
  • Allende-Blin, Juan. "Prélude für Vierteltonklavier; von Arthur Vincent Lourié", Musik Texte vol. 4, 1984.
  • Allende-Blin, Juan. "Ist Bachs Kunst der Fuge mitteltönig komponiert?", Ars Organi vol. 48, September 2000, p. 167.
  • Almén, Byron. "Musical 'Temperament': Theorists and the Functions of Music Analysis", Theoria vol. 12, 2005.
  • Alphonce, Bo. "Generalized Musical Intervals and Transformations, by David Lewin (book review)", Intégral vol. 2, 1988.
  • Alrich, Alexis. "'Lou Harrison: Composing a World' by Leta E. Miller and Frederic Lieberman (book review)", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 3, fall 2000, pp. 2, 16.
  • Althuis, Theo. Graph theoretic aspects of music theory. M.Sc. thesis, Mathematical Sciences, Universiteit Twente, Enschede, 2000.
  • Altwein, Erich F. "Bemerkungen zu Paul Hindemiths Unterweisung im Tonsatz", Die Musikforschung vol. 23, 1970, pp. 54-55.
  • Altwein, Erich F. "Versuch über das arabische Komma", Die Musikforschung vol. 24, 1971, pp. 432-437.
  • Alves, Bill. "The Just Intonation System of Nicola Vicentino", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1989, pp. 8-13.
  • Alves, Bill. "Key Characteristics and Pitch Sets in Composing with Just Intonation", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 3, summer 1990, pp. 1, 6-8, 14.
  • Alves, Bill. "Pleng: Composing for a Justly Tuned Gender Barung", Intercultural Music vol. 5, proceedings of the Fourth Biannual Symposium and Festival of Intercultural Music. Reprint in 1/1 vol. 9 no. 4, spring 1997, pp. 1,4-11.
  • Alves, Bill. "Graphic Representation of Some Gamelan Tunings", WWW, 1996.
  • Alves, Bill. "'Uncommon Practice: Selected Compositions 1984-1995' by David B. Doty (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 3, fall 2000, pp. 16-17.
  • Alves, Bill. "Using Alternate Tunings in Csound", in CD-ROM accompanying The Csound Book, Richard Boulanger (ed.), MIT University Press, Cambridge MA, 2000.
  • Alves, Bill. "The Journey of Light and Darkness in Toby Twinings 'Chrysalid Requiem' (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 11 no. 3, autumn 2003, pp. 1, 4-9.
  • Alves, Bill. "Digital Harmony of Sound and Light", Computer Music Journal vol. 29 no. 4, Dec. 2005, pp. 45-54.
  • Alves, Bill. "Lou Harrison: Por Gitaro: Suites for Tuned Guitars (CD liner notes)", Mode Records, New York, 2008.
  • Amann, Dominique. Gammes, Accords, Tempéraments. Self-published, Toulon, 1999, 160 pages.
  • Amargianakis, Georgios. "The Ancient Musical Nomos, the Byzantine Echos and the Indian Raga", Musicologia vol. 2 no. 2, 1985.
  • Amiot, Emmanuel. "Mathématiques et analyse musicale: Une fécondation réciproque", Analyse musicale vol. 28, June 1992, pp. 37-41.
  • Amiot, Jean Joseph Marie. Mémoire sur la Musique des Chinois tant anciens que modernes. Vol. VI of Mémoires concernant L'Histoire, les Sciences, les Arts, les Moeurs et les Usages, des Chinois, par les Missionaires de Pékin, Paris, 1779.
  • Amirkhanian, Charles. "Lou Harrison: The Tuning of the Babylonian Harp", sound recording, 12-02-1971, 27 mins.
  • Amirkhanian, Charles. "Interview with Ivan Wyschnegradsky", sound recording, 04-06-1976, 62 mins.
  • Amirkhanian, Charles. "Interview with La Monte Young", sound recording, 1984, 40 mins.
  • Amman, Walter (ed.) Hans Kayser zum 100. Geburtstag am 1. April 1991. Biographische Fragmente. Schriften über Harmonik. Bern, 1991.
  • Ammerbach, Elias Nikolaus. Orgel- und Instrument-Tabulatur. Leipzig, 1571, Nürnberg, 1583.
  • Amos, Tom. "Isometrics and the origin of modal systems: A brief experimental inquiry", Ex tempore vol. 1 no. 2, pp. 30-38.
  • Anda, Antoine. Les gammes musicales: essai historique sur les Modes et sur les Tons de la Musique, depuis l'Antiquité jusqu'à l'Époque Moderne. Edition Nationale Belge, Bruxelles, 1939, 424 pages.
  • Anderson, B.E. and W.J. Strong. "The effect of inharmonic partials on pitch of piano tones", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 117 no. 5, 2005, pp. 3268–3272.
  • Anderson, Carola B. "Glenn Branca and the Harmonic Series", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 1, winter 1985, pp. 4-6.
  • Anderson, Carola B. "The Trouble with Didymus", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 3, 1985, pp. 1, 11-13.
  • Anderson, Gene. "Pythagoras and the Origin of Music Theory", Indiana Theory Review vol. 6 no. 3, 1983, pp. 35-64.
  • Anderson, Julian. "La Note Juste. Julian Anderson Appraises the Work of the Enigmatic Giacinto Scelsi ", The Musical Times vol. 136 no. 1823, Jan. 1995, pp. 22-27.
  • Anderson, Warren D. Music and Musicians in Ancient Greece. Cornell University Press, Ithaca NY, 1994.
  • Anderton, Craig. "Alternate Scales for Even-Tempered Samplers", Electronic Musician, December 1986, pp. 48-49.
  • Ando, Yoshinori and Taeko Sagara. "Pitch intonation of koto music", Nomura Festschrift, 1970, pp. 25-39.
  • Andreae, Hans-Volkmar. Elementar-Harmonik. Zur Phänomenologie der Töne und Intervalle abendländischer Musik. Amadeus Verlag, Zürich, 1973, 93 pages.
  • Anfilov, Gleb. Physics of Music. Moscow, 1961.
  • Anger, J. Humphrey. The Modern Enharmonic Scale. Boston, 1907.
  • Anglas, Jules Philippe Louis. Précis d'acoustique physique, musical, physiologique. Paris, 1910.
  • Anglmayer, Paul. Zur Intonationskorrektur bei Trompeten. Hausarbeit an der Hochschule für Musik und darstellende Kunst, Vienna, 1997.
  • Anglmayer, Paul. "Ein neuer Optimierungsalgorithmus zur Intonationskorrektur bei Blechblasinstrumenten", Fortschritte der Akustik, DAGA, Zürich, 1998.
  • Anglmayer, Paul. "Physical Modelling von Blechblasinstrumenten und dessen Anwendung zur Intonationsoptimierung von Trompeten", Tagungsprogramm zum 19. Musikinstrumentenbau-Symposium in Michaelstein 20.-22.11.1998, Michaelstein, 1998, pp. 28-29.
  • Aning, Ben. "Tuning the kora: A case study of the norms of a Gambian musician", Journal of African Studies vol. 9 no. 3, fall 1982, pp. 164-175.
  • Anmarkrud, Bjørn. De ulike felestille i hardingfeletradisjonene. Master of Arts dissertation, Musicology: University of Oslo, 1975, 168 pages.
  • Annoni, Maria Therese. Tuning, temperament and pedagogy for the vihuela in Juan Bermudo's 'Declaración de instrumentos musicales' (1555). PhD diss., Music Theory, Ohio State University, 1989, 245 pages.
  • anonymus. "Quarti di tono", Musica d'oggi vol. 6, 1924, p. 344.
  • anonymus. "Spoglio di riviste", Il pianoforte vol. 5 no. 11, November 1924, p. 301.
  • Anselmi, Georgio. De musica. Parma, 1434. Reprint Gioseppe Massera, Historiae Musicae Cultores, Florence, 1961.
  • Antegnati, Costanzo. L'arte organica. Francesco Tebaldino, Brescia, 1608. English translation by C. Meyer, 1980.
  • Anyumba, Henry Owuor. "Contemporary lyres in eastern Africa", African Musicology vol. 1 no. 1, Kenya, 1983, pp. 18-33.
  • Aoyaghi, Hiro. "Perceptual Interrelationships among Nine Septatonic Western Modes: Convergence across distinct methods", WWW.
  • Apel, Willy. Geschichte der Orgel- und Klaviermusik bis 1700. 1967. English translation The History of Keyboard Music to 1700 by Hans Tischler (ed.), Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1972. Italian translation Storia della musica per organo e altri strumenti da tasto fino al 1700. Sansoni, Firenze, 1985, 3 vols.
  • Appunn, Anton. Letter to Pietro Blaserna about 48-tone harmonium, Hanau, 12 June 1887.
  • Appunn, Georg. "Über die Helmholtz’sche Lehre von den Tonempfindungen als Grundlage für die Theorie der Musik, nebst Beschreibung einiger, zum Theil ganz neuer Apparate, welche zur Erläuterung und zum Beweis dieser Theorie geeignet sind", Bericht der Wetterauischen Gesellschaft für die gesammte Naturkunde zu Hanau über den Zeitabschnitt vom 4. October bis 31. Dezember 1867, Friedrich Becker (ed.), Hanau, 1868, pp. 73-90.
  • Archambault, Ellen Jane. Andreas Werckmeister (1645-1706) as a Teacher of Composition. PhD thesis, Florida State University, 1999, 325 pages.
  • Arel, Hüseyin Sadettin. Türk mûsikisi kimindir? Kultur ve Turizm Bakanligi Yayinlari (Who does Turkish music belong to?). Istanbul, 1939-1940. Reprint 1969, Ankara, 1988.
  • Arel, Hüseyin Sadettin. "Modal systems in the Turkish music", Musical Magazine vol. 7, Istanbul, 1948, p. 3.
  • Arel, Hüseyin Sadettin. Türk musikisi nazariyati dersleri (Lessons on the theories of Turkish music). Istanbul, 1968. Haz. Onur Akdogu, Ankara, 1991.
  • Ariel (pseudonym). Das Relativitätsprinzip der musikalischen Harmonie, Band I: Die Gesetze der inneren Tonbewegungen, das evolutionäre Temperierungsverfahren und das 19-stufiges Tonsystem. Neunzehn Stufen Verlag, Leipzig, 1925.
  • Aristoxenos. Harmonika stoicheia. Elsevier, Leiden, 1616. Latin translation by A. Gogavinus, Venice, 1562 and also Marcus Meibom (ed.) in Antiquae Musicae Auctores Septem, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1652. Italian translation Aristoxeni Elementa harmonica by Rosetta da Rios, 2 vols., Typis publicae officinae polygrahicae, Rome, 1954. English translation The Harmonics of Aristoxenus by Henry S. Macran (ed.), Oxford, 1902. Reprint Georg Olms Verlag, Hildesheim, 1974, 1990.
  • Armellino, Giorgio. Kunst des Klavierstimmens: nebst einer vollständigen Anleitung zur Erhaltung und Wiederherstellung gebrauchter, sowie zur Prüfung neuer Instrumente. Neuer Schauplatz der Künste und Handwerke Bd. 21, Bernhard Friedrich Voigt, Weimar, 1881, 107 pages.
  • Armellino, Giorgio. Der Klavierstimmer: enthaltend eine kurzgefaßte Beschreibung des Klaviers, die Lehre von der Stimmung und der Technik des Stimmens. Bernhard Friedrich Voigt, Leipzig, 1920, 70 pages.
  • Arnautoff, Philip. "A Few Observations with Respect to the Canon's Tuning for 'Soliloquy'", 1/1 vol. 12 no. 1, winter 2005, pp. 1, 12-17.
  • Arnold, Wasiuddin James. "L'intonation juste dans la théorie ancienne de l'Inde: Ses applications aux musiques modales et harmoniques", Revue de Musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 11-38.
  • Arnold, Wasiuddin James and Bernard Bel. "L'intonation des musiques monodiques: Méthodologies expérimentales", Revue de Musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 159-163.
  • Arnold, Wasiuddin James. "Playing with Intonation", DSTAR News Letter no. 3-4, New Delhi, 1985, pp. 60-62.
  • Arnold, Wasiuddin James, Joep Bor and Wim van der Meer. "On Measuring Notes: a Response to N.A. Jairazbhoy", DSTAR News Letter no. 3-4, New Delhi, 1985, pp. 46-51.
  • Arntzen, Kees. "Ali Baba en de veertig tonen - over microtonale muziek", Muziek & Dans, Jul/Aug 1985.
  • Arntzen, Kees. "Uit de diepste lagen van de historie. De kwarttoonsmuziek van Alois Hába", Mens en Melodie vol. 51, jul/aug. 1996, pp. 322-325.
  • Arntzen, Kees. "Softness in the air. About Ton Bruynèl", Keynotes vol. 30 no. 2, June 1996, pp. 12-15.
  • Arrachart, Jean-Marc. "La musique, la poésie, les mathématiques", Premier Cahier Ivan Wyschnegradsky, Paris, March 1985, pp. 83-86.
  • Arslan, Fazli. Safi al-Din al-Urmawi and the Theory of Music: Al-Risala al-sharafiyya fi al-nisab al-ta'lifiyya. Content, Analysis and Influences. Foundation for Science Technology and Civilisation, March 2007, 24 pages.
  • Artaud, Pierre-Yves. La flûte. Jean-Claude Lattès/Salabert, Paris, 1986.
  • Artaud, Pierre-Yves and Gérard Geay. Flûtes au présent: Traité des techniques contemporaines. Salabert, Paris, 1980.
  • Artusi, Giovanni Maria. L'Artusi, overo Delle imperfettioni della moderna musica ragionamenti dui. Venice, 1600. Reprint 1969.
  • Artusi, Giovanni Maria. Considerationi musicali. Venice, 1603.
  • Arvidsen, Jørn K. "Eivind Grovens renstemte orgel med automatisk toneoppvalg", Norsk kirkemusikk vol. 8, October 1982, pp. 295-303.
  • Aschour, Didier. "Francisco Luque. Oevres microtonales", WWW, 1998.
  • Aschour, Didier. "Bruce Mather. Oevres microtonales", WWW, 1998.
  • Ashley, Richard D. "Modelling ensemble performance: Dynamic just intonation", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, San Jose, 1992. International Computer Music Association, San Francisco, pp. 38-41.
  • Ashton, Anthony. Harmonograph: A Visual Guide to the Mathematics of Music. Walker & Company, New York, 2003, 64 pages.
  • Asioli, Bonifazio. Osservazioni sul temperamento proprio degl'istromenti stabili: Dirette agli accordatori di pianoforte ed organo. Emilio Giusti, Milano, 1816.
  • Asioli, Bonifazio. Disinganno sulle osservazioni fatte sul temperamento...in aggiunta al suo opusculo. Opera postuma. Ricordi, Milano.
  • Asioli, Bonifazio. Anleitung, Clavierinstrumente zu Temperiren und auf die leichteste Art ohne Beihülfe eines Meister rein und richtig zu stimmen. Artaria, Vienna, c.1819.
  • Askenfelt, Anders (ed.) Five lectures on the acoustics of the piano. Royal Swedish Academy of Music, 1990, WWW, 2000.
  • Asmussen, Robert. "Tuning by Ratios", WWW, 1997.
  • Asmussen, Robert. Periodicity of sinusoidal frequencies as a basis for the analysis of Baroque and Classical harmony: a computer based study. PhD diss., University of Leeds, September 2001, 289 pages.
  • Asmussen, Robert. "A Rule-based System for Tuning Chord Progressions", WWW, 2008, 25 pages.
  • Asperen, Bob van. "Consonant or dissonant? - Reflections at the keyboards of a Clavemusicum Omnitonum, cimbalo cromatico, and 'cembalo naturale'", Schweizer Jahrbuch für Musikwissenschaft vol. 22, 2002, Schweizerische Musikforschende Gesellschaft, Peter Lang, Bern, 2003.
  • Assayag, Gérard and G. Bloch. "Quantification et Creation Musicale", colloqium, April 1995.
  • Assayag, Gérard and Jean-Pierre Cholleton. "Musique, Nombre et Ordinateurs", La Recherche vol. 278 (Numéro spécial sur les nombres), July/August 1995.
  • Assayag, Gérard; H.G. Feichtinger and J.F. Rodrigues (eds.) Mathematics and Music. A Diderot Mathematical Forum. Springer Verlag, 2002, 290 pages.
  • Asselin, Pierre-Yves. "Le tempérament en France au XVIIIème siècle", L'orgue à notre époque, Université Mac Gill, Montréal, 1982, pp. 45-69.
  • Asselin, Pierre-Yves. Compréhension et réalisation des systèmes d'accord à l'ancienne. Université Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris, 1983.
  • Asselin, Pierre-Yves. Musique et tempérament, théorie et pratique de l'accord à l'ancienne. Éditions Jobert, Paris, 1984, 2000.
  • Asuar, José Vincente. "De los Microtonos y su Aplicación como Sistemas temperados", Revista Musical Chilena vol. 11, October-November 1957, p. 59.
  • Athanasopoulos, Georgios D. Theoria tes byzantines mousikes. Patras, 1950.
  • Atkins, E.P.L. "Ear-training and the Standardization of Equal Temperament", PMA vol. 41, 1914-1915, pp. 91-111.
  • Atlas, Allan W. "A 41-cent emendation: a textual problem in Wheatstone’s publication of Giulio Regondi’s Serenade for English concertina and piano", WWW, February 2006.
  • Augustine, Daniel Schuyler. Four theories of music in the United States, 1900 - 1950: Cowell, Yasser, Partch, Schillinger. Diss. University of Texas at Austin, 1979, 616 pages.
  • Auhagen, Wolfgang. "Experimente zum melodisch-tonalen Hören im zwölfstufig-chromatischen Tonsystem: Schlußfolgerungen für Ekmelische Musik", Mikrotöne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
  • Auhagen, Wolfgang. Experimentelle Untersuchung zur auditiven Tonalitätsbestimmung in Melodien. Gustav Bosse-Verlag, Kassel, 1994.
  • Auhagen, Wolfgang, Bram Gätjen und Klaus Wolfgang Niemöller (eds.) Systemische Musikwissenschaft - Festschrift Jobst Peter Fricke zum 65. Geburtstag. Köln 1995.
  • Auhagen, Wolfgang. "Zur Entstehung der Tonartencharakteristik im 18. Jahrhundert", Systemische Musikwissenschaft - Festschrift Jobst Peter Fricke zum 65. Geburtstag, Wolfgang Auhagen (ed.), Köln 1995.
  • Auhagen, Wolfgang. "Stimmung und Temperatur", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart. Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1998, pp. 1831-1847.
  • Auhagen, Wolfgang. "Die Musiktheorie Friedrich Wilhelm Opelts", Musikwissenschaft - Musikpraxis. Festschrift für Horst-Peter Hesse zum 65. Geburtstag, Kai Bachmann and Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Müller-Speiser, Anif, 2000.
  • Avicenna (Ibn-Sina). Kitabu a-Sifa. French translation by F.R. d'Erlanger, 1935.
  • Avicenna (Ibn-Sina). Auicene perhypatetici philosophi: ac medicorum facile primi opera in luce redacta... Latin translation published in 1508. Facsimile edition, Minerva, Frankfurt am Main, 1961.
  • Avoni, V. L'accordature di piano-forte. F.M. Geidel, Leipzig, 1894.
  • Avraamov, Arseny N. "The Open Strings of the Quintet as a Basis for Detuned Orchestral Sound" (in Russian), Muzyka vol. 5 no. 222, Moscow, 5 Sept. 1915, pp. 315-318. English translation by Anton Rovner, 21st Century Music vol. 10 no. 3, March 2003, pp. 1-3.
  • Avraamov, Arseny N. "The Emerging Musical Science and a New Era of Music History" (in Russian), Muzykal'ny Sovremennik no. 6, St. Petersburg, 1916.
  • Avraamov, Arseny N. "Jenseits von Temperierung und Tonalität", Melos vol. 1, 1920, p. 131.
  • Avraamov, Arseny N. "Universal Tonal System (U.T.S.)" (in Russian), Zhizn'iskusstva, 1926, no. 12, pp. 3-4; no. 38, pp. 9-10; no. 40, pp. 6-7.
  • Avraamov, Arseny N. "Vierteltonmusik" (in Russian), Muzika i Revolyutsiya vol. 5-6, p. 39. German translation by Detlef Gojowy, Neue Sowjetische Musik der 20er Jahre, Laaber Verlag, Regensburg, 1980, pp. 445-446.
  • Ayers, Lydia. Exploring Microtonal Tunings: A Kaleidoscope of Extended Just Tunings and Their Compositional Applications. Doctoral dissertation, Performance, Univ. of Illinois, Champaign-Urbana, 1994, 931 pages. Univ. Microfilms Inc., Ann Arbor MI, 1995.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "The Chinese Connection: Harry Partch and the Li Po Settings", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 2, 1995, p. 1.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Ellen Fullman: Body Music (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 2, 1995, p. 2.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Just West Coast: Microtonal Music for Guitar and Harp, performed by Just Strings (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 1, March 1995, pp. 14-16.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "A Composition for Gamelan and Computer-Generated Tape: Merapi", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 6, 1996, pp. 7-14.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Harry Partch: 17 Lyrics of Li Po, performed by Stephen Kalm and Ted Mook (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 4, Spring 1997, p. 15.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Enclosure Two: Historic Speech-Music Recordings from the Harry Partch Archives, Four CD set, Produced by Philip Blackburn (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 4, Spring 1997, pp. 14-19.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Improvising with Tunings: Themes and Improvisations for Woodstock Gamelan", Balungan Magazine.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Indonesian Music as a Source of Microtonal Inspiration in Music of American Composers", Balungan Magazine.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Indonesian Music as a Source of Microtonal Inspiration in Lou Harrison's Music", Balungan Magazine.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Improvising with Tunings: Themes and Improvisations for Woodstock Gamelan", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 2, fall 1999, pp. 1, 4-8, 20.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Synthesising Chinese Flutes Using Csound", Organised Sound vol. 10 no. 1, Cambridge University Press, 2005, pp. 37-49.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Making Scales from Mathematical Means", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 200-223.
  • Ayyar, Mohan. "Keyboards, Synthesizers and Carnatic Music", WWW, 1997.
  • Azarm, Ben. "Ear Interview: Allen Strange", Ear Magazine vol. 8 no. 3, 1983, pp. 1 & 3.

- B -

  • Bach, V. "Problems of Intonation on Brass Instruments", Symphony, September 1950.
  • Bachem, A. "Chroma fixation at the ends of the musical frequency scale", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 20 no. 5, 1948, pp. 704–705.
  • Bachem, A. "Tone height and tone chroma as two different pitch qualities", Acta Psychologica vol. 7, 1949, pp. 80-88.
  • Bachmann, Kai and Wolfgang Thies (eds.) Musikwissenschaft - Musikpraxis. Festschrift für Horst-Peter Hesse zum 65. Geburtstag. Wort und Musik. Salzburger Akademische Beiträge, Band. 43, Verlag Müller-Speiser, Anif, 2000, 251 pages.
  • Backers, Cor. "Een weinig bekende stemming - Inleiding tot een drietal artikelen van prof. ir. Henk Badings", Musica vol. 56 no. 6, June 1977, pp. 3-7.
  • Backus, John. The Acoustical Foundations of Music. W.W. Norton, New York, 1969, 312 pages. London, 1970. 2nd edition, W.W. Norton & Co., 1977, 384 pages.
  • Badings, Henk. "Tonaliteitsproblemen in de nieuwe muziek", Koninklijke Vlaamse Academie voor Wetenschappen, 1951.
  • Badings, Henk. "A.D. Fokker: new music with 31 notes", Zeitschrift für Musiktheorie vol. 7 no. 2, 1976, pp. 46-48.
  • Badings, Henk. "31-toon-stemming", Musica vol. 56 no. 6, June 1977, pp. 7-11. Part 2, Musica vol. 56 no. 7-8, July-Aug 1977, pp. 7-11. Part 3, Musica vol. 56 no. 9, Sep 1977, pp. 9-11.
  • Badings, Henk. "Over 31-toon-stemming. In het algemeen en in het bijzonder gedemonstreerd aan de hand van een eigen compositie" (about 31-note tuning: general principles and a specific demonstration by means of a composition by the author). Academiae analecta: Mededelingen van de Koninklijke Academie voor Wetenschappen, Letteren en Schone Kunsten van België vol. 40 no. 6, 1978, Kongl. Academie voor wetenschappen, letteren en schone Kunsten van België, Brussels, 1978, 23 pages.
  • Badings, Henk. "Aantekeningen over enige fundamentele elementen in de muziek" deel 3, Mens en Melodie vol. 41 no. 11, Nov. 1986, pp. 503-509.
  • Baeumer, Dorothea. Victor Goldschmidts Harmonielehre der Kristalle. Orpheus, Band 36, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1984, 223 pages.
  • Baglioni, Silvestro. "Quelques observations expérimentales sur les intervalles musicaux enharmoniques également tempérés (enharmonium)", Archives Internationales de Physiologie vol. 17, 1921, pp. 343-354.
  • Baglioni, Silvestro. Udito e Voce: elementi fisiologici della parola e della musica. Ed. Stock, Rome, 1924.
  • Baglioni, Silvestro. Divagazioni musicali. Dall'acustica e fonetica fisiologica all'arte. Cuggiani, Rome, 1943.
  • Bailey, Christopher Dylan. Sand, an acousmatic composition with a listener interface. Dissertation, Columbia University, 2002.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Valeur actuelle de l'acoustique musicale de Helmholtz", Revue d'histoire des sciences vol. 39 no. 4, 1986, pp. 301-324.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Leibniz et la théorie de la musique", in Leibniz, Tradition und Aktualität, V. Internationaler Leibniz-Kongreß, Vorträge, Hannover, 14-19 nov. 1988, pp. 34-41.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Le système musical de Conrad Henfling (1706)", Revue de Musicologie vol. 74 no. 1, Société française de musicologie, Paris, 1988, pp. 5-25.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Tempéraments musicaux et mathématiques", Sciences et techniques en perspective vol. 16, Université de Nantes, 1989, pp. 83-114.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Le miroir de l'Harmonie universelle: musique et théorie de la musique chez Leibniz", L'esprit de la musique, Essais d'esthétique et de philosophie (participation à un ouvrage collectif sous la direction de Hugues Dufourt, Joël-Marie Fauquet et François Hurard), Klincksieck, Paris, 1992, pp. 203-216.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. Leibniz et la théorie de la musique. Klincksieck, Series Domaine musicologique, Paris, 1992, 158 pages. French translation of Leibniz by Patrice Bailhache.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Isaac Beeckman a-t-il démontré la loi des cordes vibrantes selon laquelle la fréquence est inversement proportionnelle à la longueur?", Revue d'histoire des sciences vol. 45 no. 2-3, 1992, pp. 337-344.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Théorie de la musique et plaisir musical chez Gassendi", Actes du Colloque International Pierre Gassendi (Digne, 18-21 mai 1992), Annales de Haute-Provence, vol. 321-322, 1992-1993, pp. 387-396.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Cordes vibrantes et consonances chez Beeckman, Mersenne et Galilée", Sciences et techniques en perspective vol. 23, Université de Nantes, "Musique et mathématiques", 1993, pp. 73-91. In PDF.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "L'Harmonie universelle : la musique entre les mathématiques, la physique, la métaphysique et la religion", Les Études philosophiques no. 1-2, 1994, pp. 13-24.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "D'Alembert théoricien de la musique : empirisme et nature", WWW, 1995. To appear in publication Michel Paty (ed.), CNRS, Université Paris.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "La musique, une pratique cachée de l'arithmétique?", Studia Leibniztiana, Actes du colloque L'actualité de Leibniz : les deux labyrinthes, Cerisy, 15-22 juin 1995.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Deux mathématiciens musiciens: Euler et d'Alembert", Physis vol. 32, 1995, pp. 1-35.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Sciences et musique: quelques grandes étapes en théorie musicale", Littérature, médecine, société vol. 13, Université de Nantes, 1996. In PDF.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "La Musique traduite en Mathématiques: Leonhard Euler", Communication au colloque du Centre François Viète, "Problèmes de traduction au XVIIIe siècle", Nantes, 17 janvier 1997. In PDF. English translation by Joseph Monzo, WWW, 1999.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. Une Histoire de l'acoustique musicale. CNRS Éditions, Paris, 2001, 199 pages.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "D'Alembert théoricien de la musique : empirisme et nature", Analyse et dynamique, Études sur l'œuvre de D'Alembert, Les Presses de l'Université Laval, Québec, 2002, pp. 359-377. In PDF.
  • Baily, John. "Anthropological and psychological approaches to the study of music theory and musical cognition", Yearbook of the International Folk Music Council, Int. vol. 20, 1988, pp. 114-124.
  • Bain, Reginald. "A Web based Multimedia Approach to the Harmonic Series", ATMI Presentation, Kansas City, Sept. 2002.
  • Bake, Arnold Adriaan. Bijdrage tot de kennis der Voor-Indische Muziek. PhD thesis, with English translation of Sangita-darpana, Universiteit Utrecht, 1930. Paul Geuthner, Paris, 1930.
  • Bake, Arnold Adriaan. "Die beide Tongeschlechter bei Bharata", Kongreßbericht D.G.M. Lüneburg, 1950, p. 158.
  • Bake, Arnold Adriaan. "The Impact of Western Music on the Indian Musical System", Journal of the International Folk Music Council, 1953, p. 57.
  • Bake, Arnold Adriaan. "Indische Musik", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart Band 6, Friedrich Blume, Kassel, 1957, pp. 1150-1185. Also in Außereuropäische Musik in Einzeldarstellungen, Joseph Kuckertz (ed.), Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag/Bärenreiter Verlag, edition MGG, Kassel, 1980, pp. 190-225.
  • Bake, Arnold Adriaan. "Alain Daniélou: Traité de musicologie comparée (book review)", Ethnomusicology vol. 5 no. 3, 1961, pp. 231-237.
  • Baker, A. "An interview with Lou Harrison", Minnesota Public Radio, June 2002.
  • Baker, R.S. "Music by Telharmony", Electrical World vol. 47, 1906, p. 509.
  • Baker, R.S. "The Generating and Distributing of Music by Means of Alternators", Electrical World vol. 47, 1906, p. 519.
  • Baker, R.S. "New Music for an Old World", McClure's Magazine vol. 27 no. 3, 1906, p. 291.
  • Bakker, Pieter. "De goddelijke oorsprong van de muziek. Andreas Werckmeister en de getallensymboliek", Mens en Melodie vol. 49 no. 3, March 1994, pp. 188-194.
  • Bakker, Pieter. "De bronnen van Andreas Werckmeister", Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie vol. 2 no. 1, 1997.
  • Bakker, Pieter. Andreas Werckmeister. Die historische Einordnung seiner Schriften. Stichting de Studenten Uitgeverij, Schraard, 1998, 31 pages.
  • Bakker, Pieter. "Kleine kunstkroniek. Abraham Bartolus", Kunst en Wetenschap vol. 8 no. 1, 1999, p. 33.
  • Bakker, Pieter. "Musica mathematica", Het Orgel vol. 98 no. 2, 2002, pp. 11-14.
  • Bakshi, Haresh. 101 Raga-s For The 21st Century And Beyond: A Music Lover's Guide to Hindustani Music. SoundOfIndia.com, 2006, 116 pages.
  • Balasubramanian, K. "Combinatorial enumeration of ragas (scales of integer sequences) of Indian music", Journal of Integer Sequences vol. 5 no. 2, 2002, Article 02.2.6.
  • Ballif, Claude. Numero spécial de La Revue Musicale vol. 290-291, 1972, Richard Masse, Paris.
  • Ballif, Claude. "Ivan Wyschnegradsky: harmonie du soir", Premier Cahier Ivan Wyschnegradsky, Paris, March 1985, pp. 9-22.
  • Ballif, Claude. "Du Grand Cluster au Micro-tonalisme", L'Habitant du Labyrinthe, Pro Musica, 1992, pp. 99-108.
  • Balsach, Llorenç. La convergència harmònica. Morfogènesi dels acords i de les escales musicals. Clivis Publications, Barcelona, 1994.
  • Balsach, Llorenç. "Tonos virtuales y análisis armónico", WWW, 1996.
  • Balsach, Llorenç. "Application of pitch theory in music analysis", PDF, WWW, 1996.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. Chronometric Studies of the Musical Interval Sense. Doctoral diss. Stanford University, 1977. Univ. Microfilms, no. 77-25, 643.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. "On the Bases of Similarity of Musical Intervals: A chronometric analysis", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 61, 1977, Supplement 1, p. S51.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. "Musical vs. Psychoacoustical Variables and Their Influence on the Perception of Musical Intervals", Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, 1978.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. "The Structural Uniqueness of the Diatonic Order", paper presented at the Western Psychological Association Symposium, Cognitive Structure of Musical Pitch, San Francisco, April 20, 1978.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. "The group theoretic description of 12-fold and microtonal pitch systems", Computer Music Journal vol. 4 no. 4, 1980, pp. 66-84.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. and B.W. Liesch. "The role of chroma and scalestep in the recognition of musical intervals in and out of context", Psychomusicology vol. 2 no. 2, 1982, pp. 3-31.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. "The Pitch Set as a Level of Description for Studying Musical Pitch Perception", Music, Mind and Brain, Manfred Clynes (ed.), Plenum Press, New York, 1982, pp. 321-351.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. Changing Conceptions of Pitch and Timbre: A Modest Proposal. Paper presented at the 106th meeting of the Acoustical Society of America, San Diego, November 1983, 12 pages.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. "What Are Musical Pitch and Timbre?", Music Perception vol. 3 no. 3, spring 1986, pp. 297-314.
  • Balzer, Klaus and Bernd Streitberg. "Counterpoint compositions on non-tempered systems: Theory and algorithms", ICMC Proceedings Glasgow, 1990, pp. 328-331.
  • Ban, Joan Albert. Dissertatio epistolica de musicae natura, origine, progressu et denique studio bene instituendo. Isaac Commelin, Leiden, 1637, 60 pages. Also in H. de Groot et alii, Dissertationes de studiis instituendis. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1645.
  • Ban, Joan Albert. Zangh-Bloemzel & Kort Sangh-Bericht. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1642/1643. Reprint Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1969, Series: Early Music Theory in the Low Countries vol. 1, Frits R. Noske (ed.), 83 pages.
  • Banchieri, Adriano. "Regola in accordare arpicordi per suonare solo o in concerto", L'Organo suonarino, Ricciardo Amadino, Venice, 1605.
  • Bancquart, Alain. "Clefs pour mémoire, 20-ième siècle", Images de la musique française, Sacem & Papiers, Paris, 1986, pp. 129-134.
  • Bancquart, Alain. "Imaginaire, combinatoire. Essai sur la composition en micro-intervalles", Les Cahiers du CIREM vols. 28-29, PUT, Tours, 1994, p. 9.
  • Bandopadhyay, Ramaswami. The Origin of Raga. Delhi, 1946.
  • Bannay, Gilles. "La gamme: un peu de théorie", WWW, 1998.
  • Banta, Christopher C. "Resonators, Part 1: Types and How They Work", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, fall 1981, pp. 13-17.
  • Banta, Christopher C. "New Approaches to Pentatonic Notation", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, winter 1981, pp. 9-10, 23.
  • Banta, Christopher C. "Resonators, Part 2: How to Tune and Measure Them", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, winter 1981, pp. 16-19.
  • Baqueiro Foster, G. "La impugnación y el sonido 13", El Sonido 13, December 1924, pp. 2-9.
  • Baqueiro Foster, G. and D. Castañeda. "Teoría general de la subdivisión del tono, su fondamento científico, su critica y su porvenir", Trabajos técnicos del Primer Congreso Nacional de Musica, Talleres Gráficos de la Nación, Mexico, 1928, pp. 31-42.
  • Baqueiro Foster, G. "El 'Novaro-clave'", Revista tricolor vol. 5, 14 October 1944, pp. 36-40. Also in Pauta vol. 7 no. 25, January-March 1988, pp. 36-40.
  • Baqueiro Foster, G. "El 'Novaro-clave' invento mexicano que revolucionará el mundo musical", Color, pensiamento y acción de México vol. 1 no. 5, 1944.
  • Baqueiro Foster, G. "Augusto Novaro, revolucionario mexicano del arte de violería", Revista del Conservatorio vol. 9, p. 6, vol. 10, p. 6, vol. 11, p.5.
  • Barassi, Elena Ferrari. "Il monocordo di Prosdocimo de Beldemandi. Nota bibliografica", Nuova Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 25, 1991, pp. 83-89.
  • Barbera, Charles André. "Arithmetic and geometric division of the tetrachord", Journal of Music Theory vol. 21 no. 2, 1977, pp. 294-323.
  • Barbera, Charles André. The persistence of Pythagorean mathematics in ancient musical thought. PhD dissertation, Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1980.
  • Barbera, Charles André. "Interpreting an arithmetical error in Boethius's 'De institutione musica' (iii. 14-16)", Arch. Internat. Hist. Sci. vol. 31 no. 106, 1981, pp. 26-41.
  • Barbera, Charles André. "The Consonant Eleventh and the Expansion of the Musical Tetractys: A Study of Ancient Pythagoreanism", Journal of Music Theory vol. 28 no. 2, 1984, pp. 191-223.
  • Barbera, Charles André. "Octave species", Journal of Musicology vol. 3 no. 3, 1984, pp. 229–241.
  • Barbera, Charles André. "Diesis", in The New Harvard Dictionary of Music, Don Michael Randel (ed.), The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1986, p. 231.
  • Barbera, Charles André. "Easley Blackwood: The Structure of Recognizable Diatonic Tunings (book review)", Journal of Music Theory vol. 32, 1988.
  • Barbera, Charles André. "Adriaan Daniël Fokker: Selected Musical Compositions, R.A. Rasch (ed.) (book review)", Journal of Music Theory vol. 33 no. 2, fall 1989, pp. 393-399.
  • Barbera, Charles André (ed.) The Euclidean Division of the canon: Greek and Latin sources: new critical texts and translations on facing pages, with an introduction, annotations, and indices verborum and nominum et rerum. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, 1991, 316 pages.
  • Barbereau, Mathurin Auguste Balthasar. Traité d'harmonie théorique et pratique. Lemoine, Paris, 1848, 2 vols.
  • Barbereau, Mathurin Auguste Balthasar. Etude sur l'origine du système musical. Bachelier, Paris, 1864. Pallez-Rousseau, Metz.
  • Barbier, Pierre-Émile. Article Alois Hába in Guide de la musique de chambre, Fayard, Paris, 1989, pp. 366-372.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Persistenza dei temperamenti inequabili nell'Ottocento italiano", L'Organo vol. 20, Bologna, 1982, pp. 57-124.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "I temperamenti ciclici da Vicentino (1555) a Buliowski (1699): teoria e pratica 'archicembalistica'", L'Organo vol. 21, Pàtron Editore, Bologna, 1983, pp. 129-208.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. Ancora sul temperamento degli organi di S. Petronio. Ancona, 1984.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Giordano Riccati on the diameters of strings and pipes", Galpin Society Journal vol. 38, April 1985, p. 20.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Il temperamento equabile nel periodo frescobaldiano", Girolamo Frescobaldi nel IV centenario della nascità: Ferrara 1983, S. Durante and D. Fabris (eds.), Olschki, Firenze, 1986, pp. 387-424.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Cembali enarmonici e organi negli scritti di Athanasius Kircher - Con documenti inediti su Galeazzo Sabbatini", Enciclopedismo in Roma barocca - Athanasius Kircher e il museo del Collegio Romano fra Wunderkammer e Museo Scientifico, M. Casciato; M.G. Ianniello and M. Vitale (eds.), Marsilio, Venice, 1986, pp. 111-128.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio and Lindoro Massimo Del Duca. "Renaissance and Baroque microtonal music research in computer real time performance", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, October 1986, Royal Conservatory of Music, The Hague, no. 51, Paul Berg (ed.), Computer Music Association, San Francisco, 1986.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Giuseppe Sarti fisico acustico e teorico musicale", Giuseppe Sarti musicista faentino. Atti del convegno internazionale (Faenza, 25-27 novembre 1983), Mario Baroni and Maria Gioia Tavoni (eds.), Mucchi, Modena, 1986.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. L'espressione degli 'affetti' mediante l'ineguale accordatura degli strumenti da tasto nel Settecento veneto. Vicenza, 1986.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio (ed.), Giordano Riccati, Alessandro Barca, Francesco Antonio Vallotti. Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto. Series: Pubblicazioni del Corso Superiore di Paleografia e Semiografia Musicale dell'Umanesmo al Barocco no. I:5:2. Torre d'Orfeo, Roma, 1987, 382 + 264 pages.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "La 'Sambuca Lincea' di Fabio Colonna e il 'Tricembalo' di Scipione Stella - Con notizie sugli strumenti enarmonici del Domenichino", La musica a Napoli durante il seicento, Torre d'Orfeo, Roma, 1987, pp. 167-216.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Martini e gli armonisti 'fisico-matematici': Tartini, Rameau, Riccati, Vallotti", in Padre Martini. Musica e cultura nel Settecento europeo, Angelo Pompilio (ed.), Olschki, Florence, 1987, pp. 173-209.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Juan Caramuel Lobkowitz (1606-1682): Über die musikalischen Logarithmen und das Problem der musikalischen Temperatur", Musiktheorie vol. 2 no. 2, 1987, pp. 145-168.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Violin Intonation: A Historical Survey", Boston Early Festival, Cornell University Press, 1987. Early Music vol. 19 no. 1, February 1991, pp. 69-88.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Organ tonal finishing and fine tuning (review)", Nuova Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 21 no. 3, July-September 1987, pp. 489-490.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio and Lindoro Massimo del Duca. L. del Duca, Renaissance and Baroque Microtonal Music Research in Computer Real Time Performance. Royal Conservatory of Music, L'Aja, 1987.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. Il Cembalo Omnicordo di Francesco Nigeti in due memorie inedite di G.B. Doni (1647) e B. Bresciani (1719). Olschki, Firenze, 1988.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "An unknown 15th-century French manuscript on organ building and tuning", The Organ Yearbook vol. 20, 1989, pp. 5-20.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto (book review)", Orgues meridionales no. 34, 1989, pp. 109-110.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Conflitti di intonazione tra cembalo, liuto e archi nel "concerto" italiano del Seicento", Studi corelliani vol. IV. Olschki, Firenze, 1990, pp. 123-153.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "L'intonazione violinistica da Corelli al Romanticismo", Studi musicali vol. 19 no. 2, 1990, pp. 319-384.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Gli ingegnosi cembali e 'violicembali' inventati da Juan Caramuel Lobkowitz per Ferdinando III (c. 1650): notizie inedite dal manoscritto Musica", Comune di Vigevano, Vigevano, 1990, pp. 91-112.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Violin intonation: a historical survey", Early Music vol. 19, February 1991, pp. 69-88.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Il 'migliore' sistema musicale temperato: 'Querelles' fra Estève, Romieu e altri accademici francesi (c.1740-60)", L'Organo vol. 27, Bologna, 1991-1992, pp. 31-81.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Krizanic, Caramuel e P.F. Valentini sulla divisione dell'ottava musicale", Rad Hrvatske Akademije Znanosti i Umjetnosti no. 454, 1992, pp. 19-48. Summary in Croatian.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Giordano Riccati fisico acustico e teorico musicale: Con una memoria inedità di acustica architettonica", I Riccati e la cultura della Marca nel Settecento europeo, Olschki, Firenze, 1992, pp. 279-304.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Tartinis Dritter Ton Eulers Harmonische Exponenten. Mit einem unveröffentlichten Manuskript Tartinis", Musiktheorie vol. 7 no. 3, 1992, pp. 219-234.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Il sistema armonico di Tartini nelle 'censure' di due celebri fisico-matematici: Eulero e Riccati", Tartini. Il tempo e le opere, A. Bombi & M.N. Massaro (eds.), Il Mulino, Bologna, 1994, pp. 321-344.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "L’accordatura strumentale in Toscana: proposte e contrasti da V. Galilei a Cristofori (c.1580-1730)", Musicologia humana. Studies in honor of Warren and Ursula Kirkendale, Siegfried Gmeinwieser, David Hiley, and Jörg Riedlbauer (eds.), Olschki, Firenze, 1994.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Il mesolabio e il compasso di proporzione: le applicazioni musicali di due strumenti matematici (1558-1675)", Musica, scienze e idee nella Serenissima durante il Seicento. Atti del Convegno Internazionale di studi, Venezia 13-15 dicembre 1993, Francesco Passadore and Franco Rossi (eds.), Edizioni Fondazione Levi, Venezia, 1996.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "The inharmonicity of musical string instruments (1543-1993). With an unpublished memoir by J.-B. Mercadier (1784)", Studi Musicali vol. 27 no. 2, 1998, pp. 383-419.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "G.B. Orazi's Enharmonic Flute and its Music (1797-1815)", Galpin Society Journal vol. 52, 1999, p. 281.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio and Lindoro Massimo del Duca. "Late-Renaissance Quarter-tone Compositions (1555-1618): The Performance of the ETS-31 with a DSP System", Musical Sounds from Past Millennia: Proceedings of the International Symposium on Musical Acoustics 2001, Diego L. González, Domenico Stanzial and Davide Bonsi (eds.), 2 vols., Fondazione Giorgio Cini, Venice, 2001.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "'Galileo's' coincidence theory of consonances, from Nicomachus to Sauveur", Recercare vol. 13, 2001, pp. 201-232.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Il temperamento equabile nell'Ottocento napoletano: l'acustico P. A. de Luca (1778-1864) e i suoi manoscritti inediti", L'Organo vol. 35, 2002, pp. 93-122.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "The evolution of open-chain enharmonic keyboards, c1480-1650. L’evoluzione delle tastiere enarmoniche a catena aperta, c1480-1650", Chromatische und enharmonische Musik und Musikinstrumente des 16. und 17. Jahrhunderts, Schweizer Jahrbuch für Musikwissenschaft vol. 22, Joseph Willimann (ed.), Verlag Peter Lang, Bern, 2002.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "La nascita delle teorie ‘continue’ della consonanza. La ignorata curva di Draghetti e Foderà, poi di Helmholtz (1771-1837)", Acta Musicologica vol. 74, 2002, pp. 55-75.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Temperaments, Historical", Piano: An Encyclopedia, 2nd edition, Robert Palmieri and Margaret W. Palmieri (eds.), Routledge, New York, 2003.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Il revival delle tastiere enarmoniche: nuove soluzioni (1760-1880)", L'Organo vol. 39, 2007, pp. 175-236.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. Enharmonic instruments and music, 1470-1900. Revised and translated studies. Il Levante Libreria Editrice, Latina, 2008, 628 pages. CD included.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Synthetic musical scales", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 36 no. 3, 1929, pp. 155–160.
  • Barbour, James Murray. Equal Temperament: its History from Ramis (1482) to Rameau (1737). PhD thesis, Cornell University, Ithaca NY, 1932, 353 pages.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "The Persistence of the Pythagorean Tuning System", Scripta Mathematica vol. 1, 1933, pp. 286-304.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Nierop's Hackebort", Musical Quarterly vol. 20 no. 1, Jan. 1934, pp. 312-319.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Just Intonation Confuted", Music and Letters vol. 19 no. 1, 1938, pp. 48-60.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Musical logarithms", Scripta Mathematica vol. 7, 1940, pp. 21-31.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Bach and the 'Art of Temperament'", Musical Quarterly vol. 33 no. 1, Nauray, 1947, pp. 64-89. Also in Garland Library of HWM vol. 6, 1985, pp. 2-27.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Music and Ternary Continued Fractions", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 55 no. 9, 1948, pp. 545-555.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Irregular Systems of Temperament", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 1 no. 3, 1948, pp. 20-26.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Musical Scales and Their Classification", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 21 no. 6, 1949, pp. 586–589.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "More on the Leipzig Organ Tuning", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 3 no. 1, 1950, pp. 41-44.
  • Barbour, James Murray. Tuning and Temperament: A Historical Survey. Michigan State College Press, East Lansing, 1951. Reprint Da Capo Press, New York, 1973, 228 pages. Reprint Dover, New York, 2004.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Violin intonation in the 18th century", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 5 no. 3, 1952, pp. 224–234.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "A geometrical approximation to the roots of numbers", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 64 no. 1, 1957, pp. 1–9.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "The principles of Greek notation", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 13 no. 1/3, 1960, pp. 1–17.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Mißverständnisse über die Stimmung des javanischen Gamelans", Die Musikforschung vol. 16, Kassel, 1963, pp. 315-323.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Temperatur und Stimmung", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart Band 12, Friedrich Blume (ed.), Kassel, 1965, pp. 213-227.
  • Barca, Alessandro. Nuove teoremi per la divisione delle ragioni... Bergamo, 1781.
  • Barca, Alessandro. "Introduzione ad una Nuova teoria di musica - Memoria prima", Saggi scientifici e lattari, Accademia di scienze, lettere ed arti in Padova, 1786, pp. 365-418.
  • Barca, Alessandro. Introduzione ad una Nuova teoria di musica - Memoria seconda. Padova, 1789. New edition Introduzione a una Nuova teoria di musica - Memoria seconda: De suoni aggiunti ossia delle dissonanze e dell'armonia dissonante. 1809.
  • Barca, Alessandro. Di una nuova Teoria di Musica - Memoria III: Dei sistemi e delle scale. I. Bg. S. Aless, Bergamo, 1800-1805. Also in Saggi scientifici e letterari dell' Academia di Padova vol. 4, 1809, pp. 184-221.
  • Barca, Alessandro. De 'Principi del temperamento della nostra musica. I. Bg. S. Aless, Bergamo, 1806.
  • Barclay, Robert L. (ed.) The Care of Historic Musical Instruments. CCIM, 1997.
  • Bardos, Lajos. Natürliche Tonsysteme. Budapest, 1956.
  • Barkechli, Mehdi. "La gamme de la musique Iranienne", Cahier d'Acoustique in Annales des Télécommunications vol. 5, May 1947, p. 5.
  • Barkechli, Mehdi. "La gamme persane et ses rapports avec la gamme occidentale", Olympia vol. 1 no. 1, 1950, p. 53.
  • Barkechli, Mehdi. "Mésure des intervalles harmoniques de la gamme à partir de la sensation subjective de consonnance", Acustica vol. 2, 1952, p. 252.
  • Barkechli, Mehdi. "Quelques idées nouvelles sur la consonance", Colloque International d'Acoustique Musicale, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique no. 84, Paris, 1958, pp. 21-28.
  • Barkechli, Mehdi. "L'évolution de la gamme dans la musique orientale", Colloque International d'Acoustique Musicale, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique no. 84, Paris, 1958, pp. 39-45.
  • Barkechli, Mehdi. "Les échelles régulières du cycle des quintes et leurs déformations occasionelles dans les cadres non pentatoniques", in coll. intern. CNRS La résonance dans les échelles musicales, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1960, p. 173.
  • Barkechli, Mehdi and Moussa Ma'aroufi. La musique traditionelle de l'Iran / Les systèmes de la musique traditionnelle de l'Iran (radif) avec Transcription et notation musicale occidentale. Secrétariat d'État aux Beaux-Arts, Teheran, 1963. Also in Farsi moosiqi-ye sonnati-ye iran, Teheran, 1963.
  • Barker, Andrew. "Music and Perception: A Study in Aristoxenus", Journal of Hellenistic Studies vol. 98, 1978, pp. 9-16.
  • Barker, Andrew. "Hoi Kaloumenoi Harmonikoi: The Predecessors of Aristoxenus", Proceedings of the Cambridge Philological Society vol. 24, 1978, pp. 1–21.
  • Barker, Andrew (ed.) Greek Musical Writings. Vol. 1 The Musician and his Art. Vol. 2 Harmonic and Acoustic Theory. Cambridge Readings in the Literature of Music, Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 1989.
  • Barker, Andrew. Scientific Method in Ptolemy's 'Harmonics'. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2001, 290 pages.
  • Barkowsky, Johannes. Anleitung zur Berechnung von Intervallen in einigen musikalischen Stimmungssystemen. Hannover, 1996.
  • Barlow, Clarence. Bus journey to Parametron. Feedback Papers vol. 21-23, Feedback Studio Verlag, Köln, 1980. Deutsche Zusammenfassung "Busreise nach Parametron", Neuland vol. 1, Herbert Henck (ed.), Bergisch Gladbach, 1980, pp. 114-118.
  • Barlow, Clarence. "Zur Harmonik nordindischer Raagen oder: Was ist überhaupt ein Raag?", Weltmusik vol. 1, Feedback Papers (Sonderheft), Peter Ausländer and Johannes Fritsch (eds.), Köln, 1981, pp. 103-114.
  • Barlow, Clarence. "Two Essays on Theory", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, 1987, pp. 44-60.
  • Barlow, Clarence. "AUTOBUSK - An Algorithmic Real-Time Pitch & Rhythm Improvisation Programme", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Glasgow, 1990, pp. 166-168.
  • Barlow, Clarence. "Harmonik und Quantität", Ex Machina 1990: Das Buch zum Festival, Folkwang-Hochschule Essen, 1990, pp. 47-55.
  • Barlow, Clarence (ed.) The Ratio Book. Proceedings of the Ratio Symposium from 14 to 16 December 1992 in The Hague, Feedback Papers vol. 43, Feedback Studio Verlag, Köln, 1999, 349 pages. Articles by Clarence Barlow, Demetrios Lekkas, Anne La Berge, Wim van der Meer, Schu-chi Lee, Bernard Bel, James Tenney, Pascal Decroupet, Volker Abel, Hartmut Möller, Daniel Wolf, Keith Howard, Habib Touma, Stan Tempelaars, Barbara Thornton and Wouter Swets.
  • Barlow, Clarence. "'...Eine arithmetische Übung der Seele...' (Über die Rationalisierung einer harmonisch irrationalen Tonhöhenmenge sowie Ist die Harmonik ein Spezialfall der Polymetrik?)", Drei ausgewählte Vorträge zur Musikinformatik, Musikwissenschaftliches Institut der Johannes-Gutenberg-Universität Mainz, IAK-Sonderband, Bericht Nr.34, 1998, pp. 11-32.
  • Barlow, Clarence. Von der Musiquantenlehre. Feedback Papers vol. 34, Feedback Studio Verlag, Köln, in preparation.
  • Barnard, Hans and D.J. Hamoen. "Het 19-toons orgel uit Keiolonië", Bouwbrief vol. 34, Vereniging Huismuziek, Utrecht, Aug. 1984, pp. 14-19.
  • Barnard, Hans et al. De Keiaanse Muziek. Derde uitgave, Stichting Vrienden van Keiolonië, Amsterdam-Texel, 1985, 67 pages.
  • Barnard, Hans, L. Sluiter and B. den Hollander. "Keiaanse muziekinstrumenten", Bouwbrief vol. 37, Utrecht, May 1985, pp. 7-8.
  • Barnard, Hans, W.Z. Wendrich and Bart Hopkin. "Kayenian musical instruments", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 3 no. 1, June 1987, pp. 14-15.
  • Barnard, Hans. "The matzaar and aliquot tonescales", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 6, December 1990, pp. 18-19.
  • Barnard, Hans. "Musical Tuning and Notation in Kayolonia", WWW, 2003.
  • Barnes, John. "The Specious Uniformity of Italian Harpsichords", in Keyboard Instruments: Studies in Keyboard Organology, E.M. Ripin (ed.), Edinburg, 1971, 1977, pp. 1-10.
  • Barnes, John. "Bach's Keyboard Temperament: Internal Evidence from the Well-tempered clavier", Early Music vol. 7 no. 2, April 1979, pp. 236-249. Followup correspondence in Early Music vol. 8, 1980, pp. 511-513 (Philip P. Jones); vol. 9, Jan. 1981, p. 141 (H.A. Kellner); April 1981, pp. 219-221 (Cl. Di Veroli); Oct. 1981, p. 579 (J. Barnes)
  • Barnes, John. "Reconstruction of Douwes' clavichord", De Clavicordio, Proceedings of the International Clavichord Symposium, B. Brauchli; S. Brauchli and A. Galazzo (eds.), Magnano, 1993, pp. 75-77.
  • Barrière, Jean-Baptiste. "Écriture et Modèles, remarques croisées sur séries et spectre", Entretemps, septembre 1989, vol. 8, Paris, pp. 13-23.
  • Barrière, Jean-Baptiste (ed.) Le timbre, métaphore pour la composition. IRCAM, Paris, Éd. Christian Bourgois, 1991.
  • Barry, Wilson. "Henri Arnaut de Zwolle's Clavicordium and the Origin of the Chekker", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 11, 1985.
  • Bartel, Kerstin. "Experimente mit Viertel- und Sechsteltonsystemen Alois Hába - ein Porträt zum 100. Geburtstag", Das Orchester vol. 7-8, 1993.
  • Barthelmes, Barbara. "Kompositionen für Vierteltöne: Ästhetische Positionen", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 9-22.
  • Barthelmes, Barbara. Son et Image. Le projet de la coupole lumineuse [de Wyschnegradsky]. 1990, unpublished.
  • Barthelmes, Barbara. Raum und Klang. Das musikalische und theoretische Schaffen Ivan Wyschnegradskys. Dissertation, Technische Universität Berlin, 1991. Wolke Verlag, Hofheim, 1995, 511 pages.
  • Barthelmes, Barbara. "Mikrotöne", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1997.
  • Bartlett, David. "The Mathematics of Tuning and Temperament, with audio examples", WWW, 1998.
  • Bartlett, Martin. "A Microcomputer-Controlled Synthesis System for Live Performance", Foundations of Computer Music, MIT Press, Cambridge MA, 1985.
  • Bartlett, Martin. "Relative Ratio Tuning: An Intonational Strategy for Performance Systems", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 1 no. 1, 1991, pp. 71-73.
  • Bartók, Béla. "Das Problem der neuen Musik", Melos vol. 1, 1920. Reprinted in Melos vol. 25, 1958, pp. 232-235.
  • Bartók, Béla. "Vom Einfluß der Bauernmusik auf die Musik unserer Zeit", 1921. Reprint in Musik der Zeit vol. 3, 1953, p. 18. In Hungarian in: Uj Idok, 1931. English translation "The influence of peasant music on modern music" in Tempo, Boosey & Hawkes Ltd, London, 1949 and Contemporary Composers on Contemporary Music, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York, 1967, pp. 72-79.
  • Bartolozzi, Bruno. New Sounds for Woodwind. Translated by Reginald Smith Brindle (ed.), Oxford University Press, London, 1967, 1971.
  • Bartolus, Abraham. Musica mathematica, Das ist: Das Fundament der allerlieblichsten Kunst der Musicae, wie nemlich dieselbe in der Natur stecke, und ihre gewisse proportiones, das ist, gewicht und mass habe, und wie dieselben in der Mathematica, fürnehmlich aber in der Geometria und Astronomia beschrieben seind: Sonnsten genennet die beschreibung des Instrumentes Magadis oder Monochordi: Allen liebhabern und Künstlern der Music zu gefallen und sonderlichen nutz in deutsch gegeben, durch M. Abrahamum Bartolum, Bentensem Minieum. Johann Meuschken, Altenburg in Meissen, 1614. VI. Teil des Theatrum Machinarum von Henning Groß. Heinrich Zersing, 1708.
  • Bary, Émile. Acoustique. Note sur un procédé très-simple pour accorder une guitare sans le secours de l'oreille. Imprimerie de Casimir, Paris, 1835.
  • Baschet, François. "The Baschet Experience", Interval vol. 4 no. 2, fall 1983, pp. 12-14.
  • Baschet, François. "The Baschet Experience: Part II from the 'Sound Sculpture' Papers", Interval vol. 4 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 6-7.
  • Bateman, Wayne A. Introduction to Computer Music. Wiley, 1980, p. 221.
  • Bates, Charles Norman. Developing the ability to recognize microtones (musical perception). PhD diss., Ohio State University, 1992, 189 pages.
  • Bates, Robert F. "Nivers' Tonal Material: Tuning Restrictions and the Developments of the Major-Minor System", The Organ Yearbook vol. 18, 1987, pp. 78-94.
  • Bates, Robert F. and K. Marshall. "A Response from the Custodians: More Thoughts on the Stanford Temperaments", Performance Practice Review vol. 2, 1989, pp. 147-169.
  • Bates, Robert F.; Mark Lindley and Kimberley Marshall. "The Stanford Eclectic Tunings", Performance Practice Review vol. 5, 1992, pp. 159-197.
  • Báthory-Kitsz, Dennis. "Construal of Musical Process Architecture", Consorting, June 1992.
  • Batish, Ashwin and S.D. Batish. Ragopedia: Exotic Scales of North India. Batish Institute, 1989, 190 pages.
  • Battan, Suzette Mary. Alois Hába's 'Neue Harmonielehre des diatonischen, chromatischen, Viertel-, Drittel-, Sechstel- und Zwölftel-Tonsystems'. PhD dissertation with annotated English translation, Eastman School of Music, Rochester, 1980, 2 vols., 366 pages.
  • Baud-Bovy, Samuel. "L'accord de la lyre antique et la musique populaire de la Grèce moderne", Revue de musicologie vol 53 no. 1, 1967, pp. 3-20.
  • Baud-Bovy, Samuel. "Bourgault-Ducoudray et la musique grecque ecclésiastique et profane", Schaeffner Festschrift, 1982, pp. 153-163.
  • Bavington, Peter and Miles Hellon. "Evidence of historical temperament from fretted clavichords", FoMRHI Quarterly no. 64, July 1991, pp. 55-58.
  • Bavington, Peter. "Clavichord tuning and maintenance 13: More thoughts on temperament setting", The British Clavichord Society Newsletter no. 20, June 2001, pp. 9-13.
  • Bavington, Peter. "The Temperament of the Donat Clavichord", WWW, July 2002.
  • Bavington, Peter. "Two books on temperament. Ross W. Duffin: How Equal Temperament Ruined Harmony, A.C.N. Mackenzie of Ord: The Temperament of Keyboard Music: Its Character; its Musicality; and its History (book reviews)", British Clavichord Society Newsletter vol. 41, June 2008.
  • Bayer, Francis. De Schönberg à Cage. Essai sur la notion d'espace sonore dans la musique contemporaine. Éd. Klincksieck, Paris, 1981.
  • Bayer, Karl. Auflösung der Antinomie Tonalität kontra Atonalität, Atonalität kontra Tonalität im Medium des Pytagoreischen Kommas und reinen-edlen-Gesanges. Lübeck, 1980.
  • Beach, David Williams. The Harmonic Theories of Johann Philipp Kirnberger: Their Origins and Influences. PhD diss., Yale University, 1974.
  • Beach, David Williams. "The Origins of Harmonic Analysis", Journal of Music Theory vol. 18, 1974, pp. 274-306.
  • Beach, David Williams. "Georg Andreas Sorge - Genealogia allegorica intervallorum octavae diatono-chromaticae. Translation and Edition", Theoria vol. 14, 2007, pp. 7-56.
  • Beaufils, Daniel and Martine Grente. "À propos d'acoustique musicale: la question des gammes", Bulletin de l'Union des Physiciens vol. 775, 1995, pp. 1107-1122.
  • Beaufils, Daniel and Martine Grente. "À propos des gammes musicales", WWW, 1998.
  • Beaulieu, Marc. "Cyclical Structures and Linear Voice-Leading in the Music of Ivan Wyschnegradsky", ex tempore vol. 5 no. 2, West Springfield MA, fall 1991.
  • Becker, Judith. Traditional Music in Modern Java. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 1980.
  • Becker, Judith. "Is Western Art Music Superior?", Musical Quarterly vol. 72 no. 2, 1986, pp. 341-359.
  • Becker, Judith. "Time and tune in Java", Music as Culture, Garland, New York, 1990, pp. 233-246.
  • Becker, Judith. "Auf die Stimmung kommt es an - Entwicklung der Stimmtonhöhe bei Blockflöten", Instrumentenbau-Zeitschrift vol. 49, Siegburg, January-February 1996, pp. 80-81.
  • Becker, Luthfi. La viole de gambe. Dessain et Tolra, Paris, 1982, 112 pages.
  • Bédos de Celles, F. (Dom) L'Art du facteur d'orgues. Paris, 1766/1778. Reprint in Hamel, Encyclopédie Roret, Paris, 1849. Reprint Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1965.
  • Beebe, Carey. "Historic Temperaments, WWW, 2005.
  • Beeckman, Isaac. Journal tenu de Isaac Beeckman de 1604 à 1634. Cornelis de Waard (ed.), Tome I & III, Den Haag, 1939, 1945.
  • Beer, Anton de. "The Development of 31-tone Music", Sonorum Speculum vol. 38, Amsterdam, 1969, pp. 3-16. German translation "Die Entwicklung der 31-Tonmusik", Sonorum Speculum vol. 38, 1969, pp. 26-39.
  • Beer, Anton de. Guide for the use of the archiphone. Stichting Huygens-Fokker, Haarlem, 1976.
  • Behrens-Senegalden, G.A. Die Vierteltöne in der Musik. Begleitschrift zu der Erfindung eines achromatischen Klaviers und Entwurf zur Darstellung der Vierteltöne als Notenschrift. Berlin, 1892.
  • Behringer, Reinhold. "Quantitative Metric for Tonality Morphology in the Tonnetz Torus", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • Beichert, Eugen Alfred. "Die Wissenschaft der Musik bei Al-Farabi", Regensburg, 1931. In Kirchenmusikalisches Jahrbuch vol. 27, 1937, pp. 9-48.
  • Békésy, Georg von. "Über die eben merkliche Amplituden- und Frequenzänderung eines tones, Physikalische Zeitschrift vol. 29, 1928.
  • Békésy, Georg von. "Zur Theorie des Hörens. Über die Bestimmung des einem reinen Tonempfinden entsprechenden Erregungsgebietes des Basilamembran vermittelst Ermüdigungserscheinungen", Physikalische Zeitschrift vol. 30, 1929, p. 115.
  • Békésy, Georg von. "Über die nichtlinearen Verzerrungen des Ohres", Annalen der Physik vol. 20 no. 5, 1934, p. 809.
  • Békésy, Georg von. "Über akustische Rauhigkeit", Zeitschrift für technische Physik vol. 16, 1935, pp. 276-282.
  • Békésy, Georg von. Experiments in Hearing. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1960.
  • Bel, Bernard. "Consonance in Musical Scales: an Example with Raga Todi", DSTAR News Letter no. 3-4, New Delhi, 1985, pp. 54-59.
  • Bel, Bernard. Raga, approches théoriques et expérimentales. Colloque International 'Structures Musicales et Assistance Informatique' MIM-CRSM-Sud Musiques-CCSTI, Marseille, June 1988, 22 pages.
  • Bel, Bernard. A Mathematical Discussion of the Ancient Theory of Scales according to Natyasastra, Note 272, GRTC, CNRS, Marseille, 1988.
  • Belet, Brian. An Examination of the Theories and Compositions of James Tenney, 1982-1985. M.A. thesis, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1990, 151 pages.
  • Belet, Brian. "Toward a Unification of Algorithmic Composition, Real-Time Software Synthesis, and Live Performance Interaction", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, San Jose, 1992, pp. 158-161.
  • Bélis, Annie. "Les 'nuances' dans le traité d'Harmonique d'Aristoxène de Tarente", Revue des Etudes grecques vol. 95, 1982, pp. 54-73. Italian translation by Matilde Battistini "Le 'nuances' nel Trattato di armonica di Aristosseno di Taranto", WWW, 1999.
  • Bélis, Annie. Aristoxène de Tarente et Aristote: Le traité d'harmonique. Éd. Klincksieck, Paris, 1986, 274 pages.
  • Bélis, Annie. "La musica greca antica", Revue Archéologique, 1988, pp. 109-118.
  • Bélis, Annie. "L'harmonique comme science dans l'antiquité grecque", Quadrivium: Musique et sciences, Villette, Paris, 1992.
  • Beljajev, Victor. Cetvertitonnaja muzyka, Zizn'isusstva vol. 18, Leningrad, 1925.
  • Bellamy, Sister Laurette. The Sonido Trece theoretical works of Julián Carrillo: A translation with commentary. Thesis, Indiana University, May 1972.
  • Bellasich, Alda, E. Fadini, S. Leschiutta, Mark Lindley. Il Clavicembalo. Organologia, accordatura, notazione, diteggiatura. EDT/Musica, Torino, 1984, 239 pages.
  • Bellerman, Heinrich. Die Tonleitern und Musiknoten der Griechen. A. Förstner, Berlin, 1847. Reprint Wiesbaden, 1969.
  • Bellerman, Heinrich. Die Größe der musikalischen Intervalle als Grundlage der Harmonie. Berlin, 1873.
  • Bellman, Jonathan. "Toward a Well-Tempered Chopin", Chopin in Performance: History, Theory, Practice, Proceedings of the 5th International Chopin in Performance Conference, Artur Szklener (ed.), Narodowy Instytut Fryderyka Chopina, Warsaw, 2005.
  • Belmondi, Prodocimo de. Parvus tractatus de modo monochordum dividendi. Padua, 1413.
  • Bemetzrieder, Antoine. Leçons de clavecin, et principes d'harmonie. Bluet, Paris, 1771. Réédité dans les Oeuvres complètes de Diderot, vol. XII, Paris, 1876.
  • Bemetzrieder, Antoine. Lettre concernant les dièses et les bémols. Paris, 1773.
  • Bemetzrieder, Antoine. Traité de Musique concernant les tons, les harmonies, les accords et le discours musical. 2 vols. l'auteur et Pissot, Paris, 1776.
  • Bemetzrieder, Antoine. Nouvel essai sur l'harmonie, suite du Traité de musique. l'auteur, Onfroy, Paris, 1779-1780. 2nd edition, B. Morin, Paris, 1781.
  • Bemetzrieder, Antoine. General instructions in music, containing precepts and examples in every branch of the science. With a new geometrical explanation of the musical scale, the modes and various kinds of music. London, 1790.
  • Benade, Arthur H. "On the mathematical theory of woodwind finger holes", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 32 no. 12, Dec. 1960, pp. 1591-1608.
  • Benade, Arthur H. "Measured end corrections for woodwind toneholes", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 41 no. 6, 1967, p. 1609.
  • Benade, Arthur H. Fundamentals of Musical Acoustics. Oxford University Press, 1976. Reprint with extensive corrections, Dover, New York, 1990, 608 pages.
  • Benade, Arthur H. and Roger B. Dannenberg. An automated approach to tuning. CCRMA, Stanford University, 1983, 14 pages. Also in Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, New York, 1983, pp. 81-90.
  • Benade, Arthur H. "On the tuning of clarinets", The Clarinet, November/December 1990, pp. 18-20.
  • Benade, Arthur H. and D.H. Keefe. "The physics of a new clarinet design", Galpin Society Journal vol. 49, 1996, pp. 113–142.
  • Bendeler, Johann Philipp. Organopoeia, oder: Unterweisung, Wie eine Orgel nach ihren Hauptstücken, ..., aus wahren Mathematischen Gründen zu erbauen. Frankfurt am Main, Leipzig, 1690. Re-edition by Rudolf Bruhin (ed.), Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1972. Laaber Verlag, Bibliotheca Organologica 28, Laaber, 72 pages.
  • Bender, G. "Le Futurisme Musical", Le Guide du Concert III, February 1912.
  • Benedetti, Giovanni Battista. Diversarum speculationum mathematicarum & physicarum liber. Bevilacqua, Turin, 1585.
  • Benedetto, Alessio Di. "Johann Sebastian Bach odiava il temperamento equabile", Prospettive musicali vol. 18 no. 1, 2000.
  • Bengtsson, Ingmar. "Stemming", Cappelens musikkleksikon, Cappelen, Oslo, 1980.
  • Benjamin, Gerald R. "Julián Carrillo and 'sonido trece'", Yearbook, Inter-American Institute for Musical Research vol. 3, 1967, pp. 37-68.
  • Bennetts, Kathryn, Donald Bousted and Peter Bowman. The Quarter-Tone Recorder Manual. No. 2084, Moeck Verlag, Celle, 1998, 50 pages.
  • Benson, David J. Mathematics and Music. Course notes, University of Georgia, WWW, 1999-2006, 522 pages. Published in book form as Music: a Mathematical Offering, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, Dec. 2006, 426 pages.
  • Bent, Margaret. "Diatonic ficta", Early Music History vol. 4, 1984, pp. 1-48.
  • Bent, Margaret. "Diatonic ficta revisited", Music Theory Online vol. 2 no. 6, 1996.
  • Benz, Wolfram. "Hans Kayser - ein Leben für die Harmonik der Welt", WWW, 1996.
  • Berard, Wilford W. "The Eleventh and Thirteenth Partials", Journal of Music Theory vol. 5 no. 2, 1961, pp. 95-108.
  • Berg, Reinhard Alexander. Tuning for slow beating: A resource in electronic music composition. MA thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1977, 36 pages plus tapes.
  • Bergeijk, Willem A. van; John R. Pierce and Edward E. David Jnr. Waves and the Ear. Heinemann, 1961.
  • Bergenfeld, Nathan. "The cross relation and Elizabethan music: Causes and classification", Diapason vol. 61 no. 5, April 1970, pp. 10-11.
  • Berger, Karol. Theories of chromatic and enharmonic music in Italy in the second half of the sixteenth century. PhD diss. in Music History, Yale University, 1975, UMI Research Press, Ann Arbor MI, 1976, 1980, 243 pages.
  • Berger, Karol. "The expanding universe of musica ficta in theory from 1300 to 1550", Journal of Musicology vol. 4 no. 4, fall 1985-86, pp. 410-430.
  • Berger, Karol. Musica ficta. Theories of accidental inflections in vocal polyphony from Marchetto da Padova to Gioseffo Zarlino. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987.
  • Berger, Karyn Ann. Flute Intonation: a Comparison of Modern and Theobald Boehm Flutes Scales. DMA thesis, University of Cincinnati, 1999, 181 pages.
  • Bergh, Gertrude van den. Principes de musique, à l'usage des classes d'enseignement mutuel, établies par Mlle van den Bergh. Den Haag, 1830.
  • Berghmans, José. "A Music Stave for the Notation of Different Musics", Interface vol. 12 no. 4, 1983, pp. 525-540.
  • Bergquist, Peter. The theoretical writings of Pietro Aaron. Columbia University, 1964.
  • Berlin, Johan Daniel. Anleitung zur Tonometrie : oder, Wie man durch Hülfe der logarithmischen Rechnung nach der geometrischen Progressionsrechnung die so genannte gleichschwebende musikalische Temperatur leicht und bald ausrechnen kann : nebst einem Unterrichte von dem 1752 erfundenen und eingerichteten Monochordon = Anledning til tonemetrien : eller, Hvorledes man ved hielp af logarithmus-regning kan komme let og snart afsted ned at udregne efter den geometriske progressions-regning, det saakaldte ligedansvævende musicaliske temperatur. Kopenhagen & Friedrich Christian Pelt, Leipzig, 1767. Reprint in Series: Edition Norvegica, Bjarne Kortsen (ed.), vol. 10, Bjarne Kortsen, Bergen, 1976, 52 pages.
  • Berlin, Johan Daniel. "The collected works of Johan Daniel Berlin (1714-87)", The music of the Berlin family in Trondheim, Norway. Bjarne Kortsen (ed.), vol. 1, Bergen, 1977, 247 pages.
  • Bermel, Derek. "Derek Bermel Speaks with Ben Johnston", Paris New Music Review vol. 2 no. 4, 1995, pp. 2-3.
  • Bermudo, Juan. Declaración de instrumentos musicales. Osuna, 1555. Facsimile edition, Kassel, 1957. Dutch translation Verklaring der muziekinstrumenten by Nelly van Ree Bernard, Stichting voor Muziekhistorische Uitvoeringspraktijk, Utrecht, 1978.
  • Bernet Kempers, Karel Philippus. "Het ontstaan van toonsystemen", De Muziek vol. 7, Amsterdam, 1933, p. 258.
  • Bernoulli, Daniel. Letter to Euler, St. Petersburg, 1843.
  • Bernoviz, Nimrod. The Chinese Diao: Modal Practice in 15th Century Qin Music. PhD dissertation, University of Pittsburgh MA, 1996.
  • Berrueta, Juan Dominguez. Teoria Fisica de la Música. Memorias de la real academia de ciencias exactas fisicas y naturales series 2/5, Madrid, 1927.
  • Berry, Rob. "Wendy Carlos: Beauty in the Beast (CD review)", WWW, 1994.
  • Bertagnolli, Paul. "Halévy's Quarter Tones", American Musicological Society, Society for Music Theory, Seattle, November 11-14, 2004.
  • Bertsch, Matthias. Studien zur Tonerzeugung auf der Trompete. PhD diss., Universität Wien, Vienna, 1998, 252 pages.
  • Bertsch, Matthias. "Intonation on trumpets", Proceedings of ISMA '98 (International Symposium on Musical Acoustics), ASA, Catgut, Leavenworth, 1998, 6 pages. German translation "Zur Intonation von Trompeten", 48. Jahrestagung der ÖPG, Fachausschuß für Akustik Karl-Franzens-Universität, ÖPG, Graz, 1998.
  • Bertsch, Matthias. "Zur Tonerzeugung auf der Trompete. Versuch einer Systematik möglicher Einflussfaktoren unter Berücksichtigung einer empirischer Forschungsansätze", Zeitschrift für systematische Musikwissenschaft, 2000, 16 pages.
  • Bérubé, Alfred. La gamme tempérée et le violon. La Pocatière, Québec, c.1974.
  • Béthizy, Jean-Laurent de. "Reflexions sur les Elémens de musique théorique & pratique, suivant les principes de M. Rameau", Journal oeconomique, July 1752, pp. 89-121.
  • Béthizy, Jean-Laurent de. "Replique ... sur les Elémens de musique", Journal oeconomique, March 1753, pp. 64-95.
  • Béthizy, Jean-Laurent de. Exposition de la théorie et de la pratique de la musique, suivant les nouvelles découvertes. Michel Lambert, Paris, 1754. Seconde édition, corrigée et augmentée par l'auteur. G.G. Deschamps, Paris, 1764, 331 pages. Reprint Minkoff, Genève, 1972.
  • Bettenhaussen, Fred and Frits & Hans van Krevelen. Clavecimbel, clavichord en pianoforte. Stemmen, stemmingen en onderhoud. De Toorts, Haarlem, 1984, 214 pages.
  • Bettens, Olivier. " 'Intonation juste' à la Renaissance : idéal ou utopie? Esquisse d'un modèle fondé sur la théorie de Zarlino", WWW, 1998. English translation in progress by Brian Fisher and Todd McComb, "Just Intonation in Renaissance A Capella Singing".
  • Beurmann, Andreas E. and Albrecht Schneider. "Probleme und Aufgaben akustisch-tonometrischer Forschung in der vergleichenden Musikwissenschaft", Acustica vol. 69, no. 4, April 1989, pp. 156-162.
  • Bevil, J. Marshall. "Scale in southern Appalachian folksong: A reexamination", College music symposium vol. 26, 1986, pp. 77-91.
  • Beyhom, Amine. Systématique modale. PhD thesis, Université Paris IV - Sorbonne, 3 vols., September 2003.
  • Beyhom, Amine. "Une approche contemporaine en théories des musiques orientales: les genres système", Congrès International - Safiyuddîn Al-Urmawî, Teheran, Jan 2005, 28 pages.
  • Beyhom, Amine. "Systématique modale: principes de base", Musurgia, Paris, 2005, 6 pages.
  • Beyhom, Amine. "Systématique modale: Une hypothèse sur la formation des échelles heptatoniques", Musurgia, Paris, 2005, 60 pages.
  • Beyhom, Amine. "Influence de l'accordage du `ûd sur les théories contemporaines de la musique arabe: genres et degrés système", to be published in book on Arab music, Paris, 2005, 120 pages.
  • Beyhom, Amine. "Théories anciennes de la musique arabe: Une revue critique". To be published.
  • Bhagyalekshmy, S. Ragas in Carnatic Music. CBH Publications, Tivandrum, 1990, 1999, 406 pages.
  • Bharata. Natyasastra. 3rd cent.? Pt. Shivadatta and Kasinath Pandurang Parab (eds.), Kavyamala Series no. 42, Bombay, 1894. Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series, Benares, 1929. Nirnaya Sagar Press, Bombay, 1943. English translation by Manomohan Ghosh (ed.), Bibliotheca Indica, The Asiatic Society, Calcutta, 1950-1961. French translation Édition Critique du Traité de Bharata sur le Théâtre by J. Grosset, Paris, 1898. German translation Die Grundelemente der alt-indischen Musik nach dem Bharatiya-natya-shastra by B. Breloer, PhD diss., 1921, Bonn, 1922.
  • Bhardarkar, Rao Sahib P.R. "Contribution to the Study of Ancient Hindu Music", Indian Antiquary vol. 41, 1912. Reprint British Indian Press, Mazgaon, Bombay, 1912.
  • Bhatkande, Vishnunarayan. Hindustani-sangita-paddhati. Bombay, 1910-1932. Hindi translation, 1951-1957. Also in Kramik Pustak Malika part 4, Lakshminarayan Garg. Hathras (ed.), Sangeet Karyalaya, 1976.
  • Bhatkande, Vishnunarayan. A comparative study of some of the leading music systems of the 15th, 16th, 17th & 18th centuries. In: Sangeet 1930-1931. Reprint Bombay, 1941. Madras, 1949. Malinibai Sukthankar, Baroda, 1972, 1987, Indian Musicological Society.
  • Bhattacharya, Subhihushan. "Scales in Indian music", Folklore vol. 9 no. 3, Calcutta, March 1968.
  • Bianchi, Francesco. De l'attraction harmonique ou sistème physico-mathématique de l'harmonie, fondé sur l'analyse des phenomènes que présente la corde sonore. c.1790.
  • Bicknell, Stephen. "Temperament: A Beginner's Guide", WWW, 1997.
  • Bie, Jos de. "Kan men Dom Bedos' stemming afleiden uit zijn mensuurdiagrammen?", typoscript, Putte, 1987.
  • Bie, Jos de. Stemtoon & stemmingsstelsels. Putte, 1993, 2001.
  • Bie, Jos de. "Une question de tempérament", Connoissance de l'Orgue no. 87-88, 1993.
  • Bie, Jos de. "Over de Rameau-stemmingen", Orgelkunst vol. 19 no. 4, 1996, pp. 151-160.
  • Bie, Jos de. "Klavierstemmingen in de Nederlanden ten tijde van A. van den Kerckhoven", in Abraham van den Kerckhoven ca. 1618-1701, A. Zoutendijk (ed.), Vlaardingen, 2001, pp. 73-96.
  • Bie, Jos de. Historische Orgelstemmingen – theorie & realiteit. Een onderzoek naar het gebruik van historische orgelstemmingen in Vlaanderen, met een algemeen overzicht van de stemmingstheorie. PhD thesis, University of Gent, 2003.
  • Bieder, Eugen. F.W. Marpurgs System der Harmonie, des Kontrapunkts und der Temperatur. Diss., Berlin, 1923.
  • Biezen, Jan van. Stemmingen, speciaal bij toetsinstrumenten. Stichting Centrum voor de Kerkzang, Den Haag, 1974, 22 pages. Also in Bouwbrief vol. 3, Vereniging Huismuziek, Utrecht, 1975.
  • Biezen, Jan van. Het Nederlandse orgel in de Renaissance en de Barok, in het bijzonder de school van Jan van Covelens. Muziekhistorische monografieën deel 14, Arend Jan Gierveld (ed.), Koninklijke Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis, Utrecht, 1995.
  • Bignens, Michel. "Construction géométrique du tempérament mésotonique", Nachrichten der Schweizerischen Clavichord Gesellschaft vol. 3 no.6, 1998, pp. 23-31.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Die Silbermann-Stimmungen", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 27 no. 1, April 1970, pp. 73-85.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Anweisung zum Stimmen von Tasteninstrumenten in verschiedenen Temperaturen", Österreichische Musikzeitschrift vol. 32 no. 4, 1977, pp. 185-195.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Die Stimmanweisung von Ignaz Bruder (1829). Rekonstruktionsversuch und historische Deutung", Acta Organologica vol. 12, Verlag Merseburger, Kassel, 1978, pp. 229-239.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. Historische Stimmungen und elektronische Stimmgeräte. Frankfurt a.M., 1978.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. Anweisung zum Stimmen von Tasteninstrumenten in verschiedenen Temperaturen. Veröffentlichung der Gesellschaft der Orgelfreunde vol. 59, Verlag Merseburger, Berlin, Kassel, 1979, 1982, 40 pages.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto (book review)", Musiktheorie vol. 4 no. 2, 1989, pp. 171-174.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Die Orgelstimmung von Victor Ferdinand Bossart", Ars Organi vol. 45 no. 3, September 1997, pp. 173-177.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Ist Bachs Kunst der Fuge mitteltönig komponiert?", Ars Organi vol. 48, 2000, p. 51.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Zur 'Wohltemperierten' Stimmung von Johann Sebastian Bach. Wie hat Bach seine Cembali gestimmt?", Ars Organi vol. 56, 2008, pp. 18-21.
  • Bindel, Ernst. Die Zahlengrundlagen der Musik im Wandel der Zeiten. 3 vols., Verlag Freies Geistesleben, Stuttgart, 1950-1953, 1985.
  • Bini, Claudio. L'accordatura. 1976.
  • Bini, Claudio. "La psicoacustica nell'accordatura della chitarra", Il Fronimo vol. 5 no. 21, October 1977, pp. 23-24.
  • Bini, Claudio. "Il temperamento equabile nella tastiera della chitarra moderna", Il Fronimo vol. 7 no. 26, January 1979, pp. 28-30.
  • Binnema, Folkert. "De stemming van een orgel", WWW.
  • Biock, Hans-Reinhard. Zur Intonationsbeurteilung kontextbezogener Sukzessivintervalle. PhD thesis in Musicology: U. Köln, 1975. Kölner Beiträge zur Musikforschung vol. 82, Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1975, 190 pages.
  • Birsak, Kurt. "Die Stimmung des Klappenchalumeau von I.C. Denner. Ein Nachtrag", Die Musikforschung vol. 28 no. 1, 1975, p. 82.
  • Bischoff, John. "Software as Sculpture: Creating Music from the Ground Up", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 1 no. 1, 1991, pp. 37-40.
  • Bischoff, John, Rich Gold and Jim Horton. "Music for an Interactive Network of Microcomputers", Computer Music Journal vol. 2 no. 3, 1978, pp. 24-29.
  • Bisel, Larry David. Seeking a perceptual preference among Pythagorean tuning, just intonation, one-quarter comma meantone tuning, and equal temperament. PhD diss. in Music, U. Michigan, 1987, 248 pages.
  • Bister, Heribert and Albrecht Schneider-Klement. "Die Huygens-Fokker Orgel im Museum Teyler zu Haarlem und die Möglichkeiten der 31-Ton-Temperierung", Acta Organologica vol. 6, 1972, pp. 121-131.
  • Bister, Heribert. "Die Sept 7:4 in der Akkordfolge: Eine Untersuchung zu einigen harmonischen Zusammenhängen in Giuseppe Verdis Ave Maria - Scala enigmatica armonizzata a 4 voci miste", Vogel Festschrift, Gudrun Schröder (ed.), Bad Honnef, 1988, pp. 11-34.
  • Blackaller, E.R. "La revolución musical de Julián Carrillo", Cuadernos de lectura popular no. 237. Mexico City, 1969.
  • Blackburn, Bonnie J., Edward E. Lowinsky, and Clement Miller (eds.) A Correspondence of Renaissance Musicians. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1991.
  • Blackburn, Bradford A. Tonal modulation with Just Intonation; Corporeality and musical gesture in the music of Harry Partch. PhD thesis, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 2006.
  • Blackburn, Terry. "Alternate Temperaments: Theory and Philosophy (The beginner's field guide to alternate temperaments)", WWW, 1999.
  • Blacking, John. "Problems of pitch, pattern and harmony in the Ocarina music of the Venda", American Music Society Journal vol. 2 no. 2, 1959, pp. 15-23.
  • Blackwell, H.R. and H. Schlosberg. "Octave Generalization, Pitch Discrimination and Loudness Tresholds in the White Rat", Journal of Experimental Psychology vol. 33, 1943, pp. 407-419.
  • Blackwood, Easley. The 31 Note Equal Tuning of Nicala Vicentino. Houston TX, 1974.
  • Blackwood, Easley. Liner notes for the LP "Twelve Microtonal Etudes for Electronic Music Media", 1980.
  • Blackwood, Easley. "Research Notes: NEH Grant R0-29376-78-0642", Privately circulated handwritten xerox, 1981.
  • Blackwood, Easley. "Discovering the Microtonal Resources of the Synthesizer", Keyboard vol. 8 no. 5, May 1982, pp. 26-38.
  • Blackwood, Easley. The Structure of Recognizable Diatonic Tunings. Princeton University Press, Princeton NJ, 1985, 318 pages.
  • Blackwood, Easley. "Modes and Chordal Progressions in Equal Temperament", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, summer 1991, pp. 166-201.
  • Blanchet, Armand François N. Méthode abrégée pour accorder le clavecin et le piano-forte. Lacloye, Paris, 1801.
  • Blandford, W.F.H. "The Intonation of Brass Instruments", Musical Times vol. 77 no. 1115-1116, January 1936, pp. 19-21, 118–121.
  • Blankenburg, Quirinus van. Onderwijzinge hoe men alle de Toonen en halve Toonen, die meest gebruijkelijck zijn, op de Handt-Fluijt zal konnen t'eene mael zuijver Blaezen, en hoe men op yeder 't gemackelyckst een Trammelant zal konnen maken, heel dienstigh voor de lief-hebbers. Paulus Matthysz, Amsterdam, 1684. Oscar, München, 1871. German translation, Mieroprint Musikverlag, Münster, 1989.
  • Blankenburg, Quirinus van. Elementa Musica, of Niew Licht tot het welverstaan van de musiec en de bas-continuo. Door Regelen, met Reden en bewys, gebouwd op een klare ontledinge der eerste Beginselen; Na een voorafgaande wederlegging van de dwalingen dezes tyds. Waar nevens De vinding en opkomst der Konst; De musiec der Ouden; De Redenmaat der Klanken; De ontdekking van een Wiskunstige Cirkel, Waar in de Wet der Nature al de Toonen verdeelt; De Stelkonst; De Speeltuigen En de Grondlegging van de Zangkunst. Laurens Berkoske, 's-Gravenhage, 1739. Reprint: Uitgeverij Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1972. Series: Early Music Theory in the Low Countries vol. 4, Frits R. Noske (ed.), 273 pages.
  • Blankertz, Benjamin. "Microtonal Hierarchies and Barlow's Formula of Harmonicity", WWW, to appear.
  • Blardone, Aurora et al. La terza mano del pianista. Testo & immagine, Venaria (Torino), 1997, 127 pages.
  • Blaserna, Pietro. La teoria del suono nei suoi rapporti con la musica. (Dieci conferenze), Ed. Dumolard, Milano, 1875. French edition Le son et la musique (with H. Helmholtz), G. Baillière, Paris, 1877. English edition The Theory of Sound in its Relation to Music, D. Appleton & Co., New York, 1892.
  • Blaukopf, Kurt. "Tonsysteme und ihre gesellschaftliche Geltung in Max Webers Musiksoziologie", International review of the aesthetics and sociology of music vol. 1 no. 2, Dec. 1970, pp. 159-168.
  • Blaukopf, Kurt. "Musiksoziologie-Bindung und Freiheit bei der Wahl von Tonsystemen", Texte zur Musiksoziologie, 1976, pp. 140-157.
  • Bledsoe, Helen. "Tips for the Preparation of Contemporary Flute Music", WWW. German translation "Tipps zur Vorbereitung zeitgenössischer Flötenmusik" by Tanja Schurkus, WWW.
  • Bleeck, Stefan. Psychophysikalische Untersuchung von spektralen und zeitlichen Mechanismen des auditorischen Systems anhand harmonischer und unharmonischer Amplitudenmodulationen: relatives und absolutes Gehör. MSc thesis, Technische Hochschule Darmstadt, 1996.
  • Blein, François-Ange-Alexandre. Exposé de quelques principes nouveaux sur l'acoustique et la théorie des vibrations, et leur application à plusieurs phénomènes de la physique. Paris, 1827, 43 pages.
  • Blein, François-Ange-Alexandre. Théorie des vibrations et son application à divers phénomènes de physique. Paris, 1831.
  • Blein, François-Ange-Alexandre. Principes de mélodie et d'harmonie déduits de la théorie des vibrations. Bachelier, Paris, 1832, 1838, 100 pages.
  • Bloch, Thomas. Les ondes Martenot: Vie ou survie? Un bilan pour 60 ans d'existence, Cahiers du CIREM, musiques et claviers vol. 10-11, 1989, pp. 163-174.
  • Block, Steven and Jack Douthett. "Vector Products and Intervallic Weighting", Journal of Music Theory vol. 38 no. 1, 1994, pp. 21-41.
  • Blood, Brian. "Music Theory Online: Lesson 7 - Small intervals", WWW.
  • Blood, Brian. "Music Theory Online: Lesson 27 - Pitch, Temperament & Scale", WWW.
  • Blood, William. "'Well-tempering' the clavier: five methods", Early Music vol. 7 no. 4, October 1979, pp. 491-495.
  • Boatwright, Howard. "Ives' Quarter-Tone Impressions", Perspectives of New Music vol. 3 no. 2, 1965, pp. 22-31.
  • Bobbitt, Richard. "The Physical Basis of Intervallic Quality and its Application to the Problem of Dissonance", Journal of Music Theory vol. 3 no. 2, November 1959, pp. 173-207.
  • Bobbitt, Richard. "Das Wohltemperierte Clavier: Tuning and Musical Structure", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 2, April 1980, pp. 137-140.
  • Boccadoro, Brenno. "Jean-Adam Serre: un juste milieu entre Rameau et Tartini?", Revue de Musicologie vol. 93 no. 1, 1993, pp. 31-62.
  • Bocking, R.M. Microtonal Music: Aesthetic Aspects of Quarter-Tone Music, With Particular Reference to Quarter-Tone Melody and Harmony. PhD diss., Musicology, University of London.
  • Boer, Dirk. Stemmingen, de reine harmonie en Havingha", WWW.
  • Boethius, Anicius Manlius Torquatus Severinus. De institutione musica libri quinque. Beginning 6th century. Venice, 1492, 1599. Gottfried Friedlein (ed.), Leipzig, 1867, Frankfurt a.M., 1966. Italian translation with critical notes by Giovanni Marzi, Cremona, 1990. English translation The Fundamentals of Music by Calvin M. Bower, Yale University Press, New Haven, 1989. French translation Traité de la musique by Christian Meyer, Turnhout, 2004.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. Versuch über den Aufbau eines tonalen Systems auf der Basis einer 13-stufigen Skala. Manuscript second version, Hamburg, Jul. 1974. First version, Hamburg, Dec. 1972.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "13 Tonstufen in der Duodezime", Acustica vol. 39 no. 2, S. Hirzel Verlag, Stuttgart, 1978, pp. 76-86. English translation by Bohlen, "13 Tone Steps in the Twelfth", 1994, Acustica vol. 87 no. 5, Sept/Oct 2001, pp. 617-624.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. The early history of the 13-Tone Scale, 2-page manuscript, 1996.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "BP Scale Structures", WWW, 1998.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "On 'Pythagorean' Scale Derivation", WWW, 1998.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "The Musical Animal's Musical Adventures", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 41-56.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "Letter to the editor", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, p. 124.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "BP Tuning and Instruments", WWW, 1999.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "BP Interval properties", WWW, 1999.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "The 271 tone BP Scale", WWW, 1999.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "Fokker lattice representation of BP", WWW, 2000.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "BP Names and Definitions", WWW, 2000.
  • Böker-Heil, Norbert. "Ein algebraisches Modell des dur-moll-tonalen Systems", Bericht über den 1. Internationalen Kongreß für Musiktheorie, Stuttgart, 1972, pp. 64-107.
  • Bollioud, Mermet. Mémoire sur le tempérament que les voix observent en chantant. Lyon, 1741.
  • Boncella, Paul Anthony Luke. "Denying ancient music's power: Ghiselin Danckerts' essays in the Generi Inusitati", Tijdschrift van de Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis vol. 38, 1988, pp. 59-80.
  • Bongionanni, Luigi Enrico. Norme per l'Accordatura dei Pianoforti. Capra, Torino, 1908.
  • Bonhôte, Jean-Marc. "Aspetti dell'evoluzione del temperamento degli strumenti a tastiera", L'Organo vol. 11/1-2, Bologna, 1973, pp. 157-170.
  • Bononcini, Giovanni Maria. Musico Prattico. Bologna, 1673. Latin translation Musicus practicus. Stuttgart, 1701.
  • Bontempi, Giovanni Andrea Angelini. Historia musica, nella quale si ha piena cognitione della teorica, e della pratica antica della musica harmonica, secondo la dottrina de' Greci, i quali, inventata prima da Iubal avanti il Diluvio, e poi ritrovata da Mercurio, la restituirono nella sua pristina et antica dignità: e come dalla teorica, e dalla pratica antica sia poi nata la pratica moderna, che contiene la scientia del contrapunto. Opera non meno utile che necessaria a chi desidera di studiare in questa scientia. Di Giovanni Andrea Angelini Bontempi perugino. L. Costantini, Perugia, 1695. Reprint Minkoff, Genève, 1975, 304 pages.
  • Boomsliter, Paul C. and Warren Creel. "The Long Pattern Hypothesis in Harmony and Hearing", Journal of Music Theory vol. 5 no. 2, April 1961, pp. 2-31.
  • Boomsliter, Paul C. and Warren Creel. Interim Report on the Project on Organization in Auditory Perception at the State University College. Albany, New York, (with recorded illustrations), February 1962. part 1, part 2, part 3.
  • Boomsliter, Paul C. and Warren Creel. "Extended Reference: An Unrecognized Dynamic in Melody", Journal of Music Theory vol. 2 no. 1, spring 1963, pp. 2-22. preliminary version.
  • Boomsliter, Paul C. and Warren Creel. "Ratio Relationships in Melody", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 34 no. 9, part 1, September 1962, pp. 1276-1277.
  • Booth, George W. Pianos, piano tuners and their problems. Janus, London, 1996, 208 pages.
  • Bormann, Karl. "Orgelbautraktat von Sebastian Wirth (1736-1820)", Acta Organologica vol. 4, 1970, pp. 166-204.
  • Borris, Siegfried. Kirnbergers Leben und Werk und seine Bedeutung im Berliner Musikkreis um 1750. Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1933.
  • Borroff, Edith. "Ancient acoustical theory and a pre-Pythagorean comma", College music symposium vol. 18 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 20-23.
  • Bortolozzo, Roberta. "Tracce di Illuminismo scientifico nella teorica musicale del Settecento veneto", Diastema vol. 9, December 1994, pp. 31-33.
  • Borzacchini, Luigi and Domenico Minnuni. "A Mathematica notebook about ancient Greek music and mathematics", University of Bari, 2001.
  • Borzacchini, Luigi. "Incommensurability, Music and continuum: A Cognitive Approach", Archive for History of Exact Sciences vol. 61 no. 3, May 2007, pp. 273-302.
  • Bos, H.J.M., M.J.S. Rudwick, H.A.M. Snelders and R.P.W. Visser (eds.) Studies on Christiaan Huygens. Lisse, 1980.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On temperament or the division of the octave", Philosophical Magazine, Fourth Series, vol. 48 no. 321 (Supplement), July-December 1874, article no. 67, pp. 507-511. Also in Proceedings of the Musical Association, 1874-1875, pp. 4-17.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the mathematical theory of Mr. Baillie Hamilton's string-organ", Philosophical Magazine, Fourth Series, vol. 49 no. 323, February 1874, article no. 12, pp. 98-104.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "The theory of the division of the octave, and the practical treatment of the musical systems thus obtained", Proceedings of the Royal Society of London vol. 23, 1875, pp. 390-408.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "Temperament; or, the division of the octave", Proceedings of the Musical Association vol. 1, 1875, pp. 4-17, 112-158.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On temperament or the division of the octave - no. II", Philosophical Magazine, Fourth Series, vol. 50 no. 330, September 1875.
  • Bosanquet, Robert Halford Macdowall. An Elementary Treatise on Musical Intervals and Temperament, with an account of an enharmonic harmonium exhibited in the loan collection of scientific instruments, South Kensington, 1876, also of an enharmonic organ exhibited to the Musical Association of London. MacMillan & Co., London, 1876.
    2nd edition with introduction by Rudolf Rasch (ed.), Tuning and temperament library vol. 4, Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1987, 179 pages.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the Hindoo division of the octave, with additions to the theory of higher orders", Proceedings of the Royal Society of London vol. 25, 1877, pp. 540-541. Reproduced in S.M. Tagore's Hindu Music.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On some points in the harmony of perfect consonances", Proceedings of the Musical Association vol. 3, 1877, pp. 145-153.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the beats of consonances of the form h:1", Philosophical Magazine, Fifth Series, vol. 3 no. 70, June 1881, article no. 57, pp. 420-436.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the beats of consonances of the form h:1 - Continued", Philosophical Magazine, Fifth Series, vol. 11 no. 71, Supplement, January-June 1881, article no. 65, pp. 492-506.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the beats of the consonances of the form h:1", Proceedings of the Physical Society of London vol. 4, 1881, article no. 24, pp. 221-256.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the history of the theory of the beats of mistuned consonances", Philosophical Magazine, Fifth Series, vol. 12 no. 75, October 1881, article no. 34, pp. 270-282.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the beats of mistuned consonances", Philosophical Magazine, Fifth series, vol. 12 no. 77, December 1881, article no. 52, pp. 434-436.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "The beats of mistuned consonances", Philosophical Magazine, Fifth Series, vol. 13 no. 79, February 1882, article no. 13, p. 131. [Letter]
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the beats of mistuned harmonic consonances", Proceedings of the Musical Association vol. 8, 1882, pp. 13-27.
  • Bose, Fritz. "Ein Hilfsmittel zur Bestimmung der Schrittgröße beliebiger Intervalle", Die Musikforschung vol. 5, 1952, p. 205.
  • Bose, Narendra Kumar. Melodic types of Hindusthan: A scientific interpretation of the Raga system of northern India. Jaico Publishing House, Bombay, 1960.
  • Bosquet, Jean. De la gamme pentatonique à l'acoustique musicale chinoise.
  • Bosquet, Jean. L'Hélice des quintes de Pythagore. manuscript, 1972, révision 1981.
  • Bosquet, Jean. Histoire, représentations symboliques des tempéraments. manuscript.
  • Bosquet, Jean. Perception auditive et Analyse spectrale. Université de Bruxelles, Bruxelles, 1973.
  • Bosquet, Jean. Le Baron de Prony et l'Acoustique musicale. 1974.
  • Bosquet, Jean. "Sons musicaux, intervalles et tempéraments", Bulletin de l'Académie Royale de Belgique, Classe des Sciences vol. 60, 5° série, 1974, pp. 1205-1247.
  • Bosquet, Jean. "Note concernant le 'monochorde' No. 4 de Marpurg", La facture de clavecin du XVe au XVIIIe siècle, Leuven, 1980.
  • Bosquet, Jean. "Les deux tempéraments de Dom Bédos de Celles et l'accord des instruments à clavier", La facture de clavecin du XVe au XVIIIe siècle, Leuven, 1980, pp. 89-109.
  • Bosquet, Jean. "M. Lindley: Lutes, Viols & Temperaments (book review)", Revue belge de Musicologie / Belgisch Tijdschrift voor Muziekwetenschap vol. 41, 1987, pp. 156-158.
  • Bosseur, Dominique and Jean-Yves Bosseur. "Révolutions musicales", Le Sycomore, 1979.
  • Bosseur, Jean-Yves. "Der Futurismus und das Werk von Edgar Varèse", Der musikalische Futurismus. Ästetisches Konzept und Auswirkungen auf die Moderne, Graz, 1976. Dutch translation "Varèse en de futuristen", De bevrijding van de klank. Teksten van en over Varèse, Elmer Schönberger (ed.), Stichting ASKO, Amsterdam, 1984, pp. 90-103.
  • Bosseur, Jean-Yves. "Une étude ultrachromatique d'Ivan Wyschnegradsky", Musique Passion d'Artistes, Skira, Paris, 1991.
  • Bossis, Bruno. "Stria de John Chowning ou l'oxymoron musical: du nombre d'or comme poétique", John Chowning, Portraits Polychromes, INA-GRM/CDMC, Paris, 2005, pp. 87-115.
  • Bossler, H.P. Elementarbuch der Tonkunst. Speyer, 1782.
  • Botermans, Wilco. De theremin aan het begin van de 21ste eeuw. MA thesis, Hogeschool voor de Kunsten, Utrecht, 2000. English translation The theremin at the start of the 21st century.
  • Botta, Carlo. Mémoire sur la nature des Tons et des Sons. Torino, 1802-1803.
  • Bottrigari, Ercole. Il Patricio, o vero de' tetracordi armonici di Aristosseno. Benacci, Bologna, 1593, 55 pages. Reprint Forni, Bologna, 1969.
  • Bottrigari, Ercole. Il desiderio overo de’concerti di varii strumenti musicali. Venice, 1594, 68 pages. Reprint Musik-Bibliothek Paul Hirsch, Berlin, 1924. Reprint Forni with introduction by Giuseppe Vecchi, Bologna, 1969.
  • Boudet, Alain. "Gammes et modes musicaux. Un cours d'introduction pour débutants", WWW, 2005.
  • Bougeret, Gérard. "Correction du tempérament de l'orgue de Lorris: essai de généralisation", Revue de Musicologie vol. 75 no. 1, 1989, pp. 5-24.
  • Boulanger, Richard Charles (ed.) The Csound Book: Perspectives in Software Synthesis, Sound Design, Signal Processing, and Programming. MIT Press, Cambridge MA, 2000, 592 pages.
  • Boulez, Pierre. "At the Ends of Fruitful Land...", Die Reihe vol. 1, pp. 21-22. Original German edition 1955, English edition 1958.
  • Bourgeret, Gérard. "Correction du tempérament de l'orgue de Lorris: Essai de généralisation", Revue de Musicologie vol. 75 no. 1, 1989, pp. 5-24.
  • Bousted, Donald. "An Empirical Study of Quarter-Tone Intonation", Contemporary Music Review vol. 22 no. 1-2, March-June 2003, pp. 53-86. Also in Thirty One vol. 1, Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 2004, pp. 1-35.
  • Bouterse, Curtis. "Reconstructing the Medieval Arabic Lute: a Reconsideration of Farmer's 'Structure of the Arabic and Persian Lute'", Galpin Society Journal vol. 32, 1979, pp. 2-9.
  • Bouterse, Jan. "Tuning the traverso", FoMRHI Quarterly no. 41, October 1985, pp. 25-31.
  • Bouterse, Jan. De blokfluit: Handleiding voor aanschaf, onderhoud, bijstemmen en kleine reparaties. Luscinia, Alphen aan den Rijn, 1990, 140 pages.
  • Bouterse, Jan. "Stemming en stemmingstemperatuur: een introductie", Bouwbrief vol. 112, pp. 13-16 and vol. 113, pp. 8-13. Vereniging Huismuziek, Utrecht, 2004. LI> Bouterse, Jan. "Oude stemmingen en 31-toons muziek. Over het opnieuw geïnstalleerde Fokker orgel in de BAM zaal in het Muziekgebouw in Amsterdam", Bouwbrief vol. 134, Vereniging Huismuziek, Utrecht, 2009, p. 28.
  • Bowen, Alan C. and William R. Bowen. "The Translator as Interpreter: Euclid's 'Sectio canonis' and Ptolemy's 'Harmonica' in the Latin Tradition", Music Discourse from Classical to Early Modern Times. Editing and Translating Texts, Papers given and the 26th Conference on Editorial Problems, University of Toronto, 19-20 October 1990, Maria Rika Maniates (ed.), University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 1997, pp. 97-148.
  • Bowen, Meirion. "Harry Partch", Music and Musicians vol. 16, 1968, pp. 20-25.
  • Boyd-Brent, John. "Harmony and Proportion", WWW, 1998.
  • Boyden, David Dodge. "Prelleur, Geminiani, and Just Intonation", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 4 no. 3, 1951, pp. 202-219.
  • Boyes, Francis Bryan. Das Jankó-Clavier in seiner vollkommenen Ausführung. Staatliches Institut für Musikforschung, Wien, 1894.
  • Bozkurt, Baris; Ozan Yarman, M. Kemal Karaosmanoglu and Can Akkoc. "Weighing Diverse Theoretical Models on Turkish Maqam Music Against Pitch Measurements: A Comparison of Peaks Automatically Derived from Frequency Histograms with Proposed Scale Tones", Journal of New Music Research vol. 38 no. 1, March 2009, pp. 45-70.
  • Braatz, Thomas. "The Hänfling/Bümler Temperament a Trigger for Bach’s Well-Tempered Clavier?", WWW, 2005, 10 pages.
  • Bradt, Sebastian. "Mikroton", Logos Blad, part 1, April 2007 to part 6, September 2007.
  • Brainin, Valeri. "Ein Brief über gewisse Möglichkeiten der mikrochromatischen Komposition in Zusammenhang mit denkbaren Perspektiven der Evolution der Musiksprache" (in Russian), Musykalnaja Akademia no. 3, Moskow, 1997. German translation by Melitta and Rudolf Neumann, 12 pages.
  • Brandsma, Engbert. "Über die Tonverhältnisse in der Alten und Neuen Musik", Bericht von III. Kongreß der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft, 1909, p. 387.
  • Brandt Buys, Hans. Het Wohltemperirte Klavier van Johann Sebastian Bach. Van Loghum Slaterus' Uitgeversmaatschappij, Arnhem, 1942, 322 pages.
  • Braun, Martin. "The gamelan pelog scale of Central Java as an example of a non-harmonic musical scale", WWW, Aug 2002.
  • Braun, Martin. "Bell tuning in ancient China: a six-tone scale in a 12-tone system based on fifths and thirds", WWW, June 2003.
  • Breed, Graham. "Documents on Alternative Tunings", WWW, 1998.
  • Breed, Graham. "Meantone Temperaments", WWW, 1999.
  • Breed, Graham. "Schismic Temperaments", WWW, 1999.
  • Breed, Graham. "Anomalous Saturated Suspensions", WWW, 1999.
  • Breed, Graham. "Octave Invariant Music Lattices", WWW, 1999.
  • Breed, Graham. "Lattices with Decimal Notation", WWW, 2001.
  • Breed, Graham. "Catalog of Linear Temperaments", WWW, 2001.
  • Breed, Graham. "Miracle keyboard mappings", WWW, 2001.
  • Breed, Graham. "How to Find Linear Temperaments", WWW, 2001.
  • Breed, Graham. "The Regular Mapping Paradigm", WWW, 2006.
  • Breed, Graham. "Prime-Based Error and Complexity Measures", WWW, 2007, 29 pages.
  • Breed, Graham. "RMS-Based Error and Complexity Measures Involving Composite Intervals", WWW, 2008, 24 pages.
  • Breed, Graham. "Provably Complete Rank 2 Temperament Searches", WWW, March 2008, 9 pages.
  • Breed, Graham. "Exploring Parametric Badness", WWW, January 2009, 12 pages.
  • Breed, Graham. "Tripod Notation. A Magic Cauldron of Musical Possibilities", WWW, January 2009, 22 pages.
  • Breloer, B. Die Grundelemente der altindischen Musik nach dem Bharatiya-natya-sastra. Inaugural Dissertation, Bonn, 1922.
  • Bremmer, Bill. "The Equal Beating Victorian Temperament", WWW, 2002.
  • Brenet, Michel. Deux traductions françaises inédites des institutions harmoniques de Zarlino. Paris, 1911.
  • Brenn, F. "Tonsysteme in Equiton und Fawcettzahlen", Bericht über den internationalen wissenschaftlichen Kongreß in Kassel, Kassel, 1962.
  • Brennink, Albert. Wohltemperierte Notenschrift: die Ailler-Brennink chromatische Notation; Ergebnisse und Schlußfolgerungen der Notenschrift-Reform durch die Chroma-Stiftung. Ed. Chroma, Montreux, 1992, 95 pages.
  • Bresciani, Benedetto. Two trattati, unpublished, Firenze, Biblioteca Nazionale n. 802.
  • Brewster, Todd. "Twangs and Tweedles", LIFE, November 1983, vol. 6 no. 11, p. 139.
  • Brink, Paul Robert. The Archicembalo of Nicola Vicentino. Ann Arbor MI, 1966.
  • Brinkman, Alexander R. "A Binomial Representation of Pitch for Computer Processing of Musical Data", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 8, 1986, pp. 44-57.
  • Broadhouse, John. Musical Acoustics: Or the Phenomena of Sound As Connected with Music. Reprint Services Corporation, 1990.
  • Brockett, Clyde W. Jr. "A comparison of the five monochords of Guido of Arezzo", Current musicology vol. 32, 1981, pp. 29-42.
  • Broekaert, Johan. "Harmonische Klanken. Het stemmen van klassieke muziekinstrumenten bij middel van objectieve toonhoogtemeting", WWW, 2000. English translation, French translation.
  • Broekaert, Johan. "Bach- and Well-Temperaments for Western Classical Music. A proposal for an Objective Musical Definition", WWW, 2008, 16 pages.
  • Broman, Per F. "Report from the Third Triennial ESCOM Conference in Uppsala, Sweden, 7-12 June, 1997", Music Theory Online vol. 3 no. 4, 1997.
  • Brombaugh, Mark A. "Tuning and temperament in the time of Scheidt and Buxtehude", Dietrich Buxtehude and Samuel Scheidt: An anniversary tribute, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, 1988, pp. 71-78.
  • Broms, Ed. The Microtonal Music Handbook, to be published.
  • Brossard, Sébastien de. Dictionnaire de la musique contenant une explication des Termes Grecs, Latins, Italiens, & François les plus usitez dans la Musique. Chr. Ballard, Paris, 1703. Estienne Roger, Amsterdam, 1708. Reprint Minkoff, Genève, 1992. English translation by A. Gruber, Henryville PA, 1982.
  • Brotbeck, Roman. "Völkerverbindende Tondifferenzierung. Mordecai Sandberg, ein verkannter Pionier der Mikrotonalität", Neue Zeitschrift für Musik, vol. 152 no. 4, April 1991, pp. 38-44.
  • Brotbeck, Roman. Flucht in die Praxis. Flucht aus der Praxis. Die Amerikanischen Pioniere der Mikrotonalität. 1991, to be published.
  • Brotbeck, Roman. "Die pansonoren Musikräume des Ivan Wyschnegradsky" (Tour guidé des espaces musicaux pansonores d'Ivan Wyschnegradsky), La Nouvelle Revue Musicale Suisse Dissonanz-Dissonance vol. 30, Zürich, 1991, pp. 4-13.
  • Brotbeck, Roman. Zwischen Differenzierung und Dissolution. Die mikrotonalen Komponisten Julián Carrillo, Harry Partch und Ivan Wyschnegradsky. To be published, 800 pages.
  • Brown, Adrian. The recorder: A basic workshop manual. Dolce, Brighton, 1989, 46 pages.
  • Brown, Colin. Music in a Sound and Music in Figures (Music in Common Things, parts I and II). William Collins & Sons Ltd., London, 1885.
  • Brown, Howard Mayer and Kathleen Moretto Spencer. "How Alfonso della Viola tuned his viols, and how he transposed", Early Music vol. 14 no. 4, November 1986, pp. 520-533.
  • Brown, Judith C. "Frequency ratios of spectral components of musical sounds", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 99 no. 2, 1996, pp. 1210-1219.
  • Brown, Judith C. and Kathryn V. Vaughn. "Pitch center of stringed instrument vibrato tones", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 100 no. 3, Sept. 1996, pp. 1728-1735.
  • Brown, Robert. An introduction to musical arithmetic with its application to temperament. London, 1865.
  • Browne, Richmond. "Tonal Implications of the Diatonic Set", In Theory Only vol. 5 no. 6/7, 1981, pp. 3-21.
  • Brozek, Jan (Joannes Broscius). An diapason salvo harmonico concentu per aequalia septem intervalla dividi possit vel non ?, 1648.
  • Brucaeus, Henricus. Musica theorica. Rostock, 1609.
  • Bruchhäuser, Wilfried W. "Reintonale Mikrointervalle", Beilage zur Veranstaltung des Max-Planck-Institutes für Bildungsforschung vom 30. 4. 1983.
  • Brues, A.M. "Fusion of Non-Musical Intervals", American Journal of Psychology vol. 38, 1927, pp. 624-638.
  • Brukman, Jeffrey. "Kárpáti's Mistuning Theory Reconsidered in the Context of Bártok's 'Supradiatonicism' and Friedrich Hartmann's Fully-Chromaticized Scales", ex tempore vol. 13 no. 2, 2007.
  • Brun, Viggo. "En generalisation av kjedebrøken", Norske Videnskabers Selskapets Skrifter vol. 1-2, 1919-20, Oslo. (avec des résumés en Français)
  • Brun, Viggo. "Music and Ternary Continued Fractions", Det Konelige Norsk Videnskabers Selskab, Forhandlinger Bd. 23 no. 10, 1950, pp. 38-40.
  • Brun, Viggo. "Algorithmes Euclidiens pour trois et quatre nombres", Sartryck ur Trettonde Skandinavska Matematikerkongressen XIII, aug. 1957, p. 45.
  • Brun, Viggo. "Mehrdimensionale Algorithmen, welche die Eulersche Kettenbruchentwicklung der Zahle verallgemeinern", Festschrift Leonard Euler zum 250. Geburtstag, Akademie-Verlag, Berlin, 1959.
  • Brun, Viggo. "Musikk og Euklidske algoritmer", Nordisk matematisk tidskrift vol. 9, Oslo, 1961, pp. 29-36.
  • Brun, Viggo. "Euclidien algorithms and musical theory", L'Enseignement mathématique revue internationale vol. 10 no. 1-2, Genève, 1964, pp. 125-137.
  • Bruni, Severino. Succinto di teoria fondamentale per lo schiarimento dell'intonazione e per l'accordatura istromentale. Tipografia del R.I. de'Sordo-Muti, Genova, 1861.
  • Brunia, Sjoerd. "Aspecten van de theorie en praktijk van het kwarttoonsysteem bij Wyschnegradsky", Werkgroep muziek van de 20e eeuw, R.A. Rasch (ed.), Utrecht, 1992, pp. 3-23.
  • Brunner, David Lee. "Cultural diversity in the choral music of Lou Harrison", The Choral Journal vol. 32 no. 10, May 1992, pp. 17-28.
  • Bruyn, J. de. "Ghiselinus Danckerts kapelaan-zanger van de Pauselijke kapel van 1538 tot 1565. Zijn leven, werken en onuitgegeven tractaat", Tijdschrift der Vereniging voor Nederlandse Musiekgeschiedenis vol. 16, 1946, pp. 217-252; vol. 17, 1949, pp. 128-157.
  • Bruyr, José. La belle histoire de la musique. Corrêa, Paris, 1946.
  • Bryennius, Manuel. Armonika. Constantinople, 1300. The harmonics of Manuel Bryennius, G.H. Jonker (ed.), PhD thesis, Groningen University, 1970. Wolters-Noordhoff Publishing, Groningen, 1970, 454 pages.
  • Buchler, Michael. "Broken and Unbroken Interval Cycles and Their Use in Determining Pitch-Class Set Resemblance", Perspectives of New Music vol. 38 no. 2, summer 2000, pp. 52-87.
  • Bucht, Saku and Erkki Huovinen. "Perceived consonance of harmonic intervals in 19-tone equal temperament", Proceedings of the Conference on Interdisciplinary Musicology (CIM04), R. Parncutt; A. Kessler; F. Zimmer (eds.), Graz, 15-18 April 2004.
  • Buck, Percy C. "Equal and Mean-Tone Temperament", in Acoustics for Musicians, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1918, pp. 91-106.
  • Buetens, Stanley. "On fretting a lute", Journal of the Lute Society of America vol. 3, 1970, pp. 53-63.
  • Bukofzer, Manfred. "Präzisionsmessungen an primitiven Musikinstrumenten", Zeitschrift für Physik vol. 99 no. 9-10, 1936, pp. 643-665.
  • Bukofzer, Manfred. "Kann die 'Blasquintentheorie' zur Erklärung exotischer Tonsysteme beitragen?", Anthropos vol. 32, Salzburg, 1937, pp. 402-418.
  • Bukofzer, Manfred. "The evolution of Javanese tone systems", Papers read at the International Congress of Musicology, New York, Sept. 1939, New York, 1944, pp. 241-250.
  • Bülow, George J. "Andreas Werckmeister", in New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians, MacMillan, London, 1980.
  • Bülow, George J. "Symposium on Seventeenth-Century Music Theory", Journal of Music Theory vol. 16, 1972, pp. 36-47.
  • Bulyowsky, Michael (Mihály Bulyovszky de Dulycz). Brevis de emendatione organi musici tractatio. Kurtze Vorstellung von Verbesserung des Orgelwercks. Johann Eberhard Zetzner, Strasbourg, 1680, bilingual. Reprint: Frits Knuf, Buren, 1988, 121 pages. Reprint Laaber Verlag, Bibliotheca Organologica 68, Laaber, 150 pages.
  • Bulyowsky, Michael. Neu-erfundenes vollkommenes fünff-faches Clavier, bestehend aus fünff Reyhen der Palmulen und so genandten Clavium, dessen eine gantze Octav XXXII. Commata begreifft, so alle in geometrischer Continuen und ungetrenneten Progression aufeinander gehen.... Paul Treu, Stuttgart, 1699.
  • Bulyowsky, Michael. Tastatura quinqueformis panarmonico-metathetica. Theodor Hecht, Durlach, 1711.
  • Bulyowsky, Michael. Fünff-faches, vollständiges Transponier-Clavier, in einigen seinen Tugenden vorgestellt..... Theodor Hecht, Durlach, 1711.
  • Burgubura, H. Relations des mathématiques et de la musique dans l'histoire des gammes. Paris, 1973.
  • Burk, James M. "Schillinger's Double Equal Temperament System", Psychology and Acoustics of Music: A Collection of Papers, Edward W. Asmus (ed.), vol. 70, 1984, pp. 423–456.
  • Burkholder, J.P. Charles Ives. The Ideas behind the Music. Yale University Press, Yale, 1985.
  • Burkert, Walter. Weisheit und Wissenschaft: Studien zu Pythagoras, Philolaos und Platon. 1962. English translation Lore and Science in Ancient Pythagoreanism by E.L. Minar jr., Harvard University Press, Cambridge MA, 1972.
  • Burman, Eric. De proportione harmonica. 2 vols. Uppsala, 1715-1716, 506 pages.
  • Burns, Edward M. "In search of the Shruti", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 56, Supplement, 1974, p. S26(A).
  • Burns, Edward M. and W. Dixon Ward. "Categorical Perception of Musical Intervals - Phenomenon or Epiphenomenon? Evidence and Experiments in the Perception of Melodic Intervals", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 55, 1974, p. 456-468.
  • Burns, Edward M. and W. Dixon Ward. "Perception of monotic and dichotic musical intervals", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 59, 1976, p. 552(A).
  • Burns, Edward M. and W. Dixon Ward. "Categorical Perception - Phenomenon or Epiphenomenon: Evidence from Experiments in the Perception of Melodic Musical Intervals", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 63 no. 2, 1978, pp. 456-468.
  • Burns, Edward M. "Circularity in relative pitch judgements for inharmonic complex tones: The Shepard demonstration revisited, again", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 30 no. 5, 1981, pp. 467-472.
  • Burns, Edward M. and W. Dixon Ward. "Intervals, Scales and Tuning", The Psychology of Music, Diana Deutsch (ed.), pp. 241-269, Academic Press, New York, 1982.
  • Burns, Edward M. and S. Campbell. "Frequency and frequency ratio resolution by possessors of relative and absolute pitch: Example of categorical perception?", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 96, 1994, pp. 2704-2719.
  • Burt, Warren. Aardvarks IV: A Real-Time Composing Machine. Master thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1975.
  • Burt, Warren. "Composing for a Set of Aluminium Just-Intonation Tuning Forks", Part 1, Interval, winter 1986-1987, p. 13 & 23.
  • Burt, Warren. "A set of aluminium just-intonation tuning forks", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 5, no. 3, February 1987, pp. 12-13.
  • Burt, Warren. "Experimental Music In Australia Using Live Electronics", Contemporary Music Review vol. 6 part 1, pp. 159-172.
  • Burt, Warren. "Australian Experimental Music 1963-1990", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 1 no. 1, 1991, pp. 5-10.
  • Burt, Warren. "Drones 1994 #2 - Old Commas Inverted and Revisited", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 99 & 103 (score).
  • Burt, Warren. "An Interesting Group of Combination-Product Sets Produces Some Very Nice Dissonances", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 1, 1996, pp. 1, 4-9.
  • Burt, Warren. "Some Parentheses Around Algorithmic Composition", Organised Sound vol. 1 no. 3, Cambridge University Press, 1996, pp. 167-172.
  • Burt, Warren. "Adventures in Scale Generation Along a Wilsonian Path, part 1", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 3, summer 1996, pp. 1, 6-12.
  • Burt, Warren. "Adventures in Scale Generation Along a Wilsonian Path, part 2", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 1, winter 1998, pp. 4-10.
  • Burt, Warren. "An Interview, Microtonal Works, W.B. on the Internet. Portrait of Warren Burt", WWW, 1997.
  • Burt, Warren. "Sound and Light: LaMonte Young and Marian Zazeela (review)", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 2, fall 1999, p. 2.
  • Burt, Warren. "Mamoru Fujieda. 'The Night Chant' (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 3, fall 2000, pp. 17, 24.
  • Burt, Warren. "Some Thoughts on Structure and Necessity", Musiktexte, 2001.
  • Burt, Warren. "Developing and Composing With Scales based on Recurrent Sequences", Form space time: music architecture and design, Proceedings of the 2002 Australasian Computer Music Conference, RMIT, ACMA, Melbourne, 2002, pp. 123-132.
  • Burt, Warren. Computer as Part of Improvisatory Theatrical Performance, paper, Aug. 2002, 7 pages.
  • Burt, Warren. Some Numbers, paper, Dec. 2002, 21 pages.
  • Burt, Warren. An introduction to four pieces using some aspect of chaos theory, paper, Jan. 2003.
  • Burt, Warren. "Many Environments, Many Paths of Perception", World Forum for Acoustic Ecology Conference, Melbourne, 2003.
  • Burt, Warren. "Four from the East, Microtonal CDs from New York, New Jersey and New Hampshire (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 11 no. 2, winter 2003, pp. 14-16.
  • Burt, Warren. "Microtuning on the Wusik", Wusik Sound Magazine no. 10, Feb. 2007, pp. 44-52.
  • Burt, Warren. "Ben Johnston: 'Maximum Clarity' and Other Writings on Music (book review)", 1/1 vol. 12 no. 3, fall 2007, pp. 29-30.
  • Burton, Tony. "Did You Know That... The Mexican who tried to revolutionize the world of classical music was once nominated for the Nobel Prize in Physics?", WWW, 2002.
  • Busch, Hermann R. Leonhard Eulers Beitrag zur Musiktheorie. Kölner Beiträge zur Musikforschung vol. 58, Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1970.
  • Busoni, Ferruccio. Entwurf einer neuen Ästhetik der Tonkunst. 1907. Neue Ausgabe, Insel Verlag, Wiesbaden, 1954. With annotations by Arnold Schönberg and a epilogue by H.H. Stuckenschmidt, Suhrkamp Verlag, Frankfurt, 1974. Sketch of a New Esthetic of Music, English translation by Th. Baker, London, 1910, p. 98. Also in: Three Classics in the Aesthetic of Music, Dover, New York, 1962, pp. 73-102. French translation by Pierre Michel, L'esthétique musicale, Minerve, Paris, 1990, 170 pages. Italian translation Abbozzo di una nuova estetica della musica by Fedele D'Amico, Il Saggiatore, 1977, Milan, pp. 39-72.
  • Busoni, Ferruccio. "Futurismus der Tonkunst", Pan vol. 3, Oct 1912 - March 1913, Berlin, 1912.
  • Busoni, Ferruccio. "Bericht über Dritteltöne", Melos vol. 3, August 1922, p. 198.
  • Busoni, Ferruccio. Lo Sguardo lieto: Tutti gli scritti sulla musica e le arti. Fedele D'Amico (ed.), Il Saggiatore, Milan, 1977.
  • Butler, Charles. The Principles of Music in Singing and Setting. London, 1636.
  • Butler, David and W. Dixon Ward. "Effacing the memory of musical pitch", Music Perception vol. 5 no. 3, spring 1988, pp. 251-259.
  • Butler, David. The musician's guide to perception and cognition. (includes CD of 62 listening examples), Schirmer Books, New York, 1992.
  • Butler, David. "Tonal Bootstrapping: Re-Thinking the Intervallic Rivalry Model", Music, Mind, and Science, Suk Won Yi (ed.), Seoul National University Press, Seoul, 1998, pp. 7-12.
  • Butler, Simone. "A Xen Kind of Experience", On Air Magazine, San Diego KPBS, December 1992, p. 4.
  • Buttinger, Kurt. Muzikerzieher und Internet. PhD thesis, Universität Mozarteum, Salzburg, 1999.
  • Byers, Greg. Classical Guitar Intonation, WWW, 2002, 11 pages.

- C -

  • Cadek, Ottohar. "String Intonation in Theory and Practice", Music Journal, May-June 1949.
  • Cafagna, Vittorio and Thomas Noll. "Algebraic Investigations into Enharmonic Identication and Temperament", Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference Understanding and Creating Music, G. Di Maio and C. di Lorenzo (eds.), Caserta, 2003.
  • Callcott, John Wall. A critical examination of the musical theory of Kirnberger. Feb. 1799.
  • Callcott, John Wall. Plain Statement of Earl Stanhope's Temperament. London, 1807.
  • Callow, G. and E. Shepherd. "Intonation in the performance of North Indian classical music", paper presented at the 17th Annual meeting of the Society for Ethnomusicology, November 30-December 3, Toronto, Canada, 1972.
  • Calva, José Rafael. Julián Carrillo y microtonalismo: la visión de Moisés. Colección Ensayos (Centro Nacional de Investigación, Documentación e Información Musical Carlos Chávez), Sociedad de Autores y Compositores de México : Publicaciones CENIDIM, 1984, 62 pages.
  • Cambouropoulos, Emilios. "A General Pitch Interval Representation: Theory and Applications", Journal of New Music Research vol. 25 no. 3, 1996, pp. 231-251.
  • Cambouropoulos, Emilios. "Automatic Pitch Spelling: From Numbers to Sharps and Flats", Proceedings of the VIII Brazilian Symposium on Computer Music, Fortaleza, 2001.
  • Cambouropoulos, Emilios. "Pitch Spelling: a Computational Model", Music Perception vol. 20 no. 4, 2003, pp. 411-429.
  • Cameron, Fred. "Mesopotamian Temperament", WWW, 2001.
  • Cameron, Janet. Transcriptions of Seven Li Po Settings by Harry Partch. Master thesis. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1982.
  • Camiolo, Arcangelo. I coristi sonometrici per la precisione del temperamento armonico. Tip. dell'Oaratorio di S. Francesco di Sales, Torino, 1873.
  • Campbell, Alan Gary. "Just and Mean Tone Tuning for Electronic Keyboards", Electronic Musician vol. 2 no. 11, November 1986, pp. 46-51.
  • Campbell, James A. "The Equal Tempered Scale and Some Peculiarities of Piano Tuning", WWW, 1997.
  • Campbell, James A. "Guitar Tuning By Harmonics", WWW, 1997.
  • Campbell, Leroy B. "Wyschnegradsky's Quarter-tone Piano", The Musician vol. 45 no. 2, 1937, New York, pp. 88 & 93.
  • Campbell, Murray and Clive Greated. The Musician's Guide to Acoustics. Schirmer Books, New York, 1987.
  • Campion, François. Nouvelles découvertes sur la guittarre contentant plusieurs sortes de pièces sur huit manières différentes d'accorder. Brunet, Paris, 1705.
  • Campos, Arthur N. "Microtones and Melody", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, p. 26.
  • Can, Mehmet Cihat, Türk Müziginde Ses Sistemleri. Gazi Egitim Fakültesi Dergisi, Özel Sayi, Ankara, 1994.
  • Can, Mehmet Cihat, XV. Yüzyil Türk Mûsikîsi Nazariyâti (Ses Sistemi). PhD thesis, University of Istanbul, 2001.
  • Can, Mehmet Cihat. "Müzikte Tam Besli Zincirleri ve Pythagoras Dizileri (Pythagorean Scales and Chain of Perfect Fifths in Music)", G.Ü. Gazi Egitim Fakültesi Dergisi vol. 21 no. 2, 2001, pp. 143-159.
  • Can, Mehmet Cihat. "Geleneksel Türk Sanat Müziginde Arel-Ezgi-Uzdilek Ses Sistemi ve Uygulamada Kullanilmayan Bazi Perdeler" (In Practice Disused Keys of Arel-Ezgi-Uzdilek’s Tonal System in Traditional Turkish Art Music), G.Ü. Gazi Egitim Fakültesi Dergisi vol. 22 no. 1, 2002, pp. 175-181.
  • Cannon, Steven. "Maximally Smooth Diatonic Trichord Cycles", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • Canright, David. "A Justly Tuned Guitar", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 2, 1986, pp. 8-11.
  • Canright, David. "Ratios for Equal Temperaments", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, 1980, pp. 38-40.
  • Canright, David. "A Tour Up the Harmonic Series", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 3, summer 1987, p. 8 ff.
  • Canright, David. "Rational notation", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 1, San Francisco, 1985, pp. 8, 9, 16.
  • Canright, David. "Pentatonics I have known", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 2, San Francisco, 1985.
  • Canright, David. "On the Piano retuning", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 4, 1985.
  • Canright, David. "Harmonic-Melodic diagrams", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 2, 1988, pp. 1-9.
  • Canright, David. "Fibonacci Gamelan Rhythms", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 4, autumn 1990, p. 4.
  • Canright, David. "Lou Harrison, 'Music for Guitar and Percussion' (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 3, 1992, p. 2.
  • Canright, David. "Superparticular Pentatonics", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 1, 1995, p. 10.
  • Canright, David. "'Divisions of the Tetrachord' by John H. Chalmers (book review)", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 3, p. 16.
  • Canright, David. "EPS for JI. Encapsulated PostScript programs to explore musical scales in Just Intonation", WWW, 1999.
  • Canright, David. "Fret Choices for Just Intonation Guitars (or Fretting about Fretting)", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 3, fall 2000, pp. 18-21, 24.
  • Canright, David. "Performance: Concert in Celebration of the Chrysalis New Music Studio - Instruments and Music by Cris Forster" (review), 1/1 vol. 11 no. 4, spring 2004, pp. 19-20.
  • Canright, David. "John Schneider: Just Guitars" (CD review), 1/1 vol. 11 no. 4, spring 2004, pp. 21-22.
  • Cantagrel, Gilles. Les défauts du tempérament inégal de Silbermann. Hachette, Paris, 1982.
  • Cantarini, A. "Intervalli enarmonici `enarmonium' e l'avvenire della musica", Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 29, 1922, pp. 349-354.
  • Cantrell, David W. "Arnault's Lute, the Modulus of Elasticity of Mersenne's Gut, and the Downbearing Ratio", Galpin Society Journal vol. 34, March 1981, pp. 147-148.
  • Capes, J.M. An Essay on the Growth of the Musical Scale and of Modern Harmony. London, 1877.
  • Capleton, Brian. "Why are pianos tuned to Equal Temperament, and What is Equal Temperament? (Temperament without mathematics)", WWW, 2005.
  • Capleton, Brian. "On falseness and paradigms for the nature of piano tuning", WWW, 2005.
  • Capleton, Brian. Theory and practice of piano tuning. Amarilli Books, West Malvern, 2008, 628 pages.
  • Capricornus, Samuel. Geistliche Harmonien. Stuttgart, 1659.
  • Caramuel Lobkowitz, Juan. Mathesis nova. Campania, 1670.
  • Caratolozzo, Francesco. "The pentadecaphonic system: an 'equal tempered scale' with interesting properties", WWW, 2001.
  • Carcopino, J. "La basilique pythagoricienne de la porte Majeure", Paris, 1926.
  • Carey, Norman and David Clampitt. "Aspects of Well-Formed Scales", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 11 no. 2, fall 1989, pp. 187-206.
  • Carey, Norman and David Clampitt. "Regions: A Theory of Tonal Spaces in Early Medieval Treatises", Journal of Music Theory vol. 40 no. 1, 1996, pp. 113-147.
  • Carey, Norman and David Clampitt. "Self Similar Pitch Structures, Their Duals, and Rhythmic Analogs", Perspectives of New Music vol. 34 no. 2, summer 1996, pp. 62-87.
  • Carey, Norman. Distribution Modulo 1 and Musical Scales. PhD dissertation, University of Rochester, Eastman School of Music, 1998, 343 pages.
  • Carey, Norman. "W.A. Mathieu: Harmonic Experience (book review)", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 24 no. 1, spring 2002, pp. 121-158.
  • Carey, Norman. "On Coherence and Sameness and the Evaluation of Scale Candidacy Claims", Journal of Music Theory vol. 46, 2003, pp. 1-56.
  • Carey, Norman. "Coherence and Sameness in Well-formed and Pairwise Well-Formed Scales", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 1 no. 2, July 2007, pp. 79-98.
  • Carlé, Martin. "Enharmonische Archäologie der griechischen Musiknotation", Die Geburt des Vokalalphabets aus dem Geist der Poesie, Fink, 2006.
  • Carlé, Martin. "Das Samplingtheorem der Antike nach Archytas von Tarent", Medien vor den Medien, Fink, 2007.
  • Carlos, Wendy. "Three Asymmetric Divisions of the Octave", Pitch vol. 4 no. 1, spring 1990, pp. 2-3.
  • Carlos, Wendy. "Tuning: at the Crossroads", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, 1987, pp. 29-43.
  • Carmi-Cohen, Dalia. "An Investigation into the Tonal Structure of the Maqamat", Journal of the International Folk Music Council vol. 16, 1964, pp. 102-106.
  • Caron, Nelly and Dariouche Safvate. Iran, les traditions musicales. Institut International d'Études de la musique, Buchet/Chastel-Corrêa, Paris, 1966.
  • Carpenter, Ellon D. "Russian Music Theory: A Conspectus", in Russian Theoretical Thought In Music, Gordon D. McQuere (ed.), UMI Research Press, Ann Arbor MI, 1983.
  • Carpenter, Hoyle. "Microtones in a Sixteenth Century Portuguese Manuscript", Glassboro NJ.
  • Carr, Dale C. "A practical introduction to unequal temperament", The Diapason vol. 65 no. 3, Feb. 1974, pp. 6-8.
  • Carrière, Eric. "La division de l'octave: Ou 'Un peu de physique pour étonner les musiciens': ou 'Un peu de musique pour agacer les physiciens'", Académie Musicologique du Forez vol. 8, March 1987, pp. 9-21.
  • Carrillo, D. (anonymously) "Julián Carrillo. Testimonio de una vida. San Luis Potosí, Committee "San Luis 400", 1992.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Tratado sintético de harmonía. Mexico City, 1913, 8/1915. G. Schirmer, New York, 1916.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Pláticas musicales: de los conservatorios de México, Leizig, Alemania y Gante, Bélgica, México vol. 1, A. Wagner y Levien, Puebla-Guadalajara-Monterrey, 1913, vol. 2, 1923, 1930, 166 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. El Sonido 13, Teoria lógica de la musica. E. Pardo, Mexico, 1924, 136 pages. English translation Writing system for the new music of sixteenths of the tone, music produced by the 13th sound theorie of Julián Carillo in Soundings vol. 5, 1973.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Rectificación básica al sistema musical clásico. Analisis fisico musical "pre-sonido 13". Mexico, 1930. Talleres Gráficos de la Escuela Industrial Militar, San Luis Potosí, 1930, 62 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. La Revolución musical del Sonido 13: Expuesta brevemente en tres capítulos en forma de conferencias, dedicadas al señor ministro plenipotenciario de México en Quito, Ecuador, quien las transmitió por radio en la capital del bello país hermano. Ediciones "Ala Izquierda" de la Cámara de Diputados del Congreso de la Unión, Mexico, 1934, 30 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Teoría lógica de la música. Manuel Casas, Mexico, 1938, 1954.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Génesis de la revolución musical del 'Sonido 13'. Ediciones Sonido 13, San Luis Potosí, 1940, 160 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Método racional de solfeo: entonación y medida de los sonidos musicales. Imprenta Universal, Mexico City, 1941, 57 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Dos leyes de física musical: I. Escala de los armónicos. II. Nueva ley del nodo. Ediciones Sonido 13, Mexico, 1946, 105 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. En defensa del honor de america: 'el Sonido 13!'. Réplica a Papini. Mexico City, 1947.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Sonido 13: Fundamento científico e histórico. Ed. J. Carrillo, Mexico City, 1948, 72 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Leyes de metamórfosis musicales. Talleres Gráficos de la Nación, Mexico, 1949, 89 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Dos leyes de física musical. Sonido 13, Mexico, 1956.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Problemas de estética musical: eviados a la UNESCO y datos históricos relacionados con el problema del 'Sonido 13', Imprenta Universitaria, Mexico City, 1957, 81 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Mexico en la cultura musical del mundo. Mexico City, 1957.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Sistema general de escritura musical. Ediciones Sonido 13, Mexico City, 1957, 67 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. El infinito en las escalas y en los acordes. Ediciones Sonido 13, Mexico City, 1957, 81 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Nouveau système generale de notation musicale. French translation by Paul de Ceuleneer, Sonido 13, Mexico, 1958, 67 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. 'Sonido 13': Recorrido histórico. Litográficas Hacienda, Mexico City, 1962, 200 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Errores universales en música y física musical. Seminario de cultura mexicana, Mexico City, 1967, 455 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. "Busoni, Wyschnegradsky y Hába (1961)", in Errores universales en música y física musical, Mexico, 1967, pp. 55-59.
  • Carruthers, A.R. "Pitch Changes in the Sound of the Highland Bagpipe", Acustica vol. 41, 1978, pp. 46-50.
  • Carter, Stewart (ed.) A performer's guide to seventeenth-century music. Schirmer Books, New York, 1997, 432 pages.
  • Carterette, Edward C., Nazir Ali Jairazhboy and Kathryn Vaughn. "The role of tambura spectra in drone tunings of North Indian ragas", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 83, Supplement 1, 1988, p. S121.
  • Carterette, Edward C., Kathryn Vaughn and Nazir Ali Jairazhboy, "Perceptual, Acoustical, and Musical Aspects of the Tambura Drone", Music Perception vol. 7 no. 2, winter 1989, pp. 75-108.
  • Carterette, Edward C. and R.A. Kendall. "On the tuning and stretched octave of Javanese gamelans", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 4, 1994, pp. 59-68.
  • Carterette, Edward C. "Timbre, tuning and stretched octave of Javanese gamelans", Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference on Music Perception & Cognition, European Society for the Cognitive Sciences of Music, Liège, pp. 103-104.
  • Cartwright, Julyan H.E.; Diego L. González; Oreste Piro and Domenico Stanzial. "Aestetics, Dynamics and Musical Scales: A Golden Connection", Journal of New Music Research vol. 31 no. 1, 2002.
  • Casimir, H.B.G. and S.R. de Groot. "Levensbericht van Adriaan Daniël Fokker (17 augustus 1887 - 24 september 1972)", KNAW Jaarboek 1972, 1973, pp. 114-118.
  • Castañeda D. "La Revolución Musical", El Sonido 13 vol. 2 no. 7, 15 April 1925, pp. 14-18.
  • Castanet, P.A. "Les satellites de Dusapin ou le solipsisme musical", Cahiers du CIREM vol. 12-13, 1989, Paris, pp. 53-72.
  • Castel, Louis-Bertrand. Extrait du 'Nouveau systême' de Montvallon. August 1747.
  • Castellengo, Michèle. La flûte traversière. Bulletin du Groupe d'Acoustique Musicale no. 35, Université de Paris, Paris, April 1968.
  • Castellengo, Michèle. "Sons multiphoniques aux instruments à vent", Rapport IRCAM no. 34, Paris, 1982.
  • Catalisano, Gennaro. Grammatica armonica fisico-matématica. P. Giunti, Roma, 1781.
  • Catler, Jon. "Just Intonation in Modern Music", Pitch vol. 1 no. 1, 1986, pp. 4-5.
  • Catler, Jon. "Over & Under: The 13 Limit", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 3, summer 1987, pp. 4-5.
  • Catler, Jon. The Nature of Music. FreeNote Records, New York, 2003.
  • Caton, Margaret. The classical Tasnif, a genre of Persian vocal music. PhD diss., UCLA, 1983.
  • Caus, Salomon de. Institutions harmoniques. Diuisée en deux parties. En la première sont monstrées les proportions des intervalles harmoniques et en la deuxiesme les compositions dicelles. Jan Norton, Frankfurt, 1615, 59 pages.
  • Caus, Salomon de. Les raisons des forces mouvantes avec différentes machines. Jan Norton, Frankfurt, 1615.
  • Cavalieri, Bonaventura. Centuria di vari problemi (...) per dimostrare l'uso, et la facilita de' logaritmi (...) nella musica. Monti et Zenero, Bologna, 1639.
  • Cavallini, Edoardo. "Breve nota sul pluricromatìsmo", Rivista Musicale Italiana, 1943, p. 247.
  • Cavallini, Edoardo. "Il Pluricromatìsmo nell' evoluzione musicale", Rivista Musicale Italiana, 1946, p. 130.
  • Cavallini, Edoardo. "Per un' intensa sull' unificazione dei segni pluricromatici" (a more unified system of microtonal notation), Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 48 no. 4, Milan, 1946, pp. 516-522.
  • Cavallo, Tiberius. "Of the Temperament of those Musical Instruments, in which the Tones, Keys, or Frets, are Fixed, as in the Harpsichord, Organ, Guitar, &c.", Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London vol. 78, 1788, pp. 238-254. excerpts.
  • Cazden, Norman. "Musical Consonance and Dissonance - a Cultural Criterion", Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism vol. 4, 1945, pp. 3-11.
  • Cazden, Norman. Musical Consonance and Dissonance. PhD thesis, Harvard University, 1947.
  • Cazden, Norman. "Tonal Function and Sonority in the Study of Harmony", Journal of Research in Music Education vol. 2, 1954, pp. 21-34.
  • Cazden, Norman. "Pythagoras and Aristoxenos reconciled", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 11 nos. 2-3, 1958, pp. 91-105.
  • Cazden, Norman. "Musical Intervals and Simple Number Ratios", Journal of Research In Music Education vol. 7 no. 2, 1959, pp. 197-220.
  • Cazden, Norman. "Sensory Theories of Musical Consonance", Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism vol. 20, 1962, pp. 301-319.
  • Cazden, Norman. "The Definition of Consonance and Dissonance", International Review of the Aesthetics and Sociology of Music vol. 11 no. 2, 1980, pp. 123-168.
  • Çelik, Ahmet Emre. "Safiyüddin Abdülmümin Urmevi'nin ses sistemi teorisine matematiksel bir yaklasim", WWW, Sept. 2004.
  • Çelik, Ahmet Emre. "Rauf Yekta Bey deki 25/24 oranindaki bemol sesinin incelenmesi", WWW, March 2007.
  • Centre for Microtonal Music and the Society for the Promotion of New Music. Microtonality Manual. July 1991.
  • Cerny, Miroslav Karel. "K otazce realne podoby a zformovani staroreckych stupnic a organizace tonoveho materialu" (The actual shaping and forming of ancient Greek scales and organization of tonal material), Hudebni veda vol. 28 no. 3, 1991, pp. 207-219.
  • Cerone, Pietro. El Melopeo y maestro: Tractado de musica theorica y pratica: en que se pone por extenso, lo que uno para hazerse perfecto musico ha menester saber: y por mayor facilidad, comodidad, y claridad del lector, esta repartido en XXII libros. Va tan exemplificado y claro, que qualquiera de mediana habilidad, con poco trabajo alcançarà esta profession... Juan Bautista Gargano y Lucrecio Nucci, Naples, 1613. Reprint: Forni, Bibliotheca musica Bononiensis, Sezione II. n. 25, Bologna, 1969.
  • Cerullo, Victor. Max Microtuner .mtx file format, WWW, 2003.
  • Cerullo, Victor. "mtx tuning file format specifications and how to build an mtx loader program with examples for Max/MSP", WWW, 2007.
  • Ceulemans, Anne-Emmanuelle and Bonnie J. Blackburn (eds.) Théorie et analyses musicales: 1450-1650. Music Theory and Analysis. Proceedings, of the International Conference Louvain-la-Neuve, 23-25 September 1999, Université Catholique de Louvain, C. Musicologica neolovaniensia, Studia, vol. 9, Louvain, 2001, 440 pp. (Articles by Blackburn, Woodley, Bent, van Benthem, Magani & Rossi, Tacaille, Judd, Otalola, McKinney, Schiltz, Bonniffet, Phipps & Rasch).
  • Chabrier, Jean-Claude. "Le système acoustique armenien d'Hambardzoum au XIXème siècle", Ethnomusicology and the historical dimension, Philipp, Ludwigsburg, 1989, pp. 130-132.
  • Chabrier, Jean-Claude. "Zither in Egypt. Cairo. Qanun, M. 'Atiya 'Omar: Cithare en Egypte. Le Caire. Qanun, M. 'Atiya 'Omar", Anthologie phonographique de recital oriental vol. 7, Arabesques, Paris, 1979.
  • Chabrier, Jean-Claude. "Eléments d'une approache comparative des échelles théoriques arabo-irano-turques", Revue de Musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 39-77.
  • Chabrier, Jean-Claude. "Le deuxième Symposium international de Samarkand (7-14 octobre 1983)", Revue de Musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 188-191.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. "Le mythe des modes grecs", 1956.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques (ed.) Précis de musicologie. Presses universitaires de France, Paris, 1958. 432 pages.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. "Le dynamisme des gammes et des accords dans les principaux systèmes acoustiques et son influence sur le développement de la musique", Acoustique musicale, Congrès Marseille 1958, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1959, pp. 13-18.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. "Le problème de l'harmonique 7 devant l'histoire musicale", Acoustique musicale, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1959.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. L'imbroglio des modes. Leduc, Paris, 1960, 1977, 92 pages.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. Le monochorde et la théorie musicale. Amsterdam, 1963.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. Un grand théoricien belge méconnu...Momigny. Bruxelles, 1966.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. Expliquer l'Harmonie. Collection Histoire de la Musique no. 16, Éditions Rencontre, Lausanne, 1967, 128 pages.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. La musique grecque antique. Les belles lettres, Paris, 1979.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. De la musique à la musicologie, Etude analytique de l'oeuvre de Jacques Chailley présentée par ses collègues, ses élèves et ses amis.... Van de Velde, Paris, 1980.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. Éléments de philologie musicale. I. Recherches des principes. II. Intervalles et échelles. Leduc, Paris, 1985, 180 pages.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. "Le symbolisme de la gamme", La Revue Musicale, Paris, 1988, pp. 408-409.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. "Rameau et la théorie musicale", La Revue Musicale vol. 260.
  • Chakraborty, Satyaban. Svaras and Srutis in Indian Music. Kalyani Prakashani, West Bengal, 1990.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. & M. Joel Mandelbaum. "Multiple Division of the Octave and the Tonal Resources of 19-tone Temperament", Current Musicology vol. 5, 1967, pp. 138-142.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Editorial and Prospectus", Xenharmonikôn vol. 1, 1974, pp. 2-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Conversion Tables and Just Intonation Tables", Xenharmonikôn vol. 1, 1974, pp. 26-57.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "New Linear Temperaments", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2, 1974, pp. 36-41.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975, pp. 2-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The Application of Rothenberg's Pattern Recognition Model to the Structure of Tetrachords and Tetrachordal Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975, pp. 51-62.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments", Xenharmonikôn vol. 4, 1975, pp. 2-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Cyclic scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 4, 1975, pp. 69-78.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments Five", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, 1976, pp. 2-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments Six", Xenharmonikôn vol. 6, 1977, pp. 2-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Microtonal Mathematics 1", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, 1978, pp. 12-13.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Polychordal Arrays of MOS Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, pp. 156-167.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments: Seven and Eight", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, pp. 2-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "A Collection of Scales with Nineteen Notes", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, pp. 168-180.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Some Additional Nineteen Tone Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, pp. 181-186.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Some Designs for Small Numbered Non-12-Tone Metallophones and Keyboards", Interval vol. 2 no. 4, fall 1980, pp. 10, 14.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr and Ervin M. Wilson. "Combination Product Sets and Other Melodic and Harmonic Structures", Proceedings of the 7th International Computer Music Conference, North Texas State University, Denton, 1981. ICMA, pp. 348-362.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Report on Visit to the Carrillo Studio", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, 1982, p. 4.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Construction and Harmonization of Microtonal Scales in non-twelve-tone Equal Temperaments", Proceedings of the 8th International Computer Music Conference, Venice, 1982. ICMA, pp. 534-555.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Joseph Yasser, 1893 - 1981", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, p. 25.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Letter to the Editor, "Dear Ear." Contains some keyboards for 10-tone Equal Temperament and an All-Interval Row in 10-tone Equal Temperament", Ear vol. 8 no. 1-2, 1983, p. 2.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Letter to the Editor, "Dear Ear." Contains a listing of All-Interval Rows in various Equal temperaments", Ear vol. 8 no. 3, 1983, p. 2.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Tritriadic Scales with Seven Tones", Xenharmonikôn vol. 9, 1986, pp. 3-19.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Tritriadic Transformations", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 1, 1987, pp. 1-9.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Tritriadic Scales with Seven Tones, Part Two: Derived Forms and Structural Properties", Xenharmonikôn vol. 10, 1987, pp. 20-31.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Report on the American Festival of Microtonal Music's 'Microfest'", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 3, 1988, pp. 12-14.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Report on the 1988 Third Coast New Music Project, 'The Eternal Internal-A Festival of Microtonal Musics'", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 3, 1988, p. 15.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Easley Blackwood: The Structure of Recognizable Diatonic Tunings (book review)", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 3, 1988, pp. 4-5, 14.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Tetrachordal Scales and Complexes", Xenharmonikôn vol. 11, 1989, pp. 1-20.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The Nineteen-Tone Instruments of W.A. (Jim) Piehl and Tillman Schafer", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 4 no. 6, April 1989, pp. 5-7.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Tritriadic Scales with Seven Tones, Part Three: The M->T and D->M Matrices", Xenharmonikôn vol. 12, 1989, pp. 39-67.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Getting in Tune with Microtunings", Letter to Editor, Electronic Musician vol. 5 no. 7, July 1989, pp. 13-14.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "JI Calc 3.11 (software review)", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 5 no. 6, 1990, pp. 19-20.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Three Approaches to Harmony in 13-TET", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 53-64.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments 13", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 2-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Harmonic and Subharmonic Versions of Kathleen Schlesinger's Harmoniai", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 3, 1992, pp. 4-11.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "A Compendium of 12-tone Scales in 5-Limit Just Intonation", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 4, 1992, pp. 4-9, 15-16.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Carol L. Krumhansl: Cognitive Foundations of Musical Pitch (book review)", Leonardo vol. 25 no. 2, 1992, pp. 221-223.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments 14", Xenharmonikôn vol. 14, 1993, pp. 1-2.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Just in Fun-Augenskalen", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 1, 1993, p. 2.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. Chalmers's Compendium of Tetrachordal Scales, A set of Ji Calc HyperCard stacks for tuning synthesizers to the scales in 'Divisions'. Frog Peak Music, Lebanon NH, 1993.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. Divisions of the Tetrachord. Frog Peak Music, Hanover NH, 1993, 234 pages.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The Triadic Diamond, the Triadic Reversed Diamond, and their Constituent Tetrachords when D = 3/2", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 60-73.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The TOUCH-TONE® Signal Pitches as Subsets of Stretched 14-Tone ET's", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 74-80.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Cents and Non-Cents: Logarithmic Measures of Musical Interval Magnitude", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 81-95.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "David Doty: The Just Intonation Primer (book review)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 96-97.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "An Anticipation of the Partch Tonality Diamond in Augusto Novaro's Sistema Natural Base del Natural-Aproximado (1927)", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 2, 1994, pp. 9-10.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Two Recent Books on Ancient Greek Music, book reviews of M.L. West's 'Ancient Greek Music', and Andrew Barker's 'Greek Musical Writings II, Harmonic and Acoustic Theory'", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 3, 1994, pp. 2, 16.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "In Memoriam Ivor Darreg (1917-1994)", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 3, 1994, p. 20.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "In Memoriam Ivor Darreg (1917-1994)", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 9 no. 4, 1994, pp. 7-8.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The Wayward: Harry Partch at UCSD", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, pp. 20, 24.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments 16", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, pp. 1-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Eduardo Sábat-Garibaldi: Principios de la Gama Dinámica (book review)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, pp. 126-127.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Oedipus and Revelation in the Courthouse Park: Harry Partch's Two Music-Dramas on Classical Greek Themes", Didaskalia vol. 3 no. 1, 1996.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments 17", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 1-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The Number of 23-Prime-Limit Superparticular Ratios Less Than 10,000,000", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 111-115.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Explanation of John Chalmers's Lattice Diagrams", WWW, 1999.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments 18", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 1-2.
  • Chamberlin, Robert. "Symposium in the Study of Tricesimoprimal Music", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
  • Chang, Chuan C. "Fundamentals of Piano Practice", WWW. German translation by Edgar Lins "Klavier spielen - Grundlagen, Übungen, Praxistips", 2002. Polish translation, 2001.
  • Chantavoine, J. "L'Orient et la musique de l'avenir", Le Ménestrel no. 4490, March 1922.
  • Chao, Chuh Ah. Das zhouzeitliche Grab des Markgrafen Yi von Zeng aus der Provinz Hubei, VR China mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Musikinstrumenten-Beigaben. MA diss., Music history: Hochschule für Musik und darstellende Kunst, Wien, 1982, 98 pages.
  • Chapman, Roger Edington Harmonie universelle: The Books on Instruments. Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague, 1957. Partial English translation of Mersenne (1636).
  • Chardon, Yves. "Essais à propos de la justesse attractive", La Revue Musicale vol. 13, 1932, p. 166 ff.
  • Charrier, Stéphane. La clé des Sons ou comment accorder son piano. Centre de Documentation pédagogique, Marseille, 1980.
  • Charry, Eric. Mande Music. Traditional and modern music of the Maninka and Mandinka of western Africa. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 2000, 500 pages.
  • Chase, Gilbert. "Harry Partch", The American Composer Speaks. Lousiana University Press, Baton Rouge, 1966, pp. 193-200.
  • Chaumont, Lambert. Pièces d'orgue sur les 8 tons...Et la méthode d'accorder le clavessin. Danielis, Liège, 1695, 146 pages.
  • Chavannes, Edouard. Les Mémoires historiques de Se-ma Ts'ien. 5 vols., Paris, 1895-1905. Volume 3 is about music.
  • Chávez, Carlos. Toward a New Music. W.W. Norton and Co., New York, 1937.
  • Chemillier, Marc. "Monoïde libre et musique", RAIRO Informatique théorique et applications vol. 21 no. 3, 1987, pp. 341-371, and vol. 21 no. 4, 1987, pp. 379-417, Gauthier Villars, Paris.
  • Chemillier, Marc and G. Duchamp. "Algorithme de réduction des degrés dans une gamme musicale (d'après la théorie de d'Yves Hellegouarch)", Gazette des mathématiciens vol. 82, 1999, pp. 26-30.
  • Chen, Qixiang and Zhihua Lu. "A Natural Approach Towards the Recognition of Slendro Scales", Journal of Music in China vol. 3 no. 1, spring 2001, pp. 99-107.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "Study of Qin Temperament", 1984.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "Discussion of Jiang Kui's 'Tuning method for the Ceshang Mode'" (in Chinese), Journal of Musicology, 1984, no. 3, Cultural Arts Publ. Co., Beijing, pp. 22-42.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "Qinqu Jieshidiao Youlan de yinlü" (The temperament of 'Youlan' in the Jieshi mode), Zhongyang yinyue xueyuan xuebao (The Journal of the Central Conservatory of Music), 1984, no. 1.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "Lun si fen sun yi lü" (A discussion of the addition and subtraction of fourths), Zhongguo yinyue, 1984, no. 3, Beijing, pp. 21-23.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "Temperamentology in ancient Chinese written records", Musicology Australia vol. 11-12, 1988-1989, pp. 44-64.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "A report on Chinese research into the Dunhuang music manuscripts", English translation by Coralie Rockwell, Musica Asiatica vol. 6, Oxford, 1991, pp. 61-72.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "My Opinion about Zhu Caiyü's Qin Temperament" (in Chinese), Musicology in China, 1992, no. 1, pp. 124-132.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "A Further Discourse on the Different Historical Periods of the Evolution of Qin Temperament" (in Chinese), Art of Music, 1992, no. 2, pp. 16-21.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "(Are) There No Tuning Modes (using) Just Intonation in Extrant Ming Dynasty Qin Music Books?" (in Chinese), Musicology in China, 1992, no. 4, pp. 22-30.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "A Third Discourse on the Different Historical Periods of the Evolution of Qin Temperament" (in Chinese), Art of Music, 1992, no. 4, pp. 4-10.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "Comment on 'The Study of Qin Temperament'" (in Chinese), Art of Music, 1996, no. 4, pp. 1-5 & 19.
  • Chen, Yuan-liang. Shih Lin Kuang Chi. 1340.
  • Chen, Yugang. Zhongguo guyuelü de yunshuang yu jexi (A mathematical calculation and analysis of ancient Chinese tone systems). Shengyun Publications, Taipei, 1982.
  • Chen, Wan-nai. "Zhu Zai-Yu suanxue zhi yenjiu" (Findings of Zhu Zaiyu's mathematics), Huagang wenke xuebao vol. 14, June 1982, pp. 45-69.
  • Cheng, Gongliang. "(Are) There Any Tuning Modes (using) Just Intonation in Extrant Ming Dynasty Qin Music Books?" (in Chinese), Musicology in China, 1992, no. 2, pp. 101-106.
  • Chesnut, John Hind. "Mozart's teaching of intonation", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 30 no. 2, summer 1977, pp. 254-271.
  • Chevé-Paris, Nanine. Science et Art de l'intonation, théorie et pratique, système des points d'appui. Paris, 1868.
  • Cheveigné, Alain de. "Harmonic fusion and pitch shifts of mistuned partials", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 102 no. 2, 1997, pp. 1083–1087.
  • Cheveigné, Alain de. "Pitch shifts of mistuned partials: A time-domain model", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 106 no. 2, 1999, pp. 887–897.
  • Chew, Elaine. Towards a Mathematical Model of Tonality. PhD diss., Operations Research Center, MIT, Cambridge MA, 2000.
  • Chew, Elaine. "The spiral array: An algorithm for determining key boundaries", Music and Artificial Intelligence - Second International Conference ICMAI, C. Anagnostopoulou, M. Ferrand and A. Smaill (eds.), Edinburgh, 2002, pp. 18-31.
  • Chew, Elaine. "Slicing it all ways: Mathematical models for tonal induction, approximation and segmentation using the spiral array", INFORMS Journal on Computing vol. 18 no. 3, 2006.
  • Chilesotti, Oscar. "Sulle gamme e i suoni di combinazione", Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 5, 1898, pp. 754-785.
  • Chilesotti, Oscar. "Sulle gamme. Appunti", Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 7, 1900, pp. 368-370.
  • Chilesotti, Oscar. "La scala naturale e il sistema a 53 gradi", Gazzetta musicale di Milano vol. 56, 1901, 33: pp. 478-481, 35: pp. 502-505.
  • Chilesotti, Oscar. "Le scale arabico-persane e indù. Appunti", Sammelbände der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft vol. 3, Leipzig, 1901-1902, pp. 595-598.
  • Chilesotti, Oscar. "Di Nicola Vicentino e dei generi greci secondo Vincenzo Galilei", Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 19, 1912.
  • Chislett, Laura. "Sulle Scale Della Fenice, Performer's Notebook", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, 1991, pp. 94-99.
  • Chladny, Ernst Florenz Friedrich. Entdeckungen über die Theorie des Klanges. Weidmanns Erben und Reich, Leipzig, 1787. Reprints 1817, 1821, 1987.
  • Chladny, Ernst Florenz Friedrich. "Über die wahre Ursache des Consonierens und Dissonierens", Allgemeine musikalische Zeitung, 1801.
  • Chladny, Ernst Florenz Friedrich. Die Akustik. Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1802, 310 pages. French translation Traité d'acoustique, Courcier, Paris, 1809, 375 pages.
  • Chladny, Ernst Florenz Friedrich. Über die Nachtheile der Stimmung in ganz reinen Quinten und Quarten....Aufsatz des Hern. von Drieberg über die Stimmung.... 1826.
  • Chladny, Ernst Florenz Friedrich. Kurze Übersicht der Schall- und Klanglehre, nebst einem Anhange die Entwicklung und Anordnung der Tonverhältnisse betreffend. Mainz, 1827.
  • Chocholle, R. and J.P. Legouix. "About the sensation of beats between two tones whose frequencies are nearly in a simple ratio", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 29, 1957, p. 750.
  • Choquel, Henri Louis. La musique rendue sensible par la méchanique. Paris, 1762.
  • Chrisman, Richard. "Eric Regener: Pitch Notation and Equal Temperament: A Formal Study (book review)", Journal of Music Theory vol. 19 no. 1, spring 1975, pp. 161-171.
  • Christensen, Thomas S. Science and Music Theory in the Enlightenment: d'Alembert's Critique of Rameau. Unpublished PhD dissertation, Yale University, 1985.
  • Christensen, Thomas S. "Le Cycle Harmonique, by Christiaan Huygens, edited and translated by Rudolph Rasch (book review)", Journal of Music Theory vol. 32, 1988.
  • Christensen, Thomas S. (ed.) The Cambridge History of Western Music Theory. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, December 2001, 1100 pages, 31 chapters: 4. Greek music theory Thomas J. Mathiesen; 5. The transmission of ancient music theory into the Middle Ages Calvin Bower; 6. Medieval canonics Jan Herlinger; 7. Tuning and temperament Rudolf Rasch; 8. The role of harmonics in the scientific revolution Penelope Gouk; 9. From acoustics to tonpsychologie Burdette Green and David Butler; 10. Music theory and mathematics Catherine Nolan; Part III. Regulative Traditions: 11. Notes, scales, and modes in Carolingian thought David Cohen; 12. Renaissance modal theory: theoretical, compositional and editorial perspectives Cristle Collins Judd; 13. Tonal organization in seventeenth-century music theory Gregory Barnett; 14. Dualist tonal space and transformation in the nineteenth century Henry Klumpenhouwer; etc.
  • Chrysander, Friedrich. "Eduard Grell als Gegner der instrumentalmusik, der Orgel, der Temperatur und der Virtuosität", Vierteljahrsschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 4, 1888, pp. 99-121.
  • Chuckrow, Robert. Historical Tuning of Keyboard Instruments: Theory and Practice. Rising Mist Publications, Briarcliff Manor NY, 1999, 68 pages.
  • Chung, Robert Ming Hsueh. Zur musikwissenschaftlichen Bedeutung Dschu Dsyi-yüs. (Dem Erfinder der gleichschwebenden Temperatur des Zwölftonsystems). PhD thesis, University of Vienna, 1973. 2 vols., 365 pages.
  • Cifariello Ciardi, Fabio. "Applicazioni dell'elaboratore nell'analisi dei livelli di tensione intervallare delle strutture microtonali", Proceedings of the 6th Italian Computer Music Conference, UNICOPLI, Milano, 1985.
  • Cifariello Ciardi, Fabio. "The organization of microtonal sets in computer music", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Paul Berg (ed.), The Hague, October 1986, pp. A17-A20.
  • Cimbro A. "La gamma per terzi di tono", Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 27, 1920, pp. 483-496.
  • Cip, Pavel and Josef Rezny. Ceske dudy: Vyroba, zdobeni, ladeni (The Czech bagpipe: Building, decoration, and tuning). Blok, Strakonice-Zubri, 1991, 46 pages.
  • Ciurio, E. Fausto. "Chitarra quartitonale", Fronimo vol. 3 no. 10, 1975, pp. 25-26.
  • Clampitt, David. "Report: An International Symposium on Music and Mathematics (Bucharest, Romania)", Music Theory Online vol. 1 no. 1, January 1995.
  • Clampitt, David. Pairwise Well-Formed Scales: Structural and Transformational Properties. Unpublished dissertation, University of Buffalo, 1997.
  • Clampitt, David. "The legacy of John Clough in mathematical music theory", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 1 no. 2, July 2007, pp. 73-78.
  • Clampitt, David and Thomas Noll. "Regions and Standard Modes", Mathematics and Computation in Music, Proceedings of the Second International Conference, MCM 2009, John Clough Memorial Conference, New Haven CT, 19-22 June 2009, Elaine Chew, Adrian Childs and Ching-Hua Chuan (eds.), Springer Verlag, Series Communications in Computer and Information Science vol. 38, Berlin/Heidelberg, 2009, pp. 81-92.
  • Clampitt, David; Manuel Domínguez and Thomas Noll. "Plain and Twisted Adjoints of Well-Formed Words", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • Clark, Carrie Starr. "Just Intonation in the Kirana Vocal Tradition", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 3, 1989, p. 1 ff.
  • Clements, Ernest. Introduction to the study of Indian music. An attempt to reconcile modern Hindustani music with ancient musical theory and to profound an accurate and comprehensive method of treatment of the subject of Indian musical intonation. Longmans, Green & Co., London, 1913, 119 pages. Reprint Chandigarh Abhishek, 1992, 113 pages.
  • Clements, Ernest and K.B. Deval (eds.) The Ragas of Hindustan vol. I-III. Philharmonic Society of Western India, Poona, 1918-1923. Reprint as Encyclopaedia of Indian Music with Special Reference to the Ragas, Sri Satguru Publications, Delhi, 1986.
  • Cleonides. Eisagoge armonike. English translation Harmonic Introduction by D.C. Mackenzie, in Source Readings in Music History O. Strunk (ed.), W.W. Norton & Company, New York, 1950. English translation with commentary by Jon Solomon, PhD diss., University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1980, 2 vols., 397 pages.
  • Clough, John. "Aspects of diatonic sets", Journal of Music Theory vol. 23 no. 1, 1979, pp. 45-61.
  • Clough, John. "Diatonic interval sets and transformational structures", Perspectives of New Music vol. 18 no. 1-2, 1979-1980, pp. 461-482.
  • Clough, John and Gerald Myerson. "Musical Scales and the Generalized Circle of Fifths", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 93 no. 9, 1986, pp. 695-701.
    other version: "Variety and Multiplicity in Diatonic Systems", Journal of Music Theory vol. 29 no. 2, 1985, pp. 249-270.
  • Clough, John and Jack Douthett. "Maximally Even Sets", Journal of Music Theory vol. 35 no. 1-2, 1991, pp. 93-173. Correction in vol. 36 no. 2, fall 1992, pp. 401-402.
  • Clough, John, Jack Douthett, N. Ramanathan and Lewis Rowell. "Early Indian Heptatonic Scales and Recent Diatonic Theory", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 15 no. 1, 1993, pp. 36-58.
  • Clough, John, John Cuciurean and Jack Douthett. "Hyperscales and the Generalized Tetrachord", Journal of Music Theory vol. 41 no. 1, 1997, pp. 67–100.
  • Clough, John, Nora Engebretsen, Jonathan Kochavi. "Scales, Sets, and Interval Cycles: A Taxonomy", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 21 no. 1, spring 1999.
  • Clough, Rosa Trillough. The Futurists. New York, 1965, pp. 188-189.
  • Coates, William. "The Equal Temperament of 31 Notes to the Octave", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, pp. 23-27.
  • Coburn, Robert. "Harry Partch: An Anthology of Critical Perspectives (book review)", Leonardo vol. 35 no. 2, April 2002, pp. 209-210.
  • Cochlaeus, Johannes. Tetrachordum musices. Fredericus Peypus, Nürnberg, 1514. Tractatus primus, tractatus secundus, tractatus tertius, tractatus quartus.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Not equal: feminism, tuning, and theory pedagogy", Theory and Practice vol. 20, 1995, pp. 1-12.
  • Code, David Løberg. Pianoets elfenbensbur. Unpubl. article, Kalamazoo, Mich./Oslo, November 1998.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Quest for the Pure Voice: Eivind Groven's Renstemt Organ", Music Theory Midwest, 1999 Tenth Annual Conference, Butler University, Indianapolis IN, 14-15 May 1999.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Eivind Groven's Pure-tuned Organs", WWW, 1999.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Groven Piano Project", WWW.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Acting Natural: Eivind Groven's Naturskalaen and the Renstemte Organ", Norsk Folkemusikklags skrifter vol. 15, 2001, pp. 68-78.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Eivind Grovens 'Rein'boge: det renstemte orgelet som folkeinstrument", Årbok for norsk folkemusikk vol. 10, 2001, pp. 100-110.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Groven.Max: An Adaptive Tuning System for MIDI Pianos", Computer Music Journal vol. 26 no. 2, 2002, pp. 50-61.
  • Code, David Løberg. "The Groven Piano In Tune with Nature", Piano Today vol. 9, summer 2002, pp. 48-49.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Groven ex machina: the Evolving Technology of Tuning", Studia musicologica norvegica vol. 29, 2003, pp. 44-56.
  • Codogno, Maurizio. "Pillole di teoria musicale", WWW, 1998.
  • Coenen, Alcedo. "Thirty One: Adriaan Fokker and the Tricesimoprimal Music", Ear Magazine East vol. 7 no. 5, New York, 1982/1983.
  • Coffy, Henri-Pierre. "Un musicien de l'Espace", Inter-Hebdo, Paris, 28 May 1965, p. 32.
  • Cohen, Albert. "Étienne Loulié as a music theorist", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 18 no. 1, pp. 70-72.
  • Cohen, Albert. "Symposium on Seventeenth-Century Music Theory: France", Journal of Music Theory vol. 16 no. 1-2, 1972, pp. 4-5, 16-36.
  • Cohen, Albert. "Rameau, equal temperament, and the Academy of Lyon: A controversy revisited", French Musical Thought 1600-1800, G. Cowart (ed.), Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 1989, pp. 121-128.
  • Cohen, Annabel J. "Context effects in the absolute judgment of a microtonal scale", Canadian Psychological Association Annual Meeting, Montreal, June 1988.
  • Cohen, Annabel J. "Identification of a microtonal scale of complex tones: Context effects", Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, November 1988, p. 191.
  • Cohen, Annabel J., D. Dunphy, B. Frankland, R. Parncutt and G. Taylor. "Effects of diatonic structure versus scale-step size on processing serial order", 2nd International Conference on Music Perception, Los Angeles, February 1992.
  • Cohen, Annabel J. "Musical training and pitch schemata: Tonal influences in microtonal contexts", invited symposium on pitch schemata, 3rd International Conference for Music Perception and Cognition, Irene Deliege (ed.), Liege, 1994, pp. 81-82.
  • Cohen, Dalia. "Patterns and Frameworks of Intonation", Journal of Music Theory vol. 13 no. 1, spring 1969, pp. 66-92.
  • Cohen, Dalia and Ruth Katz. Palestinian Arab Music: A Maqam Tradition in Practice. University of Chicago Press, 2006, 518 pages.
  • Cohen, David E. "Metaphysics, ideology, discipline: Consonance, dissonance, and the foundations of Western polyphony", Theoria vol. 7, 1993, pp. 1-85.
  • Cohen, Elizabeth A. "Some effects of inharmonic partials on interval perception", Music Perception vol. 1 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 323-349.
  • Cohen, Flynn. Henry Cowell and James Tenney: Musical Harmonics from Theory to Practice. Thesis, Mills College, Oakland CA, 1998.
  • Cohen, H. Floris. "Christiaan Huygens on Consonance and the Division of the Octave", Studies on Christiaan Huygens, H.J.M. Bos et al. (eds.), Lisse, 1980, pp. 271-301.
  • Cohen, H. Floris. Quantifying music. The science of music at the first stage of the Scientific Revolution, 1580-1650. D. Reidel Publishers & Co., Dordrecht, 1984, 308 pages.
  • Cohn, Richard. "Properties and Generability of Transpositionally Invariant Sets", Journal of Music Theory vol. 35 no. 1-2, 1991, pp. 1-32.
  • Cohn, Richard. "Generalized Cycles of Fifths, Some Late-Nineteenth-Century Applications, and Some Extensions to Microtonal and Beat-Class Spaces", keynote address for the Fifth Annual Meeting of Music Theory Midwest/Eighth Biennial Symposium of the Indiana University Graduate Theory Association, Bloomington IN, 14 May 1994.
  • Cohn, Richard. "Maximally Smooth Cycles, Hexatonic Systems, and the Analysis of Late-Romantic Triadic Progressions", Music Analysis vol. 15 no. 1, 1996, pp. 9-40.
  • Cohn, Richard. "Introduction to neo-Riemannian theory: A survey and a historical perspective", Journal of Music Theory vol. 42 no. 2, 1998, pp. 167-180.
  • Collangettes, Xavier Maurice. "Étude sur la musique arabe", Journal asiatique vol. 4, 1904, pp. 365-422; vol. 8, 1906, pp. 149-190.
  • Collins, Nick. "Uniqueness of Pitch Class Spaces, Minimal Bases and Z Partners", Proceedings of the Diderot Forum on Mathematics and Music, Vienna, 1999, pp. 63-77.
  • Collins, Nick. "A Microtonal Tempo Canon Generator After Nancarrow and Jaffe", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference 2003, Singapore, 2003, 4 pages.
  • Colonna, Fabio and Stella, Scipione. La sambuca lincea, overo Dell'Istromento Musico perfetto: Con annotazioni critiche manoscritte di Scipione Stella (1618-1624). Naples, 1618. Reprint with introduction by Patrizio Barbieri (ed.), Musurgiana no. 24, Lucca, 1991, 171 pages. In Italian and English. Facsimile of original, Lib. III di Fabio Colonna Linceo Ne'quali oltre la descrittione, e costruttione dell'Istromento si tratta delle diuisione del Monacordo: della proportione de Tuoni semituoni, e lor minute parti. Della differeza de tre Geni di Musica, de Gradi Enarmonici e Chromatici: e in che differiscano da quelli de gli Antichi l'osseruati è descritti dall'Autore; con gli esempi di numeri, di musica, e di segni..., Costatin Vitale, Napoli, 1618. Reprint series: Bibliotheca musica Bononiensis. Sezione II, n. 152, A. Forni, Bologna, 1980, 116 pages.
  • Coltman, John W. "The intonation of antique and modern flutes, Parts 1-4", The Instrumentalist vol. 29 no. 5, 1974-1975.
  • Coltman, John W. "Flute scales, pitch and intonation", The Instrumentalist, May 1976.
  • Coltman, John W. (ed.) Tuning wind instruments. Booklet produced for distribution in schools by C.G. Conn Ltd., Oak Brook, Illinois. Revised and enlarged by John W. Coltman, 1977, 12 pages.
  • Coltman, John W. "Theobald Boehm and the scale of the modern flute", Journal of the American Musical Society vol. 9, 1983, pp. 89-111.
  • Coltman, John W. "Mode stretching and harmonic generation in the flute", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 88 no. 5, November 1990.
  • Coltman, John W. "Owen Jorgensen: Tuning: Containing the Perfection of 18th Century Temperament... (book review)", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 19, 1993, pp. 105-109.
  • Coltman, John W. "Flute intonation in performance", Accepted for publication in The Woodwind Quarterly.
  • Colvig, William. "A Western Gamelan", Sound Sculpture: A Collection of Essays by Artists Surveying the Techniques, Applications, and Future Directions of Sound Sculpture, J. Grayson (ed.), Vancouver, 1975, pp. 162-169.
  • Colvig, William. "An American Gamelan", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2, 1974.
  • Colvig, William. "Metallophone, Construction", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 10 no. 2, 1994, pp. 24-25.
  • Combarieu, Jules. Histoire de la musique vol. 1, Éd. Colin, Paris, 1913.
  • Combarieu, Jules. La musique, ses lois, son évolution. Flammarion, Paris, 1924.
  • Condat, Jean Bernard (ed.) Nombre d'or et musique. Peter Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 1988.
  • Constable, James Putname. Temperament and the Scope of Harmonic Digression in Works for Solo Keyboard and Keyboard with Instruments by J.K.F. Fischer. Master thesis, Cincinnati Conservatory, 1980.
  • Conti, Luca. "Julián Carrillo y el Sonido 13", Universidad y Sociedad vol. 16, Tlaxcala, Mexico, November-December 1995, pp. 40-44.
  • Conti, Luca. Microtonalismo e sperimentalismo e nell'opera di Julián Carrillo. BaM diss., University of Bologna, DAMS-Musica, 1997, 2 vols.
  • Conti, Luca. "Il pianeta microtonale di Julián Carrillo", Sonus-Materiali per la musica contemporanea vol. 18, December 1998, pp. 64-85.
  • Conti, Luca. "Introducción crítica al 'Sonido 13' de Julián Carrillo", Heterofonía, Mexico D.F., July-December 2000 (appeared 2003), pp. 75-88.
  • Conti, Luca. Teorie ed esperienze microtonali in Nord America 1900-1940. PhD diss., University of Trento, 2003, 498 pages. (With studies on Ives, Carrillo, Novaro, Partch and Yasser theories and music and a reconstruction of the problem of just intonation from Helmholtz to Novaro and Partch.)
  • Conti, Luca. "La 'evolving tonality' di Joseph Yasser: una teoria microtonale tra le correnti dello sperimentalismo newyorchese", Rivista Italiana di Musicologia vol. 39 no. 1, 2004, pp. 147-171.
  • Conti, Luca. Suoni di una terra incognita. Il microtonalismo in Nord America (1900-1940). Libreria Musicale Italiana LIM, Lucca, 2005, 353 pages.
  • Conti, Luca. "El sistema a entonación justa en la acústica de Helmholtz", Perspectiva Interdisciplinaria de Música, Mexico, 2005.
  • Conti, Luca. "Artefatti e teoria nel Sistema natural de la música (1951) di Augusto Novaro", Acoustical Arts and Artifacts Technology, Aesthetics, Communication (AAA TAC) no. 2, Pisa, 2005.
  • Conti, Luca. "Preludio a Colón, Tepepan, Horizontes: proceso compositivo y estrategias formales en dos diversas fases del Sonido 13 de Julián Carrillo", Heterofonía no. 128, Mexico D.F., January-June 2003 (appeared 2006), pp. 9-32.
  • Conti, Luca. "Novaro", Heterofonía vol. 130-131, Mexico, Jan.-Dec. 2004, published 2007, pp. 69-88.
  • Conti, Luca. "La entonación justa en la acústica de Helmholtz", Perspectiva Interdisciplinaria de Música vol. 1 no. 1, Mexico, 2007, pp. 7-18.
  • Conti, Luca. Ultracromatiche sensazioni. Il microtonalismo in Europa (1840-1940). Libreria Musicale Italiana LIM, Lucca, 2008, 219 pages.
  • Conviser, H. "Equal Temperament versus Just Intonation", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 68, Supplement 1, 1980, p. S100.
  • Cook, Simon. Guide to Sundanese Music. Bandung, 1992.
  • Cook, Simon. "Parallel versions of Tembang Sunda melodies in different tunings", Oideion, Wim van Zanten (ed.), Centre of Non-Western Studies Publications vol. 14, Leiden, 1993, pp. 55-84.
  • Cooke, Peter. "Exploring musical pitch systems", Bulletin of the UK Chapter of the ICTM, November 1990.
  • Cooke, Peter. "Report on pitch perception experiment carried out in Buganda and Busoga (Uganda)", African Music vol. 7 no. 2, 1992, pp. 119-125.
  • Coolen, Michael T. Xalamkats: The Xalam Tradition of the Senegambia. PhD diss., University of Washington, 1979.
  • Cope, David. New Directions in Music, 2nd edition. Wm. C. Brown Company Publishers, 1976.
  • Cope, David. Techniques of the Contemporary Composer. Schirmer Books, New York, 1998.
  • Copenhaver, Michael D. Scales of the World. Enigaxotic Music, Hollywood CA.
  • Corbelin, François-Vincent. Méthode de harpe pour apprendre seul et en peu de temps à jouer de cet instrument, avec un principe très simple pour l'accorder. Paris, 1779, 1803. Reprint Minkoff, Genève, 1971, 157 pages.
  • Cordier, Serge. L'accordage des instruments à clavier. Bulletin du Groupe d'Acoustique Musicale no. 75, Université de Paris VII, Paris, Nov. 1974.
  • Cordier, Serge. Piano bien tempéré et justesse orchestrale: le tempérament égal à quintes justes. Buchet et Chastel, Paris, 1982, 274 pages.
  • Cordier, Serge. "Equal Temperament With Perfect Fifth", Proceedings of the International Symposium of Musical Acoustics, SFA, Dourdan, 1995, pp. 298-303.
  • Corleonis, Adrian. "'The Harry Partch Collection' and other recents Partch releases (CD review)", Fanfare March/April 1998.
  • Cornu, Auguste and Ernest Mercadier. "Sur les intervalles musicaux mélodiques", Comptes Rendus Hebdomaires des Séances de l'Académie des Sciences vol. 74, 1872, pp. 321-323.
  • Corona-Alcade, Antonio. "'You will raise a little your 4th fret': An equivocal instruction by Luís Milán?", Galpin Society Journal vol. 44, March 1991, pp. 2-45.
  • Corral, Alfonso del; Teresa León and Vicente Liern. "Compatibility of the Different Tuning Systems in an Orchestra", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • Corrette, Michel. Le maître de clavecin pour l'accompagnement: méthode théorique et pratique. Paris, 1752, 1753, 1775, 97 pages. Reprints Olms, Hildesheim, 1974. Minkoff, Genève, 1976, 130 pages. Broude Brothers, New York, 1976.
  • Corrette, Michel. De la manière d'accorder le clavecin et l'orgue. Paris, 1753.
  • Corrigan, Vincent Justus, III. The Style of the Notre-Dame Conductus. PhD thesis, Musicology: Indiana University, 1980, 2 vols., 1025 pages.
  • Corso, J.F. "Scale Position and Performed Musical Octaves", Journal of Psychology vol. 37, 1954.
  • Corso, J.F. "Unison Tuning of Musical Instruments", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 26 no. 5, September 1954, pp. 746-750.
  • Costa Vicent, Ramon. "Los sistemas en la musica mensural: Ensayo sobre estructura de las escalas y su correlación con la semitonia y formas modales", Anuario musical vol. 38, 1983, pp. 155-182.
  • Costeley, Guillaume. Musique. Paris, 1570.
  • Costère, Edmond. Lois et styles des harmonies musicales. Éd. PUF, Paris, 1954.
  • Costère, Edmond. Mort ou transfiguration de l'harmonie. Éd. PUF, Paris, 1962.
  • Couper, Mildred. "Mildred Couper (1887-1974), Autobiography", WWW.
  • Courtney, David. "Tuning the tabla: A psychoacoustic perspective", Percussive Notes vol. 29 no. 3, February 1991, pp. 59-61.
  • Coussemaker, Charles-Edmond-Henri de (ed.) Histoire de l'harmonie au moyen-âge. Paris, 1852, 431 pages.
  • Coussemaker, Charles-Edmond-Henri de (ed.) L'art harmonique aux XIIe et XIIIe siècles. Paris, 1865, 556 pages.
  • Coussemaker, Charles-Edmond-Henri de (ed.) Scriptorum de musica medii aevi nova. 4 vols., Durand, Paris, 1866-1876, 2122 pages. Includes Guido of Arezzo, Johannes de Muris, Johannes de Garlandia, Hucbald, Franco of Cologne, Jacobus de Liège, de Vitry, Tinctoris, Handlo, etc.
  • Covey-Crump, Rogers. "Vocal consort style and tunings", Companion to contemporary musical thought, Routledge, London, 1992, pp. 1020-1050.
  • Covey-Crump, Rogers. "Pythagoras at the Forge: Tuning in Early Music", Companion to Medieval and Renaissance Music, Dent, London, 1992, pp. 317-326.
  • Cowell, Henry. New Musical Resources. Alfred A. Knopf, New York, London, 1930. 2nd edition, Something Else Press, New York, 1969.
  • Cowell, Henry and Sidney. Charles Ives and His Music. New York, 1955.
  • Cowell, Henry. "The Influence of Overtones in Music", in New Musical Resources. Revised edition, Something Else Press, New York, 1969, pp. 3-19.
  • Cowl, C. "Al-Kindi's essay on the composition of melodies", The Consort no. 23, 1966, pp. 129-159.
  • Craats, Jan van de. De Fis van Euler. Aramith Uitgevers, Bloemendaal, 1989, 144 pages.
  • Craats, Jan van de, and Floris Takens. "De juiste toon, de juiste stemming", NAW vol. 5 no. 2, June 2001, pp. 136-145.
  • Craats, Jan van de. De juiste toon. De wiskunde van toonsystemen en stemmingswijzen. Zebra reeks dl. 15, S. Garst (ed.), Epsilon Uitgaven, Utrecht, 2003, 58 pages.
  • Craig, Hugh. Harpsichord Maintenance Manual. Classic Press, 1973.
  • Cree Fischer, Jerry. Piano tuning: A simple and accurate method for amateurs. T. Presser, Philadelphia, 1907. Reprint Dover Publications, New York, 1975, 201 pages.
  • Crickmore, Leon S. A Theory of Musical Experience, Together with an Account of an Experiment to Measure it, its Growth and Relationship to Temperament and Ability in a Group of Technical Students. PhD diss., Musicology, University of Birmingham, 1964.
  • Crickmore, Leon. "A re-valuation of the ancient science of harmonics", Psychology of Music vol. 31 no. 4, 2003, pp. 391-403.
  • Crickmore, Leon. "A New Hypothesis for the Construction and Tuning of Babylonian Scales", Journal of Ancient Civilizations vol. 22, 2007, pp. 35-67.
  • Crickmore, Leon. "A Musical and Mathematical Context for CBS 1766", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 30 no. 2, 2007/2008.
  • Crickmore, Leon. "The Tonal Systems of Mesopotamia and Ancient Greece: Some similarities and differences", The Archaeomusicological Review of the Ancient Near East, April 2008.
  • Criton, Pascale. "Continuum, Ultrachromatisme et Multiplicités", La Nouvelle Revue Musicale Suisse Dissonanz-Dissonance vol. 42, Zürich, 1994, pp. 4-10.
  • Crocker, Richard L. "Pythagorean mathematics and music", part 1: Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism vol. 22 no. 2, 1963, pp. 189-198, part 2: Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism vol. 22 no. 3, 1964, pp. 326-335.
  • Crocker, Richard L. "Aristoxenos and Greek mathematics", Aspects of medieval and Renaissance music: A birthday offering to Gustav Reese, Jan LaRue (ed.), W.W. Norton, New York, 1966, pp. 96-110.
  • Crocker, Richard L. "Remarks on the Tuning Text UET VII 74 (U. 7/80)", Orientalia vol. 47, Pontifical Biblical Institute, Rome, 1978, pp. 99-104.
  • Crocker, Richard L. "Mesopotamian Tonal Systems", Iraq vol. 59, 1997, pp. 189-202.
  • Cross, Ian; R. West and P. Howell. "Pitch relations and the formation of scalar structure", Music Perception vol. 2 no. 3, 1985, pp. 329-344.
  • Cross, Ian. "Pitch schemata", Perception and cognition of music, Irène Deliège and John Sloboda (eds.), Psychology Press, Hove, 1997, pp. 357-390.
  • Crowder, Louis. "Electronic piano tuning", Piano Quarterly vol. 34 no. 132, spring 1986, pp. 50-56.
  • Cryseul, Géoffrion de. Moyen de diviser les touches des instruments à cordes le plus correctement possible, etc... On y voit la manière dont les artistes doivent considérer les loix qu'impose le tempérament.. Et l'on imagine un moyen d'accorder les clavessins. Mérigot, Paris, 1780. Reprint Minkoff, Genève.
  • Cuciurean, John D. "Mark Lindley and Ronald Turner-Smith: 'Mathematical Models of Musical Scales: A New Approach' (book review)", Music Theory Online vol. 1 no. 4, July 1995.
  • Culver, Charles. Musical Acoustics. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1956.
  • Curtin, Steve. "World Music Menu (software review)", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 4, 1996, p. 2.
  • Curwen, John. Singing for Schools and Congregations. 1843, 26th edition, London, 1852. Reprint Boethius Press, Kilkenney, 1985.

- D -

  • Dabbene, E. and R. Pisani. Generazione di frequenze subarmoniche negli strumenti musicali. G. Zanibon, Padova, 1973.
  • Daddesio, Tom et al. "Mande Balafon Tuning", WWW, 1999.
  • Dadson, Philip. Liner notes for the cassette Songs for Heroes. Aotearoa, New Zealand, 1993.
  • Daenicke, Wilfried. "Bewertung von Intervallbeobachtungen an Hand der Frequenzdistanz; ein Versuch zur Rangordnung musikalischer Intervalle", Jahrbuch des staatlichen Institutes für Musikforschung Preußischer Kulturbesitz, 1968, pp. 29-58.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "War Zarlino Dualist?", Die Musikforschung vol. 10, 1957, p. 286 ff.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "Compte-rendu sur divers articles de Kelletat", 1963.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "Zu Costeleys chomatischer Chanson", Die Musikforschung vol. 16, 1963, pp. 253-165.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "Tonsysteme, Europäische", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, Bd. 13, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1966.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "Ein vergessenes Problem der antiken Konsonanztheorie", in Walter Wiora, Ludwig Finscher, and Christoph-Hellmut Mahling (eds.), Festschrift für Walter Wiora zum 30. Dezember 1966, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1967, pp. 164-169.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "Die 'reine Stimmung' als musikalisches Problem", Festschrift til Olav Gurvin, Oslo, 1968, pp. 49-55.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. Untersuchungen über die Entstehung der harmonischen Tonalität. Saarbrücker Studien zur Musikwissenschaft Bd. 2, Walter Wiora (ed.), Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1968. English translation Studies on the origin of harmonic tonality by Robert O. Gjerdingen, Princeton Univ. Press, 1990, 408 pages. French translation La tonalité harmonique. Étude des origines, Mardaga, Liège, 1993, 326 pages.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "'Reine' oder 'adäquate' Stimmung?", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 39 no. 1, 1982, pp. 1-18.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "Tonsysteme", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, Sachteil 9, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 2000.
  • Dahllöf, Vilhelm. "Automatisk stavningsanalys av midifiler. Master thesis, University of Linköping, 2000, 46 pages.
  • Dähnert, Ulrich. "Temperatur der Trost-Orgel in der Altenburger Schloßkirche", Acta Organologica vol. 20, 1988, pp. 382-386.
  • Dai, Huanping. "On the relative influence of individual harmonics on pitch judgment", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 107 no. 2, 2000, pp. 953–959.
  • Dalby, Bruce Foreman. A computer-based training program for the development of harmonic intonation discrimination skill. EdD diss., Music education, U. of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1989, 340 pages.
  • Dallin, Leon. Techniques of Twentieth Century Composition, 2nd ed., Wm. C. Brown Company Publishers: Dubuque, Iowa, 1971. Chapter XV, "Experiments and Innovations", pp. 194-209.
  • Damm, Edward. "Hammer Dulcimer Tuning Tricks", The Big Red Book of American Lutherie vol. 2, Guild of American Luthiers, Tacoma WA, 2000, p. 335.
  • Dammann, Rolf. "Zur Musiklehre des Andreas Werckmeister", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 11, Trossingen, 1954, pp. 206-237.
  • Dammann, Rolf. "Andreas Werckmeister", in Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, Friedrich Blume, Kassel, 1968.
  • Dammann, Rolf. "Die Musica mathematica von Bartolus", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 26, 1969, pp. 140-162.
  • Dampierre, Eric de. "Sons ainés, sons cadets: les sanza d'Ebezagui", Schaeffner Festschrift, 1982, pp. 325-329.
  • Damschröder, David and David Russell Williams. Music Theory from Zarlino to Schenker: a Bibliography and Guide. Pendragon Press, Stuyvesant NY, 1990, 474 pages.
  • Danckerts, Ghiselin. Trattato di Ghisilino Danckerts, musico e cantore cappellano della Cappella del Papa, sopra una differentia musica sententiata, nella detta cappella, contro il perdente venerabile D. Nicola Vicentino, per non haver potuto pruovare, che niun musico compositore intende di che genere sia la musica che esso istesso compone, come si era offerto. Con una dichiaratione facilissima sopra I tre generi di essa musica, cioè diatonico, chromatico et enharmonica, con alcuni essempi a quattro voci in ciascun di questi generi separamente l'uno dal altro, et anco misti di tutti tre I generi insieme, et molte altre cose musicali degne da intendere. Et oltraciò vi sono 20 cantilene a più voci in diversi idiomi dal medesimo authore nel solo genero diatonico composti. Unpublished, Naples, 1551, 1556, 1559/1560. Biblioteca Vallicelliana, Ms. R. 56, Rome.
  • Daniel, Walter K. and James Lisowski. "Two Commodore 64 Alternate Tuning Programs", Electronic Musician vol. 2 no. 11, Nov. 1986 and Oct. 1987.
  • Daniélou, Alain. Introduction to the Study of Musical Scales. The India Society, London. Printed by A. Bose, Indian Press LTD, Benares, 1943. Reprint by Oriental Books Reprint Corporation, New Delhi, 1979, 279 pages. New revised English edition with introduction by Sylvano Bussotti Music and the Power of Sound. The Influence of Tuning and Interval on Consciousness. Inner Traditions International, Rochester VM, 1995, 172 pages.
  • Daniélou, Alain. Northern Indian Music. Barrie and Rockliff, London, 1951-1955, 2 vols. Reprinted under the title The Ragas of Northern Indian Music, Barrie & Rockliff, Cresset Press, London, 1968. Munshiram Manoharlal, New Delhi, 1980, 1991, 403 pages.
  • Daniélou, Alain. A catalogue of recorded classical and traditional Indian music with an introduction on Indian musical theory and instruments = Catalogue de la musique indienne avec une introduction sur la théorie et les instruments indiens. Unesco, Paris, 1952, 235 pages.
  • Daniélou, Alain. Tableau comparatif des intervalles musicaux. Institut français d'Indologie, Pondicherry, 1958, 145 pages. Distribution Adrien Maisonneuve, Paris.
  • Daniélou, Alain. Traité de musicologie comparée. Hermann Ed., Paris, 1959. Version traduite et modifiée de Introduction to the Study of Musical Scales. Réimpression 1987/1993.
  • Daniélou, Alain and N.R. Bhatt. Textes des Purana sur la théorie musicale. Institut Français d'Indologie, Pondichéry, 1959.
  • Daniélou, Alain. Le Gitalamkara. L'ouvrage original de Bharata sur la Musique. Institut Français d'Indologie, Pondichéry, 1959. Distribution Adrien Maisonneuve, Paris. Also in English.
  • Daniélou, Alain. Sémantique Musicale. Essai de Psychophysiologie auditive. Préface de Fritz Winckel. Hermann Ed., Paris 1967, 1978. Nouvelle édition complétée avec une nouvelle introduction de Françoise Escal, Hermann Ed., Paris, 1987, 1993, 2007, 131 pages.
  • Daniélou, Alain. La Musique et sa communication. Ed. Olschki, Firenze, 1971.
  • Daniélou, Alain. Einführung in die indische Musik. Heinrichshofen's Verlag, Wilhelmshaven, 1975, 1982, 176 pages.
  • Daniélou, Alain and André Kudelski. S 52 Nouvel instrument électronique de recherches musicales. manuscript.
  • Daniels, Arthur Michael. The 'De Musica libri VII' of Franciscus de Salinas. PhD diss., University of Southern California, 1962, 535 pages.
  • Daniels, Arthur Michael. "Microtonality and Mean-Tone Temperament in the Harmonic System of Francisco Salinas", Journal of Music Theory vol. 9 no. 1 (part 1) and no. 2 (part 2), 1965, pp. 2-51, 234–280.
  • Darbo-Peranic, Miljenko. "Le sens de l'harmonie chez les Grecs", Bericht über den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß Köln 1958, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
  • Darreg, Ivor. The Quarter-Tone Question. Self-published, 1947.
  • Darreg, Ivor. Special Bulletin. Self-published, 1963.
  • Darreg, Ivor. Shall We Improve the Piano? Self-published, 1st ed. 1965, 2nd. revised ed. 1967, p. 23.
  • Darreg, Ivor. 1967 Annual Report. Self-published, 1968.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Guitar Fretting Table 19-tone", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2, fall 1974.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Viewpoint: 2 Essays on Xenharmonics", Polyphony, 1977, pp. 66-69.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "New Tunes and New Chords (Something to Fret About)", Guitar Player, February 1978.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Listening for the new intervals: The drone can help you", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 23-24.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Thinking Big", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, spring 1978, pp. 8-9.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "New Moods", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, spring 1978, pp. 3-4.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Sing Your Way to Just Intonation", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, spring-summer 1979, pp. 10-11.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "An Introduction to the Quartertone Guitar, by James Schneider (book review)", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, spring-summer 1979, pp. 42-44.
  • Darreg, Ivor. Refretting & fret-lining. Self-published, 1979.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Detwelvulate!", Interval vol. 2 no. 1, fall 1979, pp. 14-17.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Math, Music, and Logic", Interval vol. 2 no. 1, fall 1979, p. 6.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Paleontology: The 12-Toned Pianosaurus", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 24-25.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Going without the Wind: The Electronic Keyboard Oboe", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 18-21.
  • Darreg, Ivor. Xenharmonic Bulletin nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. Self-published, 1966-1993.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Non-Twelve on the Clavichord", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, 1980, pp. 35-36, 45.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Notation for Non-Twelve", Interval vol. 2 no. 2+3, spring-summer 1980, vol. 1, pp. I8-I11.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Non-Twelve Notation - Part II", Interval vol. 2 no. 4, fall 1980, p. 7.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Tolerance", Interval vol. 2 no. 4, fall 1980, pp. 18-21.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Julián Carrillo: Mexico's Microtonal Music Master (translation and review)", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, fall 1980, pp. 13-17.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Julián Carrillo: El infinito en las escalas y en los acordes (review)", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, pp. 21-22.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Owen Jorgensen: The Equal-Beating Temperaments (book review)", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, pp. 20-21.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "What is a Mean Tone?", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, winter 1981, pp. 6-9.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Musical Strings - Part 1", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, winter 1981, pp. 11, 19.
  • Darreg, Ivor. New Opportunities For the Musical Explorer. Self-published, 1981.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Julián Carrillo's Notation", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, winter 1981, p. 19.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Musical Strings - Part 2", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, spring 1982, pp. 11-13.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "A Case for Nineteen", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 7-8, 17.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Non-Twelve on the Cello", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 14-15, 22-23.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Comparative Systems - Equal Temperaments 1-50", chart bound into Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Advantages and Disadvantages of Just Intonation, 12-Equal and 19-Equal", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 18, 21-24.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Progress Report: New Musical Instruments and Tuning Systems", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, pp. 13-14.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Megalyra Family of Instruments", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, p. 24.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "The Advantages and Disadvantages of 17-Tone Equal Temperament", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, p. 22.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "The Hobnailed Newelpost (1976)", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, p. 21.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Ivor Darreg Year in Review: Year-End Report for 1983", Interval vol. 4 no. 3, pp. 25-27.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Theremin - The First Analog Synthesizer", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, spring 1984, pp. 25-30.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "January 1984 to January 1985 Progress Report", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, 33-37.
  • Darreg, Ivor. Two Experiments for the Price of One, 1985 Monograph, self-published.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Abbreviated Chronology of Persons in Music-Related Acoustics", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, p. 6.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Instruments: Listen Analog to Digital", Interval, fall-winter 1985, p. 9.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "The Digital-Analog Question", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, pp. 10-13.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Annual Report 1985", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, pp. 3-5, 16-17.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "The Age of Keyboards", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, p. 18.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Concerning Lumia - The Art of Light", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, spring 1986, pp. 18-20.
  • Darreg, Ivor. Summery Summary. Self-published, August 1988.
  • Darreg, Ivor. Elastic Tuning. Self-published, 1988.
  • Darreg, Ivor. 1988 Annual Report. Self-published, 1989.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Twelve pitches are no longer enough!", 1988, 2 pages.
  • Darreg, Ivor. Opening the Door to the Nineties. Self-published, 1990.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "The Enharmonic Genus of the Ancient Greeks", 1990, 2 pages.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "15-Tone Scale System", 1991.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Where do I start?", 1991.
  • Darreg, Ivor and Brian McLaren. "Biases In Xenharmonic Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, 1991.
  • Darreg, Ivor and Brian McLaren. "An Interview with Ivor Darreg about 'The Xenharmonic Frontier'", Xenharmonikôn vol. 14, 1993.
  • Darreg, Ivor and Brian McLaren. "The complete musical writings of Ivor Darreg", WWW, 1991-2001.
  • Dasgupta, Amiya. Applied Theory of Indian Music (North). California Institute of the Arts, Valencia, 1977.
  • Dashow, James. "Spectra as Chords", Computer Music Journal vol. 4 no. 1, 1980, pp. 43-52.
  • Dashow, James. "Three Methods for the Digital Synthesis of Chordal Structures with Non-Harmonic Partials", Interface vol. 7 no. 2-3, 1978, pp. 69-94.
  • Dasypodius, Conradus (ed.) Euclides, Propositiones elementorum. Strasbourg, 1570. Omnes omnium librorum propositiones, Strasbourg, 1571.
  • Datta, A.K. et al. "Sruti usage by old and contemporary singers in Khyal: An objective approach", Proceedings of Frontiers of Research on Speech and Music, Annamalai University, 8-9 January 2004.
  • Datta, A.K. et al. "Srutis from objective analysis of the performances of Hindustani Music using Clustering Algorithm", Journal of the Acoustical Society of India vol. 32, 2004.
  • Davidse, Ad. "Stevin: Theorie van de muziek", WWW, 2001.
  • Davies, Hugh. Entries for "Microtonal instruments" and "Just intonation", The New Grove Dictionary of Musical Instruments, MacMillan Press Limited, London, 1984. Second revised edition, London, 2000.
  • Davies, Hugh. "Storia ed evoluzione degli strumenti musicali elettronici", Nuova Atlantide: il continente della musica elettronica 1900-1986, Biennale di Venezia, Venice, 1986, pp. 17-59.
  • Davies, Hugh. "New Instruments and Sound Sculptures", ECHO, The Images of Sound, Het Apollohuis, Eindhoven, 1987, 144 pages. German translation "Neue Instrumente und Klangskulpturen: Ein Überblick", Ars Electronica Katalog, 1987.
  • Davis, James A. "The Beehive Keyboard: A Five Limit Keyboard", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, pp. 10, 20.
  • Day, Charles Russell. The music and musical instruments of Southern India and the Deccan. Novello, Ewer and Co., and Adams and Charles Black, London, 1891. Reprint, Low Price Publications, Delhi, 1990, 181 pages.
  • Dean, Roger T. "Widening Unequal Tempered Microtonal Pitch Space for Metaphoric and Cognitive Purposes with New Prime Number Scales", Leonardo vol. 42 no. 1, February 2009, pp. 94-95.
  • DeArment, Cliff. "Gamelan Scales", WWW, 1995.
  • Dechevrens, A. "Étude sur le système musical chinois", Sammelbände der internationalen Musikgesellschaft vol. 2, 1901, pp. 484-551.
  • Decroupet, P. "Mager, Jörg", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 2004.
  • Dehnhard, Walter. "Kritik der Zahlensymbolischen Deutung im Werk Johann Sebastian Bachs", Alte Musik als ästetische Gegenwart: Bach, Händel, Schütz: Stuttgart 1985 vol. 1, 1987, pp. 450-452.
  • Dehoux, Dehoux and Frédéric Voisin. "Analytic Procedures with Scales in Central African Xylophone Music", European Studies in Ethnomusicology: Historical Developments and Recent Trends, 7th European seminar in ethnomusicology, Berlin, October 1990, Max Peter Baumann (ed.), Florian Noetzel, Wilhelmhaven, 1992, pp. 174-188.
  • Dehoux, Dehoux. "An interactive experimental method for the determination of musical scales in oral cultures. Application to the xylophone music of Central Africa", Music and the Cognitive Sciences, Proceedings of Cambridge Conference on Music and the cognitive sciences, 1990, Ian Cross (ed.), Harwood, New York, 1993, pp. 13-19.
  • Dekker, Gerard. "Pleidooi voor Werckmeister", Mens en Melodie vol. 25 no. 1, Jan. 1970, pp. 25-27.
  • Dekker, Gerard. "De evenredig zwevende temperatuur in praktijk gebracht", 1971.
  • Dekker, Gerard. "Stemmingssystemen voor orgels en andere toetsinstrumenten", Gregoriusblad vol. 193 no. 1, March 1979, pp. 10-20.
  • Delaere, Mark. "De wedergeboorte van de getallenleer als kennisgraad voor muziek, of Die Stunde Null van de muziektheorie rond 1950. Een bijdrage tot de epistemologie van de muziektheorie", Muziek en Wetenschap vol. 2 no. 3/4, autumn/winter 1992, pp. 237-253. Stichting Muziek en Wetenschap, Amsterdam.
  • Delaere, Mark. "Pythagore en blue jeans. H. Partch et la tradition expérimentale américaine", Actes du 51e congrès de la Fédération des Cercles d'Archéologie et d'Histoire Belgique, Liège, 1992.
  • Delezenne, Charles Edouard Joseph. "Mémoire sur les valeurs numériques des notes de la gamme", Recueil des travaux de la Societé des Sciences, Danel, Lille, 1826/1827, pp. 1-56.
  • Delezenne, Charles Edouard Joseph. Analise de l'ouvrage de M. le Baron de Prony sur le calcul des intervalles musicaux. 1833.
  • Delezenne, Charles Edouard Joseph. Sur les principes fondamentaux de la musique. 1848.
  • Delezenne, Charles Edouard Joseph. Table des logarithmes acoustiques. Lille, 1857.
  • De Lorenzi, Giambattista. Studio sul temperamento equabile et il metroforno. Venice, 1870-1871.
  • Delorthe, Gabriel-Antoine. Moyen de rectifier la gamme de la musique et de la faire chanter juste. Paris, 1791.
  • De Luca, Paolo Anania. "Novello sistema di tonometria", 1844.
  • Demaine, Erik D., Francisco Gomez-Martin, Henk Meijer, David Rappaport, Perouz Taslakian, Godfried T. Toussaint, Terry Winograd and David R. Wood. The Distance Geometry of Music. 2007, 38 pages.
  • Dembski, Stephen. "Steps and skips from content and order: Aspects of a generalized step-class system", Conference of the Society for Music Theory, Baltimore, 1988.
  • De Morgan, Augustus. "On the beats of imperfect consonances", Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society vol. 10, 1864, pp. 129-145.
  • Denburg, Moshe. "Persian influenced Intercultural Music - study materials", WWW, 2005, 11 pages.
  • Denckla, Benjamin Frederick. Dynamic Intonation in Synthesizer Performance. M.Sc. thesis, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1997, 61 pages.
  • Denereaz, Alexandre. La Gamme, ce problème cosmique. Ed. Hug et Co, Zürich.
  • Denis, Jean. Traité de l'accord de l'espinette. Ballard, Paris, 1643, 1650. Reprint with introduction by Alan Curtis, Da Capo, New York, 1969, 66 pages. English translation Treatise on harpsichord tuning by Vincent J. Panetta (ed.), Cambridge musical texts and monographs, Cambridge University, 1987, 128 pages.
  • Densmore, Frances. "What Intervals do Indians Sing?", American Anthropologist vol. 31 no. 2, 1929, p. 271.
  • Dent, Thomas. Zapf, Lehman and other Clavier-Well-Temperaments. Unpubl. paper, Yahoo Clavichord Group, July 2005, 7 pages.
  • Dent, Thomas. "The Septenarius: Werckmeister's mythical tuning, made reality?", WWW, 2006.
  • Dent, Thomas. "'Occam’s razor', history and temperaments", open letter to the Editor, Early Music, and John O'Donnell, Heidelberg, WWW, 2006-2008.
  • Denton, Christine. "The History of Musical Temperament and Pitch Before 1750", Paper at Mills College, December 1996.
  • Denton, Christine. "The History of Musical Tuning and Temperament during the Classical and Romantic Periods", Paper at Mills College, April 1997.
  • Dery, Mark. "Harry Partch: An American Original", Keyboard vol. 16 no. 6, June 1990, pp. 49-54, 59.
  • Dery, Mark. "Glenn Branca and Elliott Sharp", Mondo 2000 vol. 1 no. 5, 1992, pp. 67-72.
  • Desby, Frank Harry. The modes and tuning in neo-Byzantine chant. DMA diss., Performance, University of Southern California, 1974, 415 pages.
  • Descartes, René. Renati Descartes Musicae Compendium. 1618. Gijsbert Zijll & Theodorus van Ackersdijck, Utrecht, 1650, 58 pages. Johannes Janssen jr., Amsterdam, 1656. Ex Typographia Blaviana, Amsterdam, 1683. English translation by William Brouncker (ed.), Renatus Des-Cartes excellent compendium of musick: with necessary and judicious animadversions thereupon, T. Harper & H. Moseley, London, 1653, 94 pages.
  • Descartes, René. Correspondance (with Isaac Beekman), 1619. Oevres de Descartes vol. 10, L. Cerf, Paris, pp. 151-169.
  • Deutsch, B.M.; C.L. Ramirez and T.R. Moore. "The dynamics and tuning of orchestral crotales", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 116 no. 4, 2004, pp. 2427–2433.
  • Deutsch, Diana. "Interference in memory between tones adjacent in the musical scale", Journal of Experimental Psychology vol. 100 no. 2, 1973, pp. 228-231.
  • Deutsch, Diana. "Octave generalization of specific interference effects in memory for tonal pitch", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 13, 1973, pp. 271-275.
  • Deutsch, Diana (ed.) The Psychology of Music. Series in cognition and perception, Academic Press Inc., San Diego, 1982, 542 pages. Second edition, Academic Press, San Diego, 1999, 807 pages.
  • Deutsch, Diana and Richard Boulanger. "Octave equivalence and the immediate recall of pitch sequences", Music Perception vol. 2 no. 1, 1984, pp. 40-51.
  • Deutsch, Diana. "The perceived height of octave-related complexes", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 80 no. 5, Nov. 1986.
  • Deutsch, Diana. "The tritone paradox: Effects of spectral variables", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 41, 1987, pp. 563-575.
  • Deutsch, Diana; W.L. Kuyper and Y. Fisher. "The tritone paradox: Its presence and form of distribution in a general population", Music Perception vol. 5, 1987, pp. 79-92.
  • Deutsch, Leonhard. "Ist eine Vierteltonmusik möglich?", Melos vol. 34, 1967, pp. 62-65.
  • Deva, Bigamudre Chaitanya. "Transitive Elements in Music", Nada Rupa, Jan. 1963, p. 44.
  • Deva, Bigamudre Chaitanya. "The problem of continuity in music and sruti", Journal of the Music Academy Madras vol. 36 no. 1-4, 1965, pp. 55-66.
  • Deva, Bigamudre Chaitanya. "Wanted: Scientific Approach", Indian Music Journal vol. 4 no. 1/7, Delhi, April-May 1967, pp. 54-56.
  • Deva, Bigamudre Chaitanya. The music of India: A scientific study. Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1981, 278 pages.
  • Deval, K.B. The Hindu Musical Scale on twenty-two srutis. Arya Bhushan Press, Poona, 1910, 57 pages.
  • Devie, Dominique. Le Tempérament musical: Philosophie, histoire, théorie et pratique. Société de musicologie du Languedoc, Béziers, 1990, 540 pages. Summary PDF, 18 pages.
  • Devie, Dominique. "Qu'est-ce que le "tempérament" d'un instrument de musique?"
  • Devie, Dominique. "Les attaques insidieuses de Jacques Viret contre le 'Tempérament Musical'", WWW, 1995.
  • DeWitt, L.A. and R.G. Crowder. "Tonal fusion of consonant musical intervals: The oompf in Stumpf", Perception and Psychophysics vol. 41 no. 1, 1987, pp. 73-84.
  • Diamond, Jody. In This Bright World. American Gamelan Institute, Hanover NH, 1992.
  • Diamond, Jody. Prelude: Anyone Can Play. American Gamelan Institute, Hanover NH, 1992.
  • Dick, Robert. The Other Flute - A Performance Manual of Contemporary Techniques. Oxford University Press, London, 1975. Multiple Breath Music Company, 1989.
  • Dickreiter, Michael. Der Musiktheoretiker Johannes Kepler. Francke Verlag, Bern/München, 1973, 252 pages.
  • Diderot, Denis, and Jean Le Rond d'Alembert. "Lutherie", Recueil er planches, sur les sciences, les arts libéraux, et les arts méchaniques, avec leur explication vol. 5, Briasson, Paris, 1762-72.
  • Dieterlin, M. and M. Vastellengo. "Un témoin insoupçonné du tempérament chez Cavaillé-Coll, père et fils", Flûte harmonique vol. 30, 1984, pp. 12-22.
  • Dijk, Marian van. "Is microtonaliteit stijlloos?", Werkgroep muziek van de 20e eeuw, R.A. Rasch (ed.), Utrecht, 1992, pp. 24-36.
  • Dijk, Marian van. "Hollands dilettantisme! Het muzikale gedachtengoed van professor Fokker", Mens en Melodie vol. 51 no. 7-8, jul/aug. 1996, pp. 318-321.
  • Dijk, Pieter van. "Jos de Bie: Stemtoon en stemmingsstelsels", Het Orgel vol. 97 no. 6, 2001.
  • Dijk, Pieter van; Leen Spaans and Frank van Wijk (eds.) Historical Organs of Alkmaar. CD-ROM.
  • Dijkema, Tammo Jan. "De fysica van muziek", WWW, 1998-1999.
  • Dijksterhuis, E.J. Simon Stevin. Martinus Nijhoff, 's-Gravenhage, 1943, p. 273.
  • Dijksterhuis, E.J. "Dr. A.D. Fokker: Rekenkundige bespiegeling der muziek (book review)", Mens en Melodie vol. 1, 1946, pp. 59-62.
  • Diliberto, John K. "An Interview with Wendy Carlos", Polyphony, June 1984, pp. 10-13.
  • Ding, Chengyun. "Zhu Zaiyu qinlü yanjiu - jiantan guqin lüzhi de bianqian" (Zhu Zaiyu's researches into guqin temperament - changes in guqin temperament system), Yi Yuan (Journal of the Nanjing Art Academy) no. 3, 1987.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. Unequal temperaments and their role in the performance of Early Music: Historical and theoretical analysis, new tuning and fretting methods. Artes Gráficas Farro, Buenos Aires, 1978, 326 pages.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. "Bach's temperament [correspondence with H.A. Kellner]", Early Music vol. 8 no. 1, January 1980, p. 129.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. "Bach's temperament [observations]", Early Music vol. 9 no. 2, April 1981, pp. 219-221.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio and Sylvia Leidemann. "Un temperamento francés de 1690: la transición entre la entonación media y los temperamentos circulares franceses del siglo XVII" (A French temperament of 1690: a link between meantone and 18th c. French circular temperaments), Second Argentine Musicology Symposium, Buenos Aires, 1985.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. "El Temperamento Musical Ayer y Hoy" (Musical Temperament in Ancient Times and Today), Bulletin of the Departamento de Música Antigua, Collegium Musicum, Buenos Aires, 1996.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. "Upgrades to Unequal temperaments", WWW, Oct. 2002.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. "Tuning the tempérament ordinaire", Harpsichord & Fortepiano vol. 10 no. 1, Lincoln, autumn 2002, published Feb. 2003.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. "A Concise Guide To The Most Useful 12-Note Unequal Temperaments", commissioned by Veritune Inc., in The Verituner 100 User Guide, March 2003, pp. 93-107.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. Unequal Temperaments: Theory, History and Practice (A handbook for tuning in the performance of early music). eBook, Bray Baroque, Bray, 2008, 425 pages.
  • Djami, Abdurakhan. Treatise on music (in Persian). Russian translation by A.N. Boldyrev, Viktor M. Belyayev (ed.), Publishing House of the Academy of Sciences of the Uzbek SSR, Tashkent, 1960. English translation (from Russian) by Ivor Darreg, 1965, Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 224-239.
  • Djordjevic, Michael L. "Questions of Temperance and Intonation in New Musical Theory", 1993.
  • Djordjevic, Michael L. "Musical Intervals Reckoning", 1994.
  • Djordjevic, Michael L. Discrete Tone Relations Determined by the Hearing Phenomenon within Five-Dimensional Sound-Musical Continuum. PhD thesis, FMU Belgrade, June 1995.
  • Djordjevic, Michael L. "Musical Abilities, Temperament and Intonation, Tuning, Dissonance and other Fundamental Musical Questions as the Result of Categorical and Noncategorical Perception of Discrete Tone Relations", WWW.
  • Dobozi, Bálint. "Vergleich verschiedener wohltemperierter Stimmungen anhand von J.S. Bachs Fuga in As-Dur BWV 886 aus dem zweiten Band des Wohltemperierten Klaviers und deren Frühversion, der Fughetta in F-Dur BWV 901", Proseminararbeit, Universität Zürich, October 2000.
  • Dodart, Denis. Mémoire sur les causes de la voic de l'homme et de ses différents tons. Paris, 1703.
  • Dodd, Gordon. "The chest of viols reconsidered", Chelys (Journal of the Viola de Gamba Society) vol. 3, 1971, pp. 22-24.
  • Doderer, Gerhard. "Contribuição para a problematica da afinação dos instrumentos de tecla na Peninsula Iberica o seculo XVIII", Boletim da Associação Portuguesa de Educação Músical vol. 48, January-March 1986, pp. 40-43.
  • Doerschuk, Robert L. "Craig Hundley: Microtonal Explorations of an L.A. Studio Mainstay", Keyboard, September 1981.
  • Doerschuk, Robert L. and Dominic Milano. "Back to Bach: After 25 years, Wendy Carlos remakes Switched- on Bach, the album that made synthesizers famous", Keyboard vol. 18 no. 8, Aug. 1992, pp. 88-110.
  • Doherty, Sue, "Exploring Microtonality", International League of Women Composers Journal, spring 1989, pp. 11-12.
  • Dolmetsch, Albert. De l'accord des pianos. Paris, end 19th cent.
  • Dolmetsch. "The Antiquity of Equal Temperament", Consort vol. 5, 1948.
  • Dolmetsch, Mabel. "Archive: On Equal Temperament", Consort vol. 29, 1973, pp. 39-41.
  • Dombois, Eugen. "Varieties of meantone temperament realized on the lute", Journal of the Lute Society of America vol. 7, 1974, pp. 82-89.
  • Dombois, Eugen. "Die Temperatur für Laute bei Hans Gerle (1532)", Forum musicologicum: Basler Studien zur Interpretation der alten Musik vol. 2, 1980, pp. 60-71. English translation in Lute. Journal of the Lute Society vol. 22, 1982, pp. 3-13, 89.
  • Dombois, Eugen. "Lute temperament in Hans Gerle (1532) - a comment from the author", Lute. Journal of the Lute Society vol. 22 no. 2, 1982, pp. 3-13, 89.
  • Dombois, Eugen. "Die Temperatur für Laute bei John Dowland (1610)", Alte Musik: Praxis und Reflexion, Basler Jahrbuch für historische Musikpraxis, suppl., 1983, pp. 328-339.
  • Domínguez Berrueta, J. Teoría Física de la Música. Memorias de la Real Academia de Ciencias Exactas, Físicas y Naturales, vol. 2 no. 5, 1927.
  • Dominguez, Manuel; David Clampitt and Thomas Noll. "Well-formed Scales, Maximally Even Sets, and Christoffel Words", Proceedings of the MCM 2007, Berlin, 2007.
  • Domling, Wolfgang. "Revolutionär wider Willen: Ferruccio Busoni und sein Entwurf einer neuen Ästhetik der Tonkunst", Neue Zeitschrift für Musik vol. 123, 1973, pp. 564-569.
  • Don, Gary. "Brilliant Colors Provocatively Mixed: Overtone Structures in the Music of Debussy", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 23 no. 1, spring 2001, pp. 61–73.
  • Donahue, Thomas. A Guide to Musical Temperament. Scarecrow Press, Lanham MD, 2005, 228 pages.
  • Donder, Th. de. Sur le clavier bien tempéré. Bruxelles, 1944.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. Compendio del trattato de' generi, e de' modi della musica. Rome, 1635.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. Annotazioni sopra il Compendio de' generi, e de' modi della musica... Rome, 1640.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. Deux traictez de musique... Rome, 1640.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. De praestantia musicae veteris libri tres. Florence, 1647.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. Dichiaratione del Cembalo Pentarmonico di cinque gradi per tuono; con cinque tastature principali e due altre replicate. Florence, 1647.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. Trattato I sopra il genere enarmonico. Florence, 1763.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. Del diatonico equabile di Tolomeo. Florence, 1763.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. Lyra Barberina amphicordos. A.F. Gori and G.B. Passeri, Florence, 1763.
  • Donval, Serge. Histoire de l'Acoustique Musicale (History of Musical Acoustics). Éditions Fuzeau, Courlay, 2006, 222 pages.
  • Dostrovsky, Sigalia. "Early Vibration Theory: Physics and Music in the Seventeenth Century", Archive for History of Exact Sciences vol. 14, 1975, pp. 169-218.
  • Dostrovsky, Sigalia and John Cannon. "Entstehung der musikalischen Akustik (1600-1750)", Hören, Messen und Rechnen in der frühen Neuzeit, Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, Darmstadt, 1987, pp. 7-79.
  • Doty, David B. "Tuning Keyboards in Just Intonation", Keyboard vol. 9 no. 10, October 1983, p. 41.
  • Doty, David B. "Reflections on Gamelan and Composition", Ear vol. 8 no. 4, 1983, p. 15.
  • Doty, David B. "Editorial", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 1, 1985.
  • Doty, David B. "The Subharmonic Question", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 2, 1985, p. 1.
  • Doty, David B. "Tutorial: Part One - What Do All Those Ratios Mean?", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 2, 1985, pp. 6-7.
  • Doty, David B. "Tutorial: Part Two", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 3, 1985, p. 2 ff.
  • Doty, David B. "Tutorial: Part Three", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 2, 1986, p. 6 ff.
  • Doty, David B. "Tutorial: Part Four", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 3, 1986, p. 1 ff.
  • Doty, David B. "An Assortment of Commas (and Other Irritants) [chart]", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 1, p. 13.
  • Doty, David B. "Toward Standard Definitions", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 2, 1986, p. 2.
  • Doty, David B. "What Is Just Intonation?", Electronic Musician vol. 2 no. 11, November 1986, pp. 38-41.
  • Doty, David B. "The Nine-Tone Diatonic Scale", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 1, 1987, pp. 2, 14-15.
  • Doty, David B. "The Lou Harrison Interview", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 2, pp. 1-4.
  • Doty, David B. "The DX7II: A First Look", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 4, 1987, pp. 11-12.
  • Doty, David B. "An Abundance of Thirds", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 2, spring 1988, pp. 4-5, 14.
  • Doty, David B. "Meaty MIDI Meeting", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 4, 1988, p. 15.
  • Doty, David B. "Anomalous Pairs in 'Paradigms Lost'", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 1, winter 1989, pp. 4-8.
  • Doty, David B. "Charles Lucy: Pitch, Pi and Other Musical Paradoxes (book review)", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 3, p. 2.
  • Doty, David B. "The LaMonte Young Interview (Part One)", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 4, 1989, p. 1.
  • Doty, David B. "Pitch, Pi... Revisited", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 4, 1988, p. 2.
  • Doty, David B. "Microtonal Resources of the Seven Limit", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 1, winter 1990, p. 1 ff.
  • Doty, David B. "The LaMonte Young Interview (Part Two)", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 1, winter 1990, pp. 8-12.
  • Doty, David B. "The editor pontificates", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 2, December 1991, pp. 17-18.
  • Doty, David B. "Two theories of melodic intonation", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 4, Aug. 1992, pp. 1, 10-14.
  • Doty, David B. Just Intonation Primer. 2nd ed. Just Intonation Network, San Francisco, 1994.
  • Doty, David B. A Composer's Guide to Just Intonation. manuscript.
  • Doty, David B. "What is Just Intonation?", WWW, 1994.
  • Doty, David B. "Microtones in 'Bodhisattvas in Berkeley'", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 4, 2001, pp. 13-19.
  • Doty, David B. "From the editor: On False Reification and Tuning Theory", 1/1 vol. 11 no. 1, spring 2002, pp. 2, 28.
  • Doty, David B. "From the editor: A Response to Julia Werntz", 1/1 vol. 11 no. 2, winter 2003, pp. 2, 17-19.
  • Doty, David B. "Lou Harrison - The Louisville Orchestra" (CD review), 1/1 vol. 11 no. 4, spring 2004, pp. 22-23.
  • Dourson, Paul and Bernard Parzysz. "Musiques, nombres et structures", L'Education musicale nos. 232, 233, 235, 239, 1976-1977.
  • Douthett, Jack, Roger Entringer and Andrew Mullhaupt, "Musical Scale Construction: The Continued Fraction Compromise", Utilitas Mathematica vol. 42, 1992, pp. 97-113.
  • Douthett, Jack. "Filtered Point-Symmetry And Dynamical Voice-Leading", Lecture held at the John-Clough-Memorial Conference, University of Chicago, 2005.
  • Douthett, Jack and Richard J. Krantz. "Continued fractions, best measurements, and musical scales and intervals", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 1 no. 1, March 2007, pp. 47-70.
  • Douthett, Jack and Julian Hook. "Formal Diatonic Intervallic Notation", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • Douwes, Claas. Verhandling van de Musicq en van de Instrumenten. Franeker, 1696, 1762.
  • Douwes, Claas. Grondig Ondersoek van de Toonen der Musijk: Zijnde een klaare betooninge van de wijdte of grootheit van Octaven, Quinten, Quarten en Tertien, geheele en halve toonen: Van de Imperfecte, ende valsche Spetien. Als mede Of in een goed Musijk de Octaven, ende hoe veel malen de Quinten, Quarten en Tertien met malkanderen mogen gaan. Van de twaalf Toonen der Musijk; ende eenige Exempelen om de Musijk-nooten te Componeren. Met een tweede deel; Handelende van verscheidene Musijk-instrumenten, Alles kort en klaar aangeweesen. Adriaan Heins, Franeker, 1699, 132 pages. Reprint Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1970, Series: Early Music Theory in the Low Countries vol. 2, Frits R. Noske (ed.), 155 pages.
  • Dowd, William. A Short Maintenance Manual for William Dowd Harpsichords. Self-published, 1982.
  • Dowling, W. Jay. "The 1215-Cent Octave: Convergence of Western and Non-Western Data on Pitch Scaling", Abstract QQ5, 84th meeting of the Acoustical Society of America, Friday, December 1, 1972, p. 101 of program. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 53, 1973, p. 373A.
  • Dowling, W. Jay. and J.C. Bartlett. "The importance of interval information in long-term memory for melodies", Psychomusicology vol. 1, 1981, p. 30.
  • Dowling, W. Jay. "Musical scales and psychophysical scales: Their psychological reality", Kolinski Gedenkschrift: Cross-cultural perspectives on music, T. Rice and R. Falck (eds.), University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 1982, pp. 20-28.
  • Dowling, W. Jay. "Pitch Structure", Representing Musical Structure, Peter Howell et al. (eds.), Academic Press London, 1991, pp. 33-57.
  • Downing, John. "An analysis of Irish harp scaling", FoMRHI Quarterly no. 68, July 1992, pp. 24-36.
  • Downing, John. "A stringing/tuning guide for the Irish harp", FoMRHI Quarterly no. 69, October 1992, pp. 27-30.
  • Draaf, Martin. "Die enharmonische Gitarre", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 73-86.
  • Dräger, Hans-Heinz. "Der heutige Bach-Hörer und die gleichschwebende Temperatur", Festschrift Der Bach Feier Leipzig, 1950, pp. 52-66.
  • Dräger, Hans-Heinz. "Zur mitteltönigen und gleichschwebenden Temperatur", Conference Report Leipzig 1950, 1951, pp. 389-404.
  • Drake, Stillman. "Renaissance music and experimental science", Journal of history of ideas vol. 31 no. 4, Oct. 1970, pp. 483-500.
  • Dreyblatt, Arnold. "The Sound of One String", WWW, 1997.
  • Drieberg, Friedrich von. Die mathematische Intervallenlehre der Griechen. Berlin, 1818.
  • Drieberg, Friedrich von. Aufschlüsse über die Musik der Griechen. Leipzig, 1819.
  • Drieberg, Friedrich von. Die Stimmung der griechischen Instrumente, und das Monochord, 1826.
  • Dröbisch, Moritz Wilhelm. "Über musikalische Tonbestimmung und Temperatur", Abhandlungen der Königlich Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Widmannsche Buchhandlung, Leipzig, 1852. Vierter Band: Abhandlungen der mathematisch-physischen Classe, S. Hirtel, Leipzig, Aug. 1855, pp. 33-121.
  • Dröbisch, Moritz Wilhelm. Über die wissenschaftliche Bestimmung der musikalischen Temperatur. 1853.
  • Dröbisch, Moritz Wilhelm. Nachträge zur Theorie der musikalischen Tonverhältnisse. Leipzig, 1855.
  • Dröbisch, Moritz Wilhelm. "Über reine Stimmung und Temperatur der Töne", Berichte der math.-phys. Klasse der Königlich Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, 1877.
  • Drummond, Dean. "Zoomoozophone Primer", Ear Magazine East, New York, 1983, pp. 20-21.
  • Drummond, Dean. "On Newband and the Partch Instruments", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, pp. 14-16.
  • Drummond, Ron. "Toward a Rolling Sky: Some Pearls on Pauline Oliveros", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, pp. 16-22.
  • Duchesne-Guillemin, Marcelle. "Découverte d'une Gamme babylonienne", Revue de Musicologie vol. 49, 1963, pp. 3-17.
  • Duchesne-Guillemin, Marcelle. "Note complémentaire sur la Découverte de la Gamme babylonienne", in Hans Gustav Guterbock, Thorkild Jacobsen (eds.), Studies in Honor of Benno Landsberger on his Seventy-Fifth Birthday, April 21, 1965, Assyriological Studies 16, Publications of the Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago, 1965, pp. 268-272.
  • Duchesne-Guillemin, Marcelle. "Survivance orientale dans la Designation des Cordes de la Lyre en Grèce?", Syria vol. 44, 1967, pp. 233-246.
  • Duchesne-Guillemin, Marcelle. "La théorie babylonienne des metaboles musicales", Revue de Musicologie vol. 55, 1969, pp. 3-11.
  • Duckworth, William and Richard Fleming (eds.) Sound and Light: La Monte Young and Marian Zazeela. Associated University Presses, Cranbury NJ, 1996.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "Le Mandala des 22 srutis ou la Rose Alchimique Musicale", L'Escargot Folk, 1976.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "Exploration Harmonique et situations d'écoute", Musiques à prendre, Cahier du CENAM, Paris, 1984.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "The Golden Scale", Pitch vol. 1 no. 2, 1987, pp. 1-7.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "The Harmonic octave wheel", Atelier d'Exploration Harmonique & Just Intonation Network, 1987.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "La gamme dorée: Un tempérament inégal issu du nombre d'or", Nombre d'or et musique, Jean Bernard Condat (ed.), Peter Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 1988, pp. 147-157.
  • Dudon, Jacques and Daniel Arfib. "Exploration Harmonique", Journal de Lune-Soleil vol. 2, 1988.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "Musiques harmoniques", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 3, summer 1989, pp. 10, 14-15.
  • Dudon, Jacques and Daniel Arfib. "Synthèse photosonique", 1er Congrès Français d'Acoustique, Les Editions de Physique, 1990.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "L'intonation juste", Journal de Lune-Soleil vol. 17, 1992.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "7-Limit Slendro mutations", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 2, 1994.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "Estrangetés & arabesques", Ensemble de Musique Microtonale du Thoronet, 1998.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "Lumières Audibles", WWW, 1998.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "Cohérence différentielle: une nouvelle approche de la consonance", Actes des JIM '98, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Laboratoire de Méchanique et Acoustique, Marseille, 1998.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "The Photosonic Disk", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 14 no. 4, 1999.
  • Dudon, Jacques; Daniel Arfib and Patrick Sanchez. "'WaveLoom', logiciel d'aide à la création de disques photosoniques", Proceedings of the 2002 Conference on New Interfaces for Musical Expression, Dublin, 2002.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "Differential Coherence: Experimenting with New Areas of Consonance", 1/1 vol. 11 no. 2, winter 2003, pp. 1, 6-13.
  • Duffie, Bruce. "Easley Blackwood. The composer in conversation with Bruce Duffie", New Music Connoisseur, summer 2001.
  • Duffin, Ross W. "Tuning and Temperament", in A Practical Guide to Historical Performance: The Renaissance, Jeffrey Kite-Powell (ed.), Early Music America, New York, 1989, pp. 149-156.
  • Duffin, Ross W. "Tuning", in A Performer's Guide to Medieval Music, Ross Duffin (ed.), Bloomington, 2000, pp. 545-562.
  • Duffin, Ross W. "Why I hate Vallotti (or is it Young?)", WWW.
  • Duffin, Ross W. "Tuning Course Multimedia", WWW.
  • Duffin, Ross W. "Just Intonation in Renaissance Theory and Practice", Music Theory Online vol. 12 no. 3, October 2006.
  • Duffin, Ross W. "Baroque Ensemble Tuning in Extended 1/6 Syntonic Comma Meantone", Digital Case, 2006.
  • Duffin, Ross W. How Equal Temperament Ruined Harmony And Why You Should Care. W.W. Norton & Co., New York, November 2006, 160 pages.
  • Dufton, A.F. The Comma in Music.
  • Dujunco, Mercedes M. "Xian shi yue tuning", WWW, 1997.
  • Dujunco, Mercedes M. "The Birth of a New Mode? Modal Entities in the Chaozhou Xianshi String Ensemble Music Tradition of Guangdong, South China", Ethnomusicology Online vol. 8, 2002.
  • Duke, Robert Alan. Wind Instrumentalists' Intonational Performance of Selected Musical Intervals. PhD diss., Florida State University, 1983, 178 pages.
  • Dumas, Jean (Père). Mémoire sur le tempérament de l'orgue et du clavecin. Lyon, 1755.
  • Dumas, Jean (Père). Principes de l'harmonie ou l'on déduit les systèmes de la gamme et celui du tempérament. Lyon, 1756.
  • Dumas, Jean (Père). Mémoire sur l'harmonie tempérée et son application au clavecin. Avignon, 1756.
  • Dumas, Jean (Père). Observations sur le jeu des harmoniques. Lyon, 1758.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. "The morphology of the Babylonian scale", WWW, 1997.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. "Götterzahlen and scale structure", WWW, 1997.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. "The Uruk Lute: Elements of Metrology", WWW, 1997.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. Music of the Ancient Near East. The Musicology and Organology of the Ancient Near East 3500 - 500 BC. Tadema Press, London, 2000, 700 pages.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. "Four Tables from the Temple Library of Nippur: A Source for 'Plato's Number' in relation to the Quantification of Babylonian Tone Numbers", The Archaeomusicological Review of the Ancient Near East, 2008.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. "Is the heptagram in CBS 1766 a Dial?", The Archaeomusicological Review of the Ancient Near East, 2008.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. "The earliest evidence of heptatonism in a late Old Babylonian text: CBS 1766", The Archaeomusicological Review of the Ancient Near East, 2008.
  • Dumoulin, Dorothee. "Die Chelys: Ein altgriechisches Saiteninstrument", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 49 no. 2, 1992, pp. 85-109.
  • Dumour, Earl. "An Interview with Arthur Roberts", Computer Music Journal vol. 17 no. 2, 1993, pp. 17-22.
  • Duncan, Otis Dudley. "Notes and Commas [letter]", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 3, 1987, p. 2.
  • Duncan, Otis Dudley. "Septimal Harmony for the Blues", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 2, 1989, pp. 4-5.
  • Duncan, Otis Dudley. "Why Superparticular?", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 1, March 1993, pp. 1, 4-10, 14.
  • Duncan, Otis Dudley. "The Ptolemaic Antinomy", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 1, pp. 5, 14.
  • Dunker, Amy. "An Analysis of Henk Badings’ 'Kyrie Eleison'", WWW, 2008, 4 pages.
  • Dunn, David (ed.) Harry Partch: An Anthology of Critical Perspectives. Series: Contemporary Music Studies vol. 19, Harwood Academic Publishers, Amsterdam, 2000, 195 pages with CD.
  • Dunne, Edward G. "Pianos and Continued Fractions", WWW, 1997. Also: Edward Dunne and Mark McConnell, "Pianos and Continued Fractions", Mathematics Magazine vol. 72 no. 2, April 1999, pp. 104-115.
  • Dupont, Wilhelm. Geschichte der musikalischen Temperatur. C.H. Beck'sche Buchdruckerei, Nördlingen, 1935. Reedition, Richard Rensch (ed.), Orgelbau-Fachverlag Rensch, Lauffen/Neckar, 1986, 143 pages.
  • Düring, Ingemar. Die Harmonielehre des Klaudios Ptolemaios. Dissertation Göteborg, vol. 38 no. 2 of Göteborgs Högskolas Ärsskrift, Elanders Boktryckeri Aktiebolag, Göteborg, 1930, 148 pages.
  • Düring, Ingemar (ed.) Porphyrios' Kommentar zur Harmonielehre des Ptolemaios. Göteborg, 1932.
  • Düring, Ingemar. Ptolemaios und Porphyrios über die Musik. Vol. 40 no. 1 of Göteborgs Högskolas Ärsskrift, Elanders Boktryckeri Aktiebolag, Göteborg, 1934. Reprint Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 293 pages.
  • During, Jean. La musique iranienne, tradition et évolution. Éditions Recherches sur les Civilisations, Paris, 1984.
  • During, Jean. "Théories et pratiques de la gamme iranienne", Revue de Musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 79-118.
  • During, Jean. "Acoustic Systems and Metaphysical Systems in Oriental Traditions", the world of music vol. 29 no. 2, 1987, pp. 19-31.
  • During, Jean. The Art of Persian Music. Mage Publishers, Washington DC, 1991.
  • Dürr, Alfred. Johann Sebastian Bach - Das Wohltemperierte Klavier. Kassel, 1998.
  • Durutte, François-Camille-Antoine. "Etat futur de l'acoustique musicale. Détermination de la vraie gamme diatonique par Hoëné Wronski", Revue Progressive, novembre 1853.
  • Durutte, François-Camille-Antoine. Esthétique musicale: technie ou lois générales du système harmonique. Mallet-Bachelier-Girod, Paris, 1855, 570 pages. Rousseau-Pallez, Metz.
  • Durutte, François-Camille-Antoine. Réponse du comte Camille Durutte à la réfutation de son système harmonique par Fétis, suivi de l'exposé du principe absolu du rythme musical et de la sanction physiologique de ce principe. Mallet-Bachelier, Paris, 1862, 31 pages.
  • Durutte, François-Camille-Antoine. Résumé élémentaire de la Technie harmonique, et complément de cette Technie. Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1876, 411 pages.
  • Dussaut, Robert. "Proposition de quelques réformes en théorie acoustico-musicale", Colloque International d'Acoustique Musicale, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique no. 84, Paris, 1958, pp. 103-110.
  • Dutilleux, Pierre. "Verstärkung von Differenztönen", Bericht der 19. Tonmeistertagung Karlsruhe, Zentrum für Kunst und Medientechnologie - Institut für Musik und Akustik, Verlag K.G. Saur, 1996, pp. 798-806.
  • Dutrochet, René-Henri-Joachim. Mémoire sur une nouvelle théorie de l'harmonie, dans lequel on démontre l'existence de trois modes musicaux, qui faisaient partie du système musical des Grecs. Allut, Paris, 1810.
  • Dyer, Daniel. How to tune a piano in one hour, electronically. Bronxville NY, self-published, 1975, 25 pages.

- E -

  • Eargle, John M. Music, Sound and Technology. Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1990.
  • Earls, Paul "Harry Partch: Verses in Preparation for 'Delusion of the Fury'", Annuario - Yearbook 3, Inter-American Institute for Musical Research, Tulane University, 1967, pp. 1-32.
  • Eaton, John. "A Portable Electronic Instrument", Music Journal, 1966.
  • Ebbeke, Klaus. "Compositions pour quator et trio à cordes d'Ivan Wyschnegradsky", CD notes Compositions pour quator et trio à cordes, Block, Berlin, 1990, pp. 23-29.
  • Ebeling, Martin. Tonhöhe physikalisch - musikalisch - psychologisch - mathematisch. Peter Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 1999.
  • Eberl, Kathrin; Konstanze Musketa and Wolfgang Ruf (eds.) Daniel Gottlob Türk - Theoretiker, Komponist, Pädagoge und Musiker. Bericht über die wissenschaftliche Konferenz anlässlich des 250. Geburtstages am 3. und 4. November 2000 im Händel-Haus Halle, Händel-Haus, Halle an der Saale, 2002, 352 pages.
  • Eberle, Gottfried. "Ivan Wyschnegradsky, ein russischer Pionier der Ultrachromatik", Neue Zeitschrift für Musik vol. 9, Sept. 1974, pp. 549-555.
  • Eberle, Gottfried. "'Absolute Harmonie' und 'Ultrachromatik'. Nicolaj Obuchov und Ivan Wyschnegradsky - zwei radikale Fälle von Skrjabin Nachfolge", Alexander Skrjabin, Graz, 1980, p. 95.
  • Eberlein, Roland. "Selektive Adaptation bei Akkorden", Fortschritte der Akustik - DAGA '86, 1986, pp. 389-392.
  • Eberlein, Roland. Theorien und Experimente zur Wahrnehmung musikalischer Klänge. PhD thesis, Universität Köln, Europäische Hochschulschriften Reihe 36, Musikwissenschaft Band 44, Peter Lang, Bern/Berlin, 1990, 174 pages.
  • Ebhardt, Gotthilf Frederic. Die höhern Lehrzweige der Tonsetzkunst: 1 Die musikalische Cadenz; 2 Die Fortschreitung, Ausweichung und der Übergang, mi Rücksicht auf die verschiedenen Cadenzen und melodischen Tonführungen; 3 Die Rythmik in Bezug auf Taktarten und ganze Sätze, etc., nebst einem Anhang über die Verwandtschaft der griechischen Tonarten mit unserem harmonischen System. Hofmeister, Leipzig, 1830.
  • Echols, Jane Agnew. Melchiore de Barberiis's lute intabulations of sacred music. MA thesis, University of North Carolina, 1973, 275 pages.
  • Eckardt, Jason Keith. Parametric Articulation of Pitch Materials in Composition (parameters, perception, polarities, original composition). MA thesis, Columbia University, 1998, 109 pages.
  • Edholm, Dag W. "Temperaturen är i det närmste liksväfvig .... Till frågan om svenska orgelbyggares sätt att temperera efter 1700-talets mitt", Orgelforum vol. 23, 2001, pp. 18-23.
  • Edlund, Lars. Modus novus; Studies in reading atonal melodies. Nordiska Musikförlaget, Stockholm, 1963, 111 pages.
  • Edskes, Cornelius H. (ed.) De nagelaten geschriften van de orgelmaker Arp Schnitger (1648–1719). Boeijenga, Sneek, 1968.
  • Edskes, Cornelius H. "Über die Stimmtonhöhe und Temperatur der Arp Schnitger-Orgel von St. Jacobi in Hamburg", Cornelius H. Edskes. Doctor Honoris Causa (publication in honor of Cornelius H. Edskes, 19 October 1996), Hans Davidsson and Paul Peeters (eds.), Gothenburg, 1996, pp. 19-42.
  • Egan, John B. Marin Mersenne, Traité de l'harmonie universelle: Critical Translation of the Second Book. PhD dissertation, Indiana University, 1962.
  • Eger, Arthur. Stimmunghöhe und Stimmungsart... mit Untersuchung der Temperatur. G. Silbermann, 1956.
  • Eggebrecht, Hans Heinrich. Musik im Abendland. Piper, München 1991.
  • Eggen, Erik. Skalastudier. Studier over skalaens genesis på norrønt område. Eberh. B. Oppi's Förlag, Oslo, 1923, 97 pages.
  • Eggen, Erik. "Zur Entstehung und Entwicklung der Skala", Gedenkboek aangeboden aan Dr. D.F. Scheurleer op zijn 70sten verjaardag, Martinus Nijhoff, 's-Gravenhage, 1925, pp. 103-106.
  • Eggers, Wolfgang. Die Stimmungs- und Intonationsprobleme auf der Gambe. Möseler Verlag, Wolfenbüttel, 1986, 31 pages.
  • Eichhorn, Holger. "Ensemble-Intonation im 17. Jahrhundert", Stimmungen im 17. und 18. Jahrhundert. Vielfalt oder Konfusion?, 15. Musikinstrumentenbau-Symposion in Michaelstein am 11. und 12. November 1994, Günter Fleischhauer, Monika Lustig, Wolfgang Ruf, Frieder Zschoch (eds.), Stiftung Kloster Michaelstein, 1997, pp. 142–150.
  • Eijken, Eugène. Een onderzoek naar getempereerd spel op houtblaasinstrumenten in de 17e en 18e eeuw, in het bijzonder op de blokfluit. Koninklijk Conservatorium, Den Haag, 1982.
  • Eik, Jaap van. "De kwartenbas van Jeroen Thesseling", Music Maker Sept. 1995, pp. 26-29.
  • Eimert, Herbert. Grundlagen der musikalischen Reihentechnik. Universal Edition, Vienna, 1964, 174 pages.
  • Eitz, Carl A. Das mathematisch-reine Tonsystem. Leipzig, 1891.
  • Eitz, Carl A. "The tone-word system and its relation to the three kinds of tuning existing in music, viz. the pure quint tuning, the tempered one and the naturally pure one", 1905.
  • Eitz, Carl A. Das Tonwort: Bausteine zur musikalischen Volksbildung. Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1911, 1928.
  • Eitz, Carl A. Der Gesangunterricht als Grundlage der musikalischen Volksbildung. 1914, 1924.
  • Eitz, Carl A. "Von den natürlich reinen Stimmungsverhältnissen", Melos vol. 1, 1920, p. 293.
  • Ekmelische Musik, Gesellschaft für. 10 Jahre Gesellschaft für ekmelische Musik. Salzburg, 1991.
  • Ekmelische Musik, Internationale Gesellschaft für. 20 Jahre Internationale Gesellschaft für ekmelische Musik. Salzburg, 2001.
  • Ekowski, Christian. "Interview mit Gustav Leonhardt, Pionier des 'historischen' Bachspiels", organ - Journal für die Orgel vol. 4, 2000.
  • Eliot, Samuel A. "The Euharmonic Organ", The Living Age, 7 September 1850, p. 473-479.
  • Elliot, J.; Platt, J.R. and R.J. Racine. "Adjustment of successive and simultaneous intervals by musically experienced and inexperienced subjects", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 42, 1987, pp. 594-598.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. "On the Conditions, Extent, and Realization of a Perfect Musical Scale on Instruments with Fixed Tones", Proceedings of the Musical Society of London vol. 13, 1864, pp. 93-108.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. "On the Temperament of Instruments with Fixed Tones", Proceedings of the Royal Society vol. 13, London, 1864, pp. 404-422.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. "Two memoirs on the theory of musical sounds", Proceedings of the Royal Society vol. 13, London, 1864. Reprint Taylor and Francis, London, 1864, 32 pages.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. "Mesotonic Harmonium", Proceedings of the Musical Association vol. 1, 1874-1875, p. 41.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. Illustrations of Just and Tempered Intonation. London, 1875.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. The Basis of Music. Musical Association, 1877.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. "On the History of Musical Pitch", Journal of the Society of Arts vol. 28, March 1880, pp. 293-336; appendix pp. 400-403; postscript in vol. 29, 1881, pp. 109-113. Reprint in Studies in the History of Musical Pitch, Frits A.M. Knuf, Amsterdam, 1963, pp. 11-62.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. "On Musical Duodenes, or the Theory of Constructing Instruments with fixed Tones in Just or in practically Just Intonation", Proceedings of the Royal Society of London vol. 23, 1875, pp. 3-31.
  • Ellis, Alexander John and Alfred James Hipkins. "Tonometrical Observations on Some Existing Nonharmonic Musical Scales", Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, November 1884, pp. 368-385.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. "On the Musical Scales of Various Nations", Journal of the Society of the Arts vol. 33 no. 1688, 1885, pp. 485-527. Revised and enlarged version of "Tonometrical Observations...", also reprinted for private circulation by the author, with additions and corrections, April 1885. German translation "Über die Tonleitern verschiedener Völker" by Erich von Hornbostel in Sammelbände für vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 1, München, 1922, p. 18. Reprint in A century of ethnomusicological thought, Kay Kaufman Shelemay (ed.), Garland Publications, New York, 1990, pp. 1-43.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. Studies in the History of Musical Pitch. Arthur Mendel (ed.), Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1968, 238 pages.
  • Ellis, Catherine J. and B. Seymour. "Pre-Instrumental Scales", Ethnomusicology vol. 9 no. 2, 1965, pp. 126-144.
  • Ellis, Don. Quarter Tones: A Text with Musical Examples, Exercises and Etudes. Harold Branch Publishing, Plainview NY, 1975, 92 pages.
  • Elliston, Thomas. Organs and Tuning: A practical handbook for organists; being a treatise on the construction, mechanism, and fine tuning of the instrument. London, 1894, Reprint Weekes & Co., London, 1911, 149 pages.
  • Ellsworth, Oliver B. "A Fourteenth-Century Proposal for Equal Temperament", Viator vol. 5, 1974, pp. 445-453.
  • Ellsworth, Ray. "The weird, wonderful world of Harry Partch", The American Record Guide, October 1958, pp. 110-112.
  • Elsner, Jürgen (ed.) Maqam, Raga, Zeilenmelodik: Konzeptionen und Prinzipien der Musikproduktion: Materialien der 1. Arbeitstagung der Study Group "Maqam" beim International Council for Traditional Music vom 28. Juni bis 2. Juli 1988 in Berlin. Berlin, 1989, 344 pages.
  • Elsner, Jürgen and Gisa Jahnichen (eds.) Regionale maqam-Traditionen in Geschichte und Gegenwart: Materialien der 2. Arbeitstagung der Study Group "maqam" des International Council for Traditional Music vom 23. bis 28. März 1992. Gosen bei Berlin, 2 vols., 1992, 593 pages.
  • Elst, Jan van der. Den ouden ende nieuwe grondt van de Musijcke. Gent, 1657?, 1662.
  • Elster, Steven. "A Harmonic and Serial Analysis of Ben Johnston's String Quartet no. 6", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, summer 1991, pp. 138-165.
  • Emery, Eric. La gamme et le langage musical. P.U.F., Paris, 1961.
  • Encyclopedie Methodique. cf. Vol. 'Musique' et 'Arts et métiers' où l'on trouve divers articles concernant l'accord de l'orgue et du clavecin dont une description du Kirnberger II d'après Sulzer. Cf. également le mot 'système'. Panckoucke, Paris, 1782-1792.
  • Enders, Bernd. Studien zur Durchhörbarkeit und Intonationsbeurteilung von Akkorden. Kölner Beiträge zur Musikforschung Band 115, Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1981, 228 pages.
  • Enders, Bernd. "Stimmungswechsel - Variable Stimmungen per Computersteuerung", Das Musikinstrument vol. 38 no. 8, 1989, pp. 26-32.
  • Engel, Carl. Music of the most Ancient Nations, particularly of the Assyrians, Egyptians, Hebrews. William Reekes Ltd., London, 1864, 1929.
  • Engel, Carl. An Introduction to the Study of National Music. Longmans, Green, Reader and Dyer, London, 1866.
  • Engel, Gustav. Das mathematische Harmonium: Ein Hülfsmittel zur Veranschaulichung der reinen Ton-Verhältnisse. Verlag von Carl Habel, Berlin, 1881.
  • Engel, Gustav. "Eine mathematische-harmonische Analyse des Don Giovanne von Mozart", Vierteljahrsschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 3, 1887, p. 491.
  • Engel, Gustav. Die Bedeutung der Zahlenverhältnisse für die Tonempfindung. Dresden, 1892.
  • Engelhardt, Jakob. "Comment on 'A Reconstruction of the Well-Tempered Tuning of Johann Sebastian Bach'", Das Musikinstrument vol. 29, 1980, pp. 956-960.
  • Eppelsheim, Jürgen. "Stimmlagen und Stimmungen der Ensemble-Streichinstrumente im 16. und frühen 17. Jahrhundert", Capella Antiqua München Festschrift, Schneider, Tutzing, 1988, pp. 145-173.
  • Eradus, W.J. "Stemmen en stemmingen in de muziek", Kerk en Muziek vol. 34 no. 5, Sept-Oct 1985, pp. 2-5.
  • Erdman, James. "The influence and reputation of Andreas Werckmeister in the United States", Bericht über das Werckmeister-Kolloquium, Kultur- und Forschungsstätte Michaelstein, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1986, pp. 77-90.
  • Erdmann, Jerzy. "Ein Rechenmodell für historische Mensurationsmethoden", Acta Organologica vol. 23, 1992, pp. 339-350. Summary in French and English.
  • Erickson, Raymond. Musica enchiriadis and Scolica enchiriadis. English translation with introduction and critical notes, Claude V. Palisca (ed.), Yale University Press, New York, 1995.
  • Erickson, Robert. "The Musical System of Archytas", San Francisco, April 1965, WWW.
  • Erickson, Ron. "The Music of James Tenney (book review)", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 3, 1985, p. 4.
  • Erickson, Ron. "Timbre and tuning of the Balinese gamelan", Soundings vol. 14-15, Santa Fe NM, 1986.
  • d'Erlanger, Rodolphe. La musique arabe. Band I-VI, Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner, Paris, 1930, 1935, 1938, 1939, 1949, 1959. Reprint Geuthner, Paris, 2001. Translations of al-Farabi, Avicenna, Al-Urmawî, etc. (vols. 1-4). Vol. 5: Essai de codification des règles usuelles de la musique arabe moderne. Book 1: "L'échelle générale des sons mélodiques employés en musique arabe moderne", Book 2: "Le système modal de la musique arabe moderne." Vol. 6: Essai de codification des règles de la musique arabe moderne. Book 1: "Le système rythmique de la musique arabe modern", Book 2: "Les diverses formes de composition artistique connues en musique arabe moderne."
  • Erlich, Paul. "On Harmonic Entropy", WWW, 1997. With commentary by Joe Monzo, "On Harmonic Entropy", WWW, 1999.
  • Erlich, Paul. "Tuning, Tonality and Twenty-Two-Tone Temperament", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 12-40.
  • Erlich, Paul. "A gentle introduction to Fokker periodicity blocks, WWW, 1999.
  • Erlich, Paul. The Forms of Tonality, a preview. Self-published, 2001, 22 pages.
  • Erlich, Paul. "A Middle Path. Between Just Intonation and the Equal Temperaments, part 1", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 159-199.
  • Ermenyi. Petzvals Theorie der Tonsysteme. B.B. Teubner, Leipzig, 1904.
  • Ernst, Friedrich. "Tasteninstrumente in Deutschland um 1800", Glareana vol. 19 no. 2, June 1970, pp. 2-9.
  • Ernst, Friedrich. Über das Stimmen von Cembalo, Spinett, Clavichord und Klavier. Das Musikinstrument vol. 11, Musikinstrument, Frankfurt am Main, 1971, 47 pages.
  • Esbroeck, Guy van, and Franz Montfort. Qu'est-ce que jouer juste? Editions Lumière, A. Manteau, Brussels, 1946.
  • Esbroeck, Guy van. Le problème des gammes. Université Paris VII, Paris, Dec. 1963.
  • Esper, Erwin. "Max Meyer and the Psychology of Music", Journal of Music Theory vol. 10 no. 2, winter 1960, pp. 182-199.
  • Estève, Pierre. Nouvelle découverte du principe de l'harmonie, avec un examen de ce que M. Rameau a publié sous le titre de Démonstration de ce principe. Huart et Moreau fils, Durand, Paris, 1751, 54 pages. 2nd edition, S. Jorry, Paris, 1752.
  • Estève, Pierre. Recherches sur le meilleur système de musique harmonique & sur son meilleur tempérament. Paris, 1755.
  • Estève, Pierre. Réplique aux réflexions que Mr. Romieu à faites sur les recherches concernant le meilleur sistème de musique et son tempérament. Paris, 1756.
  • Estrada, Julio. "Une théorie générale de l'intervallique élémentaire dans les échelles et quelques applications en analyse musicale", Memoria del XV Congreso Internacional de Musicología, Madrid, España, 1992.
  • Estrada, Julio. Théorie de la composition : discontinuum continuum. PhD thesis, Université de Strasbourg II, Sciences Humaines, 1994, 932 pages.
  • Estrada, Julio, Román Osorio and Mario Peña. "Sistema de graficación para música informática microtonal", Memorias del 2do. Congreso Internacional de Informática en la Cultura, Convención Internacional Informática 96, Havana, 1996, 12 pages.
  • Étienne, Luc. Un système musical nouveau: le tempérament décimal (la musique de l'autre côté du miroir). Bulletin du Groupe d'Acoustique Musicale no. 61 bis, Université Paris VII, Paris, June 1972.
  • Euler, Leonhard. Tentamen novae theoriae musicae. Sint Petersburg, 1739, 263 pages. (PDF). In Opera Omnia series III volumen I, Teubner, Leipzig, 1926. German translation by Lorenz Mizler in Neu eröffnete Musikalische Bibliothek vol. 3, 1752: chapters 1-3, vol. 4, Leipzig, 1754: chapter 4. Reprint Frits Knuf, Hilversum, 1966. French translation Essai d'une nouvelle théorie de la musique, 1839. English translation with commentary by Charles Samuel Smith, PhD diss., Indiana University, Bloomington, June 1960, 365 pages.
  • Euler, Leonhard. "Esame del Trattato di Tartini", manuscript, 1754/56, in: Giovanni Tebaldini, "Giuseppe Tartini. Appunti storico-critici. I: Tartini ed Euler", Gazzetta musical di Milano vol. 51 no. 31, 5 Aug. 1897, pp. 444-448.
  • Euler, Leonhard. Exposition de quelques nouvelles vues mathématiques dans la théorie de la musique. Amsterdam, 1760.
  • Euler, Leonhard. "Conjecture de la raison de quelques dissonances généralement reçues dans la musique", Mémoires de l'Academie Royale de Berlin, vol. 20, 1764. In Opera Omnia series III volumen I, Teubner, Leipzig, 1926.
  • Euler, Leonhard. Tentamen de sono campanarum. Novi commentarii Academiae Scientiarum Imperialis Petropolitanae, tom. 10, 1764.
  • Euler, Leonhard. De harmoniae veris principiis per speculum musicum repraesentatis. 1774. In Opera Omnia series III volumen I, Teubner, Leipzig, 1926.
  • Evangelista, José. "A simple way to play microtonal music", WWW, 1999.
  • Evans, Christopher C. "The Guqin - Tunings and Modes", WWW, 1996-1999.
  • Evans, Christopher C. "Chinese Traditional Music - Pitches, Scales and Modes", WWW, 1999.
  • Evans, J. "The Keyboard Tuning Rules of 'The Modern Musick-Master'", Early Music vol. 11, 1983, pp. 360-363.
  • Ewell, Terry B. The Bassoon-Family Fingering Companion: An Annotated Index of Fingerings for Instruments in the Bassoon Family Contained in English Wind Periodicals and Other Select Publications with Additional Material. International Double Reed Society, 1996.
  • Ezgi, Suphi. Nazarî ve Amelî Türk Mûsikisi. (Theory and practice of Turkish music), 5 vols, Istanbul Conservatory Publication, 1933-1935.

- F -

  • Faas, Ekbert. "Interview with Karlheinz Stockhausen held August 11, 1976", Interface vol. 6 no. 3-4, 1977, pp. 187-204.
  • Faber Stapulensis, Jacobus. Elementa musicalia. Joannes Higmanus and Volgangus Hopilius, Paris, 1496.
  • Fabre d'Olivet. La musique expliquée comme Science et comme Art, et considérée dans ses rapports analogiques avec les mystères religieux, la mythologie ancienne et l'histoire de la terre. 1896. Édition Jean Pinasseau, Paris, 1928. l'Âge d'Homme, Lausanne, 1974, 93 pages.
  • Fabrizio, A. A Guide to the Understanding and Correction of Intonation Problems. Fort Lauderdale, 1994.
  • Faggot, Jacob. "Trigonometrisk uträkning för den nya temperaturen för tonernas stämning", "Trigonometrische Berechnung der neuen Temperatur", Der Königl. Schwedischen Akademie der Wissenschaften neue Abhandlungen aus der Naturlehre, Haushaltungskunst und Mechanik vol. 5, 1743, pp. 230-234.
  • Fairchild, Stephen. "Altered Equal Temperament for Small Pianos", Piano Technicians Journal vol. 25 no. 10, Seattle, 1982, pp. 20-21.
  • Falkenhausen, Lothar von. Suspended Music: Chime Bells in the Culture of Bronze Age China. University of California Press, Berkeley, 1994, 567 pages.
  • Fanning, David. "Kurze Bemerkungen über das Spielen, Stimmen und Erhalten der Fortepiano, welche von Nanette Streicher, geborne Stein in Wien verfertiget werden (book review)", Early Music vol. 8 no. 3, July 1980, p. 393.
  • Farey, John. "On the Stanhope temperament of the musical scale", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 27, London, 1807, pp. 191-206.
  • Farey, John. "On different temperaments of the musical scale", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 27, London, 1807, pp. 313-322.
  • Farey, John. "On a new mode of equally tempering the musical scale", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 28, London, 1807, pp. 65-66.
  • Farey, John. "On the Stanhope and other temperaments of the musical scale", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 29, London, 1808, pp. 345-349.
  • Farey, John. "Six theorems, containing the chief properties of all regular douzeave systems of music", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 36, London, 1810, pp. 39-53, 374-375.
  • Farey, John. "Theorems for calculating the temperaments of such regular douzeaves as are commensurable or defined by a certain number of equal parts, into which the octave is divided", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 38, London, 1811, pp. 434-436.
  • Farey, John. On the recent Alterations said to be made by some tuners of Musical Instrument, in the Place of Wolves, or largely temperated Concords. London, 1820.
  • Farey, John. On different modes of expressing the magnitudes and relations of musical intervals; with some remarks, in commendation of Professor Fischer's proportionally-tempered douzeave..., 1820.
  • Farhat, Hormoz. The Dastgah Concept in Persian Music. PhD thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1965. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1990, 2004, 213 pages.
  • Farhat, Hormoz. The Traditional Art Music of Iran. Ministry of Culture and Arts Press, Tehran, 1973.
  • Farmer, Gerald James. Multiphonics and other contemporary clarinet techniques. Shall-u-mo Publications, Rochester NY, 1982.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "Clues for the Arabian influence on European musical theory", The Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, first quarter, 1925, pp. 61-80.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "The Old Persian Musical Modes", Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society vol. c, 1926, pp. 93-95.
  • Farmer, Henry George. A History of Arabian Music to the XIIIth Century. Luzac & Co., London, 1929. Reprints 1967, 1994. Arabic translation by Girgîs Fathallâ Al Muhâmî, Dâr Maktabat Al Hayât, Beirut.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "The Congress of Arabian Music (Cairo, 1932)", Transactions of the Glasgow Oriental Society vol. 6, 1929-1933, pp. 61-67.
  • Farmer, Henry George. Al-Farabi's Arabic-Latin Writings on Music. London, 1934, reprint Hinrichsen Edition Ltd., New York, 1965.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "The Lute Scale of Avicenna", Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1937, pp. 339-353.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "Was the Arabian and Persian Lute Fretted?", Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1937, pp. 453-460.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "An outline of history of music and musical theory", A Survey of Persian Arts, vol. 3, Arthur Upham Pope (ed.), Oxford University Press, London, 1939.
  • Farmer, Henry George. The sources of Arabian music: an annotated bibliography of Arabic manuscripts which deal with the theory, practice, and history of Arabian music from the eighth to the seventeenth century. Bearsden, 1940. E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1965, 97 pages.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "The Music of Islam", in New Oxford History of Music, volume 1: Ancient and Oriental Music, E. Wellesz (ed.), Oxford University Press, London, 1957.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "The old Arabian melodic modes", Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, parts 3 & 4, 1965, pp. 99-102.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "Music and Music Theory", A Survey of Persian Art, A. Pope (ed.), Oxford University Press, London, 1967.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "Persien", Außereuropäische Musik in Einzeldarstellungen, Joseph Kuckertz (ed.), Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag/Bärenreiter Verlag, edition MGG, Kassel, 1980, pp. 180-189.
  • Farmer, Henry George. Studies in Oriental Music. Vol. I. History and Theory. Reprint of writings published in the years 1925-1966, The Science of Music in Islam vol. 1, Ed. Eckhard Neubauer, Frankfurt a.M., 1997, 756 pages.
  • Fascicolo, V.M. Simulazione della musica greca antica con il Mathematica. Thesis, University of Bari, 2001.
  • Fattorini, Eugenio. Methodo per accordare i Pianoforti. Ricordi, Milano, 1859.
  • Faulhaber, Johann. Ingenieurschul. Frankfurt a.M., 1630.
  • Faulhaber, G. Andreas Werckmeister. 1974.
  • Faust, Oliver Cromwell. A treatise on the construction, repairing and tuning of the organ, including also the reed organ, the orchestrelle and the player-piano. 1949.
  • Feaster, C. Raymond. The dynamic scale and how to tune it. Louisville KY, 1958.
  • Federhofer, Hellmut. "Johann Joseph Fux und die gleichschwebende Temperatur", Die Musikforschung vol. 41 no. 1, 1988, pp. 9-15. English translation "Johann Joseph Fux and Equal Temperament", Eighteenth-Century Music in Theory and Practice: Essays in Honor of Alfred Mann, M.A. Parker (ed.), Stuyvesant NY, 1994, pp. 119-130.
  • Feeney, M. Patrick, "Dichotic beats of mistuned consonances", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 102 no. 4, 1997, pp. 2333–2342.
  • Felciano, Richard. In Celebration of Golden Rain. American Gamelan Institute, Hanover NH, 1977.
  • Feldtkeller, R., and E. Zwicker. "Die Größe der Elementarstufen der Tonhöhenempfindungen und der Lautstärkeempfindung", Acustica vol. 3, 1953, pp. 97-100.
  • Feldtkeller, R. "Welche Tonhöhen-Unterschiede kann unser Ohr noch wahrnehmen?", Umschau vol. 61, 1961, pp. 518-521.
  • Fend, Michael. "Musiktheoretisches in Francesco Giorgis Idee einer harmonischen Welt", in Kongreßbericht Bayreuth 1981, Kassel, 1981.
  • Fend, Michael. "Zarlinos Versuch einer Axiomatisierung der Musiktheorie in den Dimostrationi harmoniche (1571)", Musiktheorie vol. 4 no. 2, 1989, pp. 113-126.
  • Fend, Michael. Gioseffo Zarlino: Theorie des Tonsystems. Das 1. und 2. Buch der Istitutioni harmoniche (1573). PhD diss., TU Berlin, 1983. Series: Europäische Hochschulschriften no.36:43. Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 1989, 488 pages.
  • Feng, Wenci. "The Abacus Extraction used by Zhu Zaiyu for Calculating the Twelve-Tone Equal Temperament", Journal of Music in China vol. 3 no. 2, fall 2001, pp. 157-178.
  • Fenner, Klaus. "Die Obertonverstimmung und ihre Bedeutung für den Klavierstimmer", Das Musikinstrument und Phono vol. 11, Verlag Das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt a.M., 1960, pp. 550-551.
  • Fernandez, Antonio. Arte de musica de canto dorgam, e canto cham, & proporções de musica divididas harmonicamente. Pedro Craesbeeck, Lisbon, 1626.
  • Ferrari-Barassi, Elena. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto (book review)", Nuova Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 24, no. 3-4, July-Dec. 1990, pp. 537-540.
  • Ferreira, Manuel Pedro Ramalho. Music at Cluny: the tradition of Gregorian chant for the proper of the mass. Melodic variants and microtonal nuances. PhD diss., Princeton University, 1997, 552 pages.
  • Ferrini, Giovanni Battista. Regola per accordare il cembalo... 17th cent.
  • Ferroni, Nicola. "Sistemi d'accordatura", WWW, 2002.
  • Fétis, François Josef. Biographie universelle des musiciens et Bibliographie générale de la musique. 8 vols, Brussels, 1835-1844, 1860-1868.
  • Fétis, François Josef. "Esquisse de l'histoire de l'harmonie, considérée comme art et comme science systématique", Revue et gazette musicale de Paris, 1840, pp. 1-77.
  • Fétis, François Josef. Traité complet de la théorie et de la pratique de l'harmonie. Au Conservatoire, Bruxelles, 1844. Schlesinger, Paris, 1844, 257 pages. 4th edition, 1849, 278 pages.
  • Fétis, François Josef. Histoire générale de la musique. Firmin Didot frères, Paris, 1869-1876, 2 vols.
  • Fichet, Laurent. Les théories scientifiques de la musique: XIXème et XXème siècles. J. Vrin, Paris, 1996, 390 pages.
  • Fichet, Laurent. Le langage musical baroque, éléments et structures. Zurfluch, Bourg-La-Reine, 2000, 175 pages.
  • Fickénscher, Arthur. "The 'Polytone' and the Potentialities of a Purer Intonation", Musical Quarterly vol. 27 no. 3, July 1941, pp. 356-370.
  • Fickénscher, Arthur. "Polytone Keyboard", United States Patent 2,232,600. February 18, 1941.
  • Fiedler, Jörg. Die nicht-temperierte Intonation. Master thesis, Schola Cantorum Basiliensis, Basel, 1990.
  • Fiedler, Jörg. "Dichtung und Wahrheit im Tonsystem des 18. Jahrhunderts: Eine Demontage", Basler Jahrbuch für historische Musikpraxis vol. 15, 1991, pp. 149-182.
  • Filip, Miroslav. "Sweep-tone effect in mistuned consonances", Musaica vol. 10, 1970, pp. 95-107.
  • Filippi, Filippo. Dell'intonazione. Memoria inédita del signor S. Bruni. 1860.
  • Filippi, Filippo. L'accordatura teorico-pratica dei pianoforti. Lettera di Eugenio Fattorini a Giuseppe Canti du Busseto. 1861.
  • Finchum, Hilary. "Tuvan Overtone Singing: Harmonics Out of Place", SAVAIL Working Papers, WWW, 2000.
  • Finck, Hermann. Practica musica. Erben Heorg Rhau, Wittenberg, 1556.
  • Finé, O. Epithoma musice instrumentalis. Paris, 1530.
  • Fink, Bob. Neanderthal Flute. Bob Fink, Saskatoon, 1997.
  • Fink, Bob. "A brief description of the natural forces bringing the 'do, re, mi, scale' into existence", The Origin of Music, Greenwich Publishers, Saskatoon, 1997.
  • Finnamore, David J. "5- to 9-tone, octave repeating scales. From Wilson's Golden Horagrams of the scale tree", WWW, 2003.
  • Firth, I.M. and H.G. Sillitto. "Acoustics of the Highland Bagpipe Chanter and Reed", Acustica vol. 40, 1978, pp. 310-315.
  • Fischer, Andrew. "New Releases: Riley and Hykes (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 4, 1986, p. 2.
  • Fischer, Andrew. "Scott Wilkinson: Tuning In (book review)", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 4, 1988, p. 2, 13.
  • Fischer, Andrew. "Lou Harrison's Piano Concerto (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 1, 1990, p. 2.
  • Fischer, Frederic. "The yellow bell of China and the endless search", Music Educators Journal vol. 59 no. 8, April 1973, pp. 30-33, 95-98.
  • Fischer, Jack and Hervé Lauret. "Les tempéraments dans l'accord des instruments à claviers", WWW, 2000.
  • Fischer, Johan Philip Anbrecht. Kort en grondig Onderwys, van de Transpositie, Beneffens Eenige korte aenmerkingen over de Musiek der Ouden, De onnodigheit van eenige Modis, en het ut, re, mi, Als mede De Subsemitonia, of gesneede klavieren. Waer noch bygevoegt is, eene korte en gemakkelyke Methode, om een klavier gelijk te stemmen. Willem Stouw, Utrecht, 1728, 34 pages.
  • Fischer, Johan Philip Anbrecht. Korte en noodigste grond-regelen van de Bassus Continuus. P. Muntendam, Utrecht, 1731, 52 pages.
  • Fischer, Johan Philip Anbrecht. Verhandeling van de klokken en het klokke-spel; waer in behalve de opkomst van het klokkespel, alles wat omtrent de klokken aenmerkelyk is, als: de stoffe, gewigt, en klank der zelve, mitsgaders de compositie regel voor de ton, en de nodige wetenschap van 't versteeken, wordt voorgestelt; benevens een kort bericht van de outheit, gebruyk, misbruyk, en doopen der klokken, als ook van zogenaamde wonderklokken. Utrecht, 1738. Reprint Asten, 1956, 's-Gravenhage, 1977.
  • Fischer, Matthias. Der Intonationstest: seine Anfänge, seine Ziele, seine Methodik. Europäische Hochschulschriften, Reihe XXXVI, Musikwissenschaft, P. Lang, Frankfurt am Main, 1995, 230 pages.
  • Fishbein, Michael. "A Questionaire for Microtonal Musicians", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, 1982, pp. 18-19.
  • Fisher, Alexander Metcalf. "Essay on musical temperament", The American Journal of Science vol. 1, J. Eastburn and Company, New York, 1818, pp. 9-35, 176-199.
  • Fisher, Fred and Gerald Edmundson. "Acoustics and the Mesoamerican calendar", Interdisciplina vol. 1 no. 2, winter 1975, pp. 43-55.
  • Fisher, Fred. "Music and the wheel: The Oedipus story", Interdisciplina vol. 1 no. 3, spring 1976, pp. 38-54.
  • Fisher, Fred. "Kuttner's 'Great frame': A new hypothesis", Chinese Music vol. 4 no. 3, September 1981, pp. 47-50.
  • Fjalestad, Olav (ed.) Eivind Groven. Heiderskrift til 70-årsdagen 8. oktober 1971. Noregs boklag, Oslo, 1971, 232 pages.
  • Fleischer, David. "Sounds of Infinity", Connoisseur vol. 213 no. 858, August 1983, p. 100 ff.
  • Fleischhauer, Günther et al. (eds.) "Stimmungen im 17. und 18. Jahrhundert. Vielfalt oder Konfusion?", 15. Musikinstrumentenbau-Symposium in Michaelstein am 11. und 12. November 1994, Michaelsteiner Konferenzberichte vol. 52, Michaelstein, 1997.
  • Fleisher, Tsippi. "Structural Aspects of My Music as Illustrated in the Tape Work 'The Gown of Night' and the Cantata 'Like Two Branches'", Organised Sound vol. 3, no. 1, Cambridge University Press, 1998, pp. 51-59.
  • Fletcher, Harvey. "Loudness, Pitch and the Timbre of Musical Tones and their Relation to the Intensity, the Frequency and the Overtone Structure", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 6, 1934, p. 59.
  • Fletcher, Harvey. "Normal vibration frequencies of stiff piano strings", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 36 no. 1, 1964, pp. 203-209.
  • Fletcher, N.H. and Thomas D. Rossing. The Physics of Musical Instruments. Springer Verlag, Berlin and New York, 1991, 1998.
  • Fogliano, Ludovico. Musica theorica docte simul ac dilucide pertractata, in qua quamplures de harmonicis intervallis: non prius tentatae: continentur speculationes. Venice, 1529.
  • Fokker, Adriaan A. jr. "MICROTON: een 31-toons-computerprogramma voor IBM-PC of compatible", Jaarboek van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 1988, Haarlem, pp. 31-35.
  • Fokker, Adriaan Daniël. "Ultrasone trillingen", Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 3 no. 8, 1938, p. 414.
  • Fokker, Adriaan Daniël. "Christiaan Huygens' oktaafdeling in 31 gelijke diëzen" (Christiaan Huygens' octave division in 31 equal dieses), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 98 no. 15, 1941, pp. 149-152.
  • Fokker, A.D. Harmonische muziek, and Balth. van der Pol. Muziek en elementaire getallentheorie, lectures Haarlem, Teyler's Museum, 20, 27 December 1941, Reprint from Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 9 no. 5, 1942, pp. 449-540, Martinus Nijhoff, 's-Gravenhage, 1942.
  • Fokker, A.D. "De keuze der muziektonen" (the choice of the musical tones), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 99, 1942, pp. 25-29.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Grondtoon, gidstoon en hun volledig akkoord" (fundamental tone, guide tone and their complete chord), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 99, 1942, pp. 72-75.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Vierklanken als getallenkwartetten" (four-tone chords as number quartets), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 99, 1942, pp. 116-118.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Intervalsnippers en de verdeeling van het octaaf en kwint in even grote delen" (interval shreds and the division of the octave and fifth in parts of equal size), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 99, 1942, pp. 172-176.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Het muzikale toonstelsel van Christiaan Huygens, de normale diëzenstemming" (the musical tone-system of Christiaan Huygens: the tuning with equal dieses), De Gids vol. 106 no. 2, 1942, pp. 164-171.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Tartini en de zevende harmonische" (Tartini and the seventh harmonic), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 100, 1943, pp. 78-80.
  • Fokker, A.D. Rekenkundige bespiegeling der muziek. (Arithmetical reflection of music), Noorduijn, Gorinchem, 1945, 228 pages.
  • Fokker, A.D. "On equal temperament" [letter], Physica vol. 11, 1946, pp. 447-448.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Over Cis en Des" (about C sharp and D flat), Mens en Melodie vol. 2, 1947, p. 245.
  • Fokker, A.D. Les mathématiques et la musique. Trois conférences. Reprint from Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10, Martinus Nijhoff, Den Haag, 1947, pp. 1-32.
  • Fokker, A.D. Just intonation and the combination of harmonic diatonic melodic groups. Martinus Nijhoff, Den Haag, 1949, 80 pages.
  • Fokker, A.D. "De middentoonstemming gedemonstreerd" (Meantone tuning demonstrated), Mens en Melodie vol. 4, 1949, pp. 139-141.
  • Fokker, A.D. and Jan van Dijk. "Expériences musicales avec les genres musicaux de Leonhard Euler contenant la septième harmonique" (musical experiences with Leonhard Euler's musical genera containing the seventh harmonic), Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10 no. 3, 1951, pp. 133-146.
  • Fokker, A.D. "La gamme, la musique et le tempérament égal", lecture at la Sorbonne, Paris, 15 Jan. 1951. Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10 no. 3, 1951, pp. 147-160.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Les possibilités d'une notation musicale de plus grande précision" (the possibility of a musical notation of much greater precision). Voordracht voor de Nederlandse Vereniging voor Muziekwetenschap, Utrecht, 10 december 1949. Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10 no. 3, 1951, pp. 161-171.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Les fréquences dans le tempérament égal à trent-et-un cinquièmes de ton" (the frequencies of 31-tone equal temperament), Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10 no. 3, 1951, p. 172.
  • Fokker, A.D., Jan van Dijk and B.J.A. Pels. Recherches musicales, théoriques et pratiques, Reprint from Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10, Martinus Nijhoff, Den Haag, 1951, pp. 133-184.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Un orgue à demitons majeurs et mineurs placé au Musée Teyler à Haarlem" (an organ with major and minor semitones situated in the Teylers Museum in Haarlem), Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10 no. 3, 1951, pp. 182-184.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Les gammes et le tempérament égal", Acustica vol. 1, 1951, pp. 29-35.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Toonhoogte en intensiteit" (Pitch and intensity), Mens en Melodie vol. 6, 1951, p. 73.
  • Fokker, A.D. "De behoefte aan grotere nauwkeurigheid in de muzikale notatie der toonhoogte" (the need for greater precision in musical pitch notation), Mens en Melodie vol. 8, 1953, pp. 114-115.
  • Fokker, A.D. "The qualities of the equal temperament by 31 fifths of a tone in the octave", Report of the Fifth Congress of the International Society for Musical Research, Utrecht 3-7 July 1952. Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis, Amsterdam, 1953, pp. 191-192.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Equal Temperament with 31 Notes", Organ Institute Quarterly vol. 5 no. 4, autumn 1955, p. 41.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Equal temperament and the thirty-one-keyed organ", Scientific Monthly vol. 81, 1955, pp. 161-166.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Les cinquièmes de ton", Acoustique musicale, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1959, pp. 29-37.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Optelakkoorden" (Addition chords), Mens en Melodie vol. 15 no. 5, May 1960, p. 145.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Wozu und warum? Fragen zur neuen Musik" (Wither and why? Questions concerning new music), Die Reihe vol. 8, 1962, pp. 62-72.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Genauere Bestimmung der Tonhöhe", Musica vol. 16, 1962, p. 37.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Multiple antanairesis", Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, Series A, vol. 66, Amsterdam, 1963, pp. 1-6.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Uitweg uit muzikale impasse", Algemeen Handelsblad, 3 Oct. 1963.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Refinement of pitch", Organ Institute Quarterly vol. 10, Andover MA, 1963, pp. 13-14.
  • Fokker, A.D. Oor en Stem. Bundel solfège-oefeningen met harmonischen aan de nagedachtenis van Willem Pijper en Martinus Lürsen. Voor de Stichting Nauwluisterendheid uitgegeven door G. Alsbach & Co., Amsterdam, 1963, 27 pages.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Met verjongde oren" (with rejuvenated ears), Mens en Melodie vol. 19 no. 1, January 1964, pp. 14-16.
  • Fokker, A.D. "De muzikale ontwikkeling op een tweesprong" (musical development at the crossroads), Publikatie Nederlands Akoestisch Genootschap vol. 7, September 1965, pp. 3-7.
  • Fokker, A.D. Neue Musik mit 31 Tönen. Verlag der Gesellschaft zur Förderung der systematischen Musikwissenschaft e.V., Düsseldorf, 1966, 89 pages. English translation New music with 31 notes by Leigh Gerdine, Orpheus - Series of Monographs on Basic Questions in Music, vol. 5, Verlag für Systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1975, 95 pages.
  • Fokker, A.D. "On the expansion of the musician's realm of harmony", Acta musicologica vol. 38, April-Dec. 1966, pp. 197-202, Bärenreiter Verlag, Basel, 1967.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Selections from the harmonic lattice of perfect fifths and major thirds containing 12, 19, 22, 31, 41 or 53 notes", Proceedings of the KNAW, Series B, vol. 71, Amsterdam, 1968, pp. 251-266.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Periodieke herhalingen in het muzikaal harmonische veld" (periodical repeats in the musical-harmonic field), Verslagen van de gewone vergaderingen der afdeling Natuurkunde [van de KNAW] vol. 77 no. 9, Amsterdam, 1968, pp. 140-146.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Unison vectors and periodicity blocks in the three-dimensional (3-5-7-) harmonic lattice of notes", Proceedings of the KNAW, Series B, vol. 72, Amsterdam, 1969, pp. 153-168.
  • Fokker, A.D., Hans Kox, Joel Mandelbaum and R.H. Orton. "Report of the Working Committee for Notation (IMS)", Report of the Tenth Congress of the International Musicological Society, Ljubljana, 1967. Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1970, pp. 473-483.
  • Fokker, A.D., Hans Kox, Joel Mandelbaum and R.H. Orton, "Die Notenschrift von 31 Diësen in der Oktave" (The notation of 31 dieses to the octave), Sonorum Speculum vol. 46, Amsterdam, 1971, pp. 31-47.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Acoustical analysis of a peal of thirteen Chinese bells", Proceedings of the KNAW, Series B, vol. 74, 1971, pp. 257-262.
  • Fokker, A.D. "New rational musical scales", Eivind Groven. Heiderskrift til 70-årsdagen 8. oktober 1971, Olav Fjalestad (ed.), Noregs Boklag, Oslo, 1971, pp. 191-204.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Pleasant sequences by addition chords", Acustica vol. 28, 1973, pp. 3-4.
  • Fokker, A.D. Ab Ovo. Unpublished collection covering Fokker's life work. Currently in the archives of the Huygens-Fokker Foundation, Amsterdam.
  • Fokker, Jeroen. "De Archifoon: een computerprogramma voor microtonale muziek", Jaarboek van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 1988, Haarlem, pp. 37-50.
  • Folkers, Catherine. "Playing in Tune on a Baroque Flute", Traverso vol. 10 no. 1, January 1998.
  • Fongaard, Bjørn. 24-Toneuniversets Tonale Egenskaper og Dermed Forbundne Musikalske Muligheter. (Machinenschr.) Oslo.
  • Fongaard, Bjørn. N-Toneuniverset: (2/1)^n/12 --> "infinity. Og Dets Egenskaper Som Musikalsk Byggenmateriale. Oslo, 1967.
  • Fongaard, Bjørn. "Of the quarter-tone system and the micro-interval system and their musical characteristics", Nutida musik vol. 3, 1972-1973, pp. 14-21.
  • Fonsèque, Raymond. "Procédé Fonsèque de 24 sons par octave assorti de la notion de 'super-tempérament'", Paris, 1986.
  • Fontenelle, Bernard Le Bouyer de. Sur les systèmes tempérés de musique. Paris, 1730.
  • Fonton, Charles. Der Essai sur la musique orientale von Charles Fonton mit Zeichnungen von Adanson. Eckhard Neubauer (ed.), The Science of Music in Islam vol. 4, Frankfurt a.M., 1999, 324 pages.
  • Fonville, John. "Ben Johnston's Extended Just Intonation: A Guide For Interpreters", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, summer 1991, pp. 106-137.
  • Fonville, John. "Harmonic Resources of Extended Just Intonation", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 2, December 1991, pp. 1, 4-15.
  • Fonville, John. "Microtonal Fingerings for Flute: A Comprehensive List", Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1 no. 4, 1990, pp. 37-54.
  • Foote, Edward. "Historical Tunings on the Modern Concert Grand", WWW, 1997.
  • Forlin, Gino Robair. How Trees Are Felled in China. Unpublished Master of Arts dissertation, Mills College, Oakland CA, 1988.
  • Formentelli, Bartholomeo. Méthode pour accorder le Piano-Forté. Janet et Cotelle, Paris, 1830.
  • Forrester, Peter S. "Citterns and their Fingerboard", Lute Society Journal vol. 23, 1983, pp. 15-20.
  • Förster, August. Der Viertelton-Flügel. A. Förster Flügel und Pianobriken Löban (Sachen) Georgswalde Tchecoslovaquie, 1925.
  • Forster, Cris. "Chrysalis", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, 1978, pp. 6-8.
  • Forster, Cris. "Harmonic/Melodic Canon IV", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, 1979, pp. 17-19.
  • Forster, Cris. "Introduction to Everything", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1986-7, pp. 1-11.
  • Forster, Cris. "Diamond Marimba II", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, 1979, pp. 16-18.
  • Forster, Cris. "Conversion Analysis: Ratio to Cents", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, p. 5.
  • Forster, Cris. Musical Mathematics. A practice in the mathematics of tuning instruments and analyzing scales. Unpublished manuscript, 2002, 1322 pages.
  • Forster, Cris. "Just Intoned Music", WWW, 2002.
  • Forster, Cris. "Musical Mathematics: Manuscript Pages", WWW, 2002.
  • Förster, H. von, and J. Beauchamp (eds.) Music by Computers. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1969.
  • Fortlage, C. Das musikalische System der Griechen in seiner Urgestalt, aus den Tonleitern des Alypius zum ersten Male entwickelt. Leipzig, 1847. Reprint P. Schippers N.V., Amsterdam, 1964.
  • Fortuin, Harold. "The Clavette", Jaarboek van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 1994, Amsterdam, pp. 147-151.
  • Fortuin, Harold. "The Clavette", WWW, 1998.
  • Fortuna, Clem. "Composing in Seven Equal & String Quartet in Seven Equal", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 77-86.
  • Fortuna, Clem. Microtone Guide. Self-published, 1989.
  • Fose, Luanne Eris. The 'Musica practica' of Bartolomeo Ramos de Pareia: A critical translation and commentary. PhD diss., Music, University of North Texas, 1992, 538 pages.
  • Foulds, John Herbert. Music-Today: Its heritage from the Past and Legacy to the Future. Ivor Nicholson and Watson Ltd., London, 1934. Chapter "Quarter-Tones", pp. 59-63.
  • Fourneaux, Napoléon. Instrumentologie: traité théorique et pratique de l'accord des instruments a sons fixes, l'harmonium, l'orgue a tuyaux et le piano, contenant une théorie complète du tempérament musical et des battlements. Repos, Paris, 1867, 295 pages.
  • Fox, Christopher. "Hybrid temperaments and structural harmony: a personal history", Contemporary Music Review vol. 22 no. 1-2, March-June 2003, p. 123.
  • Fox-Strangways, Arthur Henry. "The Hindu Scale", Sammelbände der internationalen Musikgesellschaft, Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1907-1908, pp. 449-516.
  • Fox-Strangways, Arthur Henry. The Music of Hindostan. The Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1914, 376 pages. Reprint Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1965. Oriental Books Reprint Co./Munshiram Manoharlal, New Delhi, 1975. Kanishka Publishing House, Delhi, 1989.
  • Fox-Strangways, Arthur Henry. "The Gândhâra Grâma", Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1935, pp. 689-696.
  • Framjee, Firoze. Text book of Indian music (theory & practice): useful alike to the scholars of both northern (Hindustani) as well as southern (Carnatic) music. Sakhi Prakashan, Hathras (Aligarh), 1936, Poona, 1938, 1986, 1991, 144 pages.
  • Francis, John Charles. "Das Wohltemperirte Clavier. Pitch, Tuning and Temperament Design", WWW, July 2005. PDF, 30 pages.
  • Francis, John Charles. The Keyboard Temperament of J. S. Bach. WWW, 2005, 49 pages. In HTML.
  • Francis, John Charles. "Bradley Lehman: 'Bach’s extraordinary temperament: our Rosetta Stone –1' (review)", 2005, 7 pages.
  • Francis, John Charles. "Comparison of Werckmeister’s Correct No. 1 (Werckmeister III) with BACH R12-2", 2005, 4 pages.
  • Francis, John Charles, Friedrich Suppig’s Diagrammatic Tunings. March 2006, 20 pages.
  • Francis, John Charles. Tuning Interpretation of Bach’s ‘1722 Seal’ as Beats Per Second. WWW, 2006, 7 pages.
  • Frandsen, Lars. Livsløgnen og drømmen om det fuldkomne. Om anvendelsen af ren stemning i forbindelse med det sædvanlige 12-tonige klaviatur, med udgangspunkt i Eivind Grovens renstemte orgel. Aalborg Universitet, 1995.
  • Franklin, Don O. "Bach's Keyboard Music in the 1730s and 1740s: Organs and Harpsichords, Hildebrandt and Neidhardt", Early Keyboard Studies Newsletter vol. 6 no. 1, Oct. 1991, pp. 1-6, 12-14.
  • Franklin, John Curtis. "Diatonic Music in Greece: A reassessment of its antiquity", Mnemosyne vol. 56 no. 1, 2002, pp. 669-702.
  • Franklin, John Curtis. Terpander: The Invention of Music in the Orientalizing Period. PhD diss., University College London, 2002, Oxford University Press, 2004.
  • Franklin, John Curtis. "Musical Syncretism and the Greek Orientalizing Period", Archäologie früher Klangerzeugung und Tonordnungen, E. Hickmann and R. Eichmann (eds.), Serie Studien zur Musikarchäologie, Orient-Archäologie, Rahden, 2002.
  • Franklin, John Curtis. "Diatonic Music in Greece: a Reassessment of its Antiquity", Mnemosyne vol. 56 no. 1, 2002, pp. 669-702.
  • Franklin, John Curtis. "Hearing Greek Microtones" (with CD selections), Ancient Greek Music in Performance, Stefan Hagel and Ch. Harrauer (eds.), Wiener Studien Beiheft 29, Vienna, 2005. From a paper and audio-demonstration with Virtual Lyre delivered at Performing Ancient Greek Music Today, Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Vienna, 29 Sep - 1 Oct, 2003.
  • Franklin, John Curtis. The Middle Muse: Mesopotamian Echoes in Archaic Greek Music. Oxford University Press, to be published.
  • Franklin, John Curtis. "Realizations in Ancient Greek Music: Beyond the Fragments" (with CD selections), in E. Hickmann, R. Eichmann, A.A. Both (eds.), Serie Studien zur Musikarchäologie 6, Rahden, 2008.
  • Franssen, N.V. and C.J. v.d. Peet. "Digitale toonopwekking voor een transponerend elektronisch klavierinstrument", Philips Technisch Tijdschrift vol. 31, 1970, pp. 369-390, with grammophone record.
  • Fransson, Frans, Johan Sundberg and Per Tjernlund. Statistical computer measurement of the tone-scale in played music. Report STL-QOSR-2-3, Speech Transm. Lab., Stockholm, 1970.
  • Fransson, Frans, Johan Sundberg and Per Tjernlund. "The scale in played music", Svensk tidskrift för musikforskning vol. 56 no. 1, 1974, pp. 49-54.
  • Frantz, Glen. "Composing in scaleless space", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 1, 1988, San Francisco, pp. 8-10.
  • Frantz, Glen. "A Scaleless Sequencer", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 3, summer 1990, pp. 4-5, 14.
  • Frazer, Peter A. "The Development of Musical Tuning Systems", WWW, 2001.
  • Freeman, Alan Dean. The Construction and Validation of a Scale of Band Intonation. Phd diss., University of Illinois, 1991, 182 pages.
  • Freeman, Robin. "Tanmatras: The life and work of Giacinto Scelsi", Tempo no. 176, March 1991, pp. 8-19.
  • Freff. "Tuning in to Wendy Carlos", Electronic Musician vol. 2 no. 11, November 1986, pp. 20-37.
  • Freis, Wolfgang. "Perfecting the Perfect Instrument. Fray Juan Bermudo on the Tuning and Temperament of the vihuela de mano", Early Music vol. 23 no. 3, 1995, pp. 421-435.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. Über subjektive Differenztöne höchster hörbarer Töne und des angrenzenden Ultraschalls im musikalischen Hören. PhD thesis, Universität Köln, Kölner Beiträge zur Musikforschung, Band 16, Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1960, 148 pages.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. Intonation und musikalisches Hören. Habilitationsschrift Köln, 1968.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Die Relativität optimaler Intervallgrößen", Bericht über den musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß Bonn 1970, Carl Dahlhaus et al. (eds.), Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1973, pp. 397-400.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Mikrotonale Klangbildungen - Identifikation und Systemfähigkeit", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 165-184.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Überlegungen zur Durchsetzung des Prinzips der Gleichteilung vor Werckmeister: Pietro Mengolis Temperatur- und Toleranzberechnungen", Bericht über das Werckmeister-Kolloquium, Kultur- und Forschungsstätte Michaelstein, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1986, pp. 22-39.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Klangbreite und Tonempfindung: Bedingungen kategorialer Wahrnehmung aufgrund experimenteller Untersuchung der Intonation", Jahrbuch Musikpsychologie vol. 5, Wilhelmshaven, 1988, pp. 67-87.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Die Bedeutung der Mikrointervalle im Wandel der Zeiten und Kulturen", Mikrotöne IV, Bericht über das 4. Internationale Symposion "Mikrotonforschung" 1991 in Salzburg, Horst-Peter Hesse (ed.), Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993, pp. 221-250.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Hörerfahrungen mit mikrotonaler Musik", Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993, pp. 163-175.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Pitch bending und das Harmonium als Reininstrument. Mit einem Verzeichnis der Reininstrumente und deren Beschreibung", Harmonium und Handharmonika. 20. Musikinstrumenten-Symposium, Michaelstein, 19. bis 21. November 1999, Monika Lustig (ed.), Michaelsteiner Konferenzberichte vol. 62, Stiftung Kloster Michaelstein, Blankenburg, 2002, pp. 105-116.
  • Friedlander, Ed. "The Ancient Musical Modes: What Were They?", WWW, 2000.
  • Friedrich, Ernst. Über das Stimmen von Cembalo, Spinett, Clavichord und Klavier. Frankfurt a.M., 1971.
  • Fripertinger, Harald. Untersuchung über die Anzahl verschiedener Intervalle, Akkorde, Tonreihen und anderer musikalischer Objekte in n-Ton Musik. Master thesis, Hochschule für Musik und Darstellende Kunst, Graz, 1991.
  • Fripertinger, Harald. "Enumeration in Musical Theory", Séminaire Lotharingien de Combinatoire vol. 26, 1991, pp. 29–42. Also in Beiträge zur Elektronischen Musik vol. 1, Institut für Elektronische Musik und Akustik, Graz, January 1993.
  • Fritsch, Ingrid. "Zur Geschichte der Tonsysteme Japans", Analysen von Solo-Honkyoku der Tozan-Schule, Studien zur traditionellen Musik Japans, Band 4, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1979, pp. 47-69.
  • Fritsch, Johannes. Die Tonalität des Harry Partch. Feedback Papers vol. 14, Feedback Studio Verlag, Köln, 1977, pp. 17-21.
  • Fritz, Barthold. Anweisung, wie man Claviere, Clavecins, und Orgeln, nach einer mechanischen Art, in allen Zwölf Tönen gleich rein stimmen könne. Leipzig, 1756, 1780, 1829. Dutch translation Onderwys, om Op eene Tuigwerkelyke wyze Clavieren, Clavecimbels, en Orgels, In alle 24 Toonen even zuiver te Stemmen, Op dat daar uit Zo wel de Major als Minor welluidend gespeeld kan worden. Uit het Hoogduits vertaald door H. van Evervelt, en voorzien met eenige Aanmerkingen. J.J. Hummel, Amsterdam, 1757, 36 pages. Microfiche. Zug, Switzerland, Inter Documentation, 1976.
  • Fritz, K. von. "Mathematiker und Akusmatiker bei den alten Pythagoreern", Sitzungsberichte der Bayrische Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1960, p. 2.
  • Froger, Jacques. "Les pretendus quarts de ton dans le chant grégorien et les symboles du ms H. 159 de Montpellier", Études grégoriennes vol. 17, 1978, pp. 145-179.
  • Frosch, Johannes. Rerum musicarum opusculum rarum ac insigne, totius eius negotii rationem mira industria et brevitate complectens, iam recens publicatum. Peter Schoeffer and Mathias Apiarius, Strasbourg, 1535.
  • Frosch, Reinhart. Mitteltönig ist schöner! Studien über Stimmungen von Musikinstrumenten. Peter Lang, Bern/Wien, 1993, 1996, 276 pages. English translation Meantone is Beautiful!, Peter Lang, Bern, 2002.
  • Frosztega, Alexander J. Friedrich Wilhelm Marpurg and musical temperament in late eighteenth-century Germany. PhD diss., Universiteit Utrecht, 1999.
  • Frova, A. Fisica nella musica. Zanichelli, Bologna, 1999.
  • Frusi, Luciano. "La doppia intonazione dell' intervallo di terza minore", Rivista internazionale di musica sacra vol. 7 no. 4, 1986, pp. 372-381.
  • Frutolfus of Michelsberg. Breviarium de musica et Tonarius. 12th century. P. Cölestin Vivell (ed.), Sitzungsberichte vol. 188, Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien, Vienna, 1919, pp. 26-113.
  • Frye, Royal Merrill and Esther W. Tipple. A Graphic Introduction to the Harmon. and Data Supplement to a Graphic Introduction to the Harmon. Self-published, Boston, 1942. (Library of Congress catalogue numbers ML 3809 .T 56 G 7 and ML 3809 .T 557)
  • Fuchs, Helmut. "Klavierstimmung und akustische Forschung", Das Musikinstrument und Phono vol. 2, Verlag Das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt a.M., 1964, pp. 151-153.
  • Fuertes, Sorino. "Tratado de musica de Al-Farabi", Musica arabe-española, Barcelona, 1853.
  • Fujita, Iori. "Uncertainty Principle for Temperament", WWW, 2004.
  • Fujiwara, Kazuhiro. "Über die musiktheoretischen und philosophischen Grundlagen der Temperaturtheorie Andreas Werckmeisters", Conference Report Stuttgart 1995, 1998, pp. 153-164.
  • Fuller, Ramon. "A Study of Microtonal Equal Temperaments", Journal of Music Theory vol. 35 no. 1-2, 1991, pp. 211-237.
  • Funke, Otto. Das Intonieren von Pianos und Flügeln mit Besonderer Berücksichtigung der Beziehungen von Hammerkopf, Resonanzboden, Saitenbezug und so weiter zur Intonation. Series: Das Musikinstrument vol. 21, Das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt am Main, 1977, 55 pages.
  • Furio, Angelo (da Todi). Armonica cultura.... Ms Musica F.5, libretto secondo : 'Della regola da osservarsi nell'accordo degli strumenti', 17th-18th cent., pp. 90-100.
  • Fux, Johann Joseph. Gradus ad Parnassum. Book I. Vienna, 1725. German translation Gradus ad Parnassum oder Anführung zur regelmäßigen musicalischen Composition by Lorenz Mizler, Leipzig, 1742. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1974.
  • Fyk, J. "Tolerance of intonation deviation in melodic intervals in listeners of different musical training", Archives of Acoustics vol. 7 no. 1, 1982, pp. 13-28.

- G -

  • Gable, Frederick K. "Possibilities for mean-tone temperament playing on viols", Journal of the Viola Da Gamba Society of America vol. 16, 1979, pp. 22-39.
  • Gaffurio (Gafori), Franchino. Theorica musice. Impressum Mediolani per Magistrum Philippum Mantegatium dictum Cassanum opera et impensa Magistri Joannis Petri de Comatio, Milan, 1492. Facs. editions Rome, 1934, New York, 1967, Bologna, 1969. English translation by Walter Kurt Kreyszig The theory of music, Yale University Press, New Haven CT, 1993, 236 pages.
  • Gaffurio (Gafori), Franchino. Practica musicae utriusque catus excelletis Franchini gaffori laudesis. Quattor libris modulatissima: Sumaqz diligétia nouissime ipressa. Milan, 1496. Italian translation Angelicum ac divinum opus musicae, 1508. English translation by Clement A. Miller, American Institute of Musicology, 1968. English translation by Irwin Young (ed.), University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, 1969.
  • Gaffurio (Gafori), Franchino. Apologia adversum Ioannem Spatarium. Torino, 1520.
  • Gagliardo, Emilio and M. Ghislandi. "Did Beethoven Use the 'Enneadecaphonic' Theory?", Interface vol. 14 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 1-9.
  • Gagliardo, Emilio. "Enneadecaphonic Music: A New System of Harmonic Tones", Estratto dagli Atti dell'Accadèmia Ligure di Scienze e Lettere vol. 37, 1980, pp. 1-13.
  • Galeazzi, Francesco. Elementi teorico-pratici della musica, con un saggio sopra l'arte di suonare il violino. Rome, 1791.
  • Galilei, Galileo. Discorsi e dimostrazioni matematiche interno à due nuove scienze attenenti alla mecanica ed i movimenti locali. Elsevier, Leiden, 1638. English translation Dialogues concerning Two New Sciences by H. Crew and A. de Salvio, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1963.
  • Galilei, Vincenzo. Dialogo della musica antica et della moderna. Giorgio Marescotti, Florence, 1581. Reprint, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1968. English translation by Robert H. Herman (ed.), 1973, 987 pages.
  • Galilei, Vincenzo. Fronimo 1584. English translation by Carol MacClintock (ed.), Musicological Studies and Documents 39. American Institute of Musicology. Hanssler-Verlag, Neuhausen/Stuttgart, 1985.
  • Galilei, Vincenzo. Discorso intorno all'opere di messer Gioseffo Zarlino da Choggia. Florence, 1589.
  • Galin, Pierre. Exposition d'une Nouvelle Méthode pour l'Enseignement de la Musique. Bordeaux, 1818. Reprint Émile Chevé, 1862.
  • Gall, Joseph (ed.) Klavierstimmbuch oder deutliche Anweisung, wie jeder Musikfreund sein Klavier, Flügel, Fortepiano und Flügelfortepiano selbst stimmen, reparieren und bestmöglichst gut erhalten könne, nebst einer Nachricht von einigen neuerfundenen musikalischen Instrumenten des Herrn Joseph Wachtl. Carl Kupffer, Wien, 1805. Facsimile reprint, Antiquariat-Verlag Zimmermann, Straubenhardt, 1988.
  • Gallimard, Jean Edme. La théorie des Sons où l'on démontre dans une exacte précision les rapports de tous les intervalles de la Gamme. Ballard, Paris, 1754.
  • Gallimard, Jean Edme. L'Arithmétique des Musiciens. Paris, 1754.
  • Gallimard, Jean Edme. Sistème de l'accord du clavessin et de l'orgue. Paris, 1754.
  • Gallo, F.A. "Die Kenntnis der griechischen Theoretikerquellen in der italienischen Renaissance", Italienische Musiktheorie im 16. und 17. Jahrhundert: Antikenrezeption und Stazlehre, Renate Groth (ed.), Darmstadt, 1989, pp. 7-38.
  • Galpin, Francis W. The music of the Sumerians and their immediate successors, the Babylonians & Assyrians, described and illustrated from original sources. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1937.
  • Gamer, Carlton. "Some Combinational Resources of Equal-Tempered Systems", Journal of Music Theory vol. 11 no. 1, 1967, pp. 32-59.
  • Gamer, Carlton. "Deep Scales and Difference Sets in Equal-Tempered Systems", Proc. Amer. Soc. of University Composers vol. 2, 1967, pp. 113-122.
  • Gamer, Carlton. "ET Setera: Some Temperamental Speculations", Music Theory Special Topics edition, Richmond Browne, Academic Press, New York, 1981, pp. 59-81.
  • Gamer, Carlton and Robin J. Wilson. "Musical Block Designs", Ars Combinatoria vol. 16-A, 1983, pp. 217-225.
  • Gammeltoft-Hansen, Bendt. "Klokkespillets historie", Årv og eje, 1983-84, pp. 157-170.
  • Ganassi dal Fontego, Silvestro. Lettione seconda. Lettione seconda pur della prattica di sonare il violone d'arco da tasti, composta per Silvestro Ganassi dal Fontego desideroso nella pictura, la quale tratta dell'effeto della corda falsa giusta e media et il ponere li tasti con ogni rason e prattica, et ancora lo acordar ditto violone con la diligentia conveniente in diverse maniere et accomode ancora per quelli che sonano la viola senza tasti con una tabulatura di lauto adottada di molti et utilissimi secreti a propositi nell'effetto dil valente di tal strumento e strumenti et ancora il modo di sonare piu parte con il violone unito con la voce. Opera utilissima a chi se diletta de imparare sonare. Ganassi, Venice, 1543. Reprint Max Schneider, Kistner und Siegel, Leipzig, 1924. Forni, Bologna, 1970. German translation by Wolfgang Eggers, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1974. English translation by Daphne & Stephen Silvester, R. Lienau, Berlin, 1972, 1977.
  • Gann, Kyle. "La Monte Young's 'The Well-Tuned Piano'", Perspectives of New Music vol. 31 no. 1, winter 1993, pp. 134-162.
  • Gann, Kyle. "Gold in That Thar Vacuum", Village Voice, 19 July 1994, p. 76.
  • Gann, Kyle. "The Tingle of p X Mn - 1", Village Voice vol. 39 no. 40, October 4, 1994, p. 84. Also in Music Downtown, 2006.
  • Gann, Kyle. "The Outer Edge of Consonance: Snapshots from the Evolution of La Monte Young's Tuning Installations", in Sound and Light: La Monte Young and Marian Zazeela, Bucknell Review vol. 15 no. 1, William Duckworth and Richard Fleming (eds.), Bucknell University Press, Lewisburg, 1996, pp. 152-190.
  • Gann, Kyle. "Just Intonation Explained", WWW, 1997.
  • Gann, Kyle. "An Introduction to Historical Tunings", WWW, 1997.
  • Gann, Kyle. "Anatomy of an Octave", WWW, 1998.
  • Gann, Kyle. "Speak For Yourself! A Hyper-History of American Composer-Led New Music Ensembles. American Festival of Microtonal Music", NewMusicBox, May 1999.
  • Gann, Kyle. "'BETWEEN U S' A Hyperhistory of American Microtonalists", NewMusicBox vol. 17, September 2000.
  • Gann, Kyle. "A Whole Different Serving of Tapioca: Exploring Just Intonation Dissonance", 1/1 vol. 11 no. 1, spring 2002, pp. 1, 4-7.
  • Gann, Kyle. "My Idiosyncratic Reasons for using Just Intonation", WWW, 2004.
  • Gann, Kyle. Music Downtown. Writings from the Village Voice. University of California Press, Berkeley CA, 2006, 333 pages.
  • Gann, Kyle. "Glimpses of a Musical Future in Ben Johnston's Fourth Quartet", 1/1 vol. 12 no. 3, fall 2007, pp. 23-24, 31.
  • Gante, Pablo C. de. "El futuro de la musica: Sistema de sonidos nuevos", Heterofonía vol. 1 no. 5, 1969, pp. 14-18.
  • Ganter, Bernard and Rudolf Wille. Der Defekt gleichschwebender Temperierungen. Manuskript, Bonn, 1970.
  • Ganter, Bernard; H. Henkel and Rudolf Wille. Mutabor. Ein rechnergesteuertes Musikinstrument zur Untersuchung von Stimmungen. TH Darmstadt reprint nr. 863, 1984.
  • (anon.) Ganz Neue Und Vollständige Anleitung, Nach Welcher Man Clavierinstrumente Temperiren...Nach Asioli, Pizzati, D'Alembert, Rameau, Kirnberger, Vogler, Weller, Fritzen. Artaria Verlag, Vienna.
  • Gaona, Saul. Consonancia y Disonancia Musical. Juventudes Musicales del Paraguay, Asunción, 1993, 1996.
  • Garbusov, N.A. "Die Zonen-Natur des Intervallengehörs" (in Russian), Physiologisches Journal der SSSR vol. 3 no. 4, 1945.
  • Garbusov, N.A. "Musikalische Akustik" (in Russian), in: Große Sowjet-Enzyklopädie, Reihe Mathematik, Physik und Astronomie H6, 1954. German translation, Leipzig, 1954.
  • Garcia, José L. "A Linear Twenty-Nine Tone Scale", Xenharmonikôn 11, 1989, pp. 43-45.
  • Garfias, Robert. "Preliminary Thoughts on Burmese Modes", Asian Music vol. 7 no. 1, 1975, pp. 39-49.
  • Garland, Peter (ed.) A Lou Harrison Reader. Soundings Press, Santa Fe, 1987.
  • Garland, Peter. "James Tenney: Some historical perspectives", A celebration of American music: Words and music in honor of H. Wiley Hitchcock. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 1990, pp. 477-486.
  • Garland, Peter. "Harry Partch: Bitter Music (book review)", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, p. 16.
  • Garland, Trudy Hammel and Charity Vaughan Kahn. Math and Music. Harmonious Connections. Dale Seymour Publications, 1995.
  • Garlandia, Johannes de. De musica mensurabili. Paris, c.1280. In Scriptorum de musica medii aevi nova, E. de Coussemaker (ed.), Durand, Paris, 1866-1876. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1963.
  • Garman, Barry Rex. The effects of accompaniment texture and contextual pitch distance on string instrumentalists' intonational performance. PhD diss., Music, University of Miami, 1992, 148 pages.
  • Garnault, Paul. Le Tempérament. Son histoire, Son application aux claviers, aux violes de gambe et guitars, son influence sur la musique du XVIIIe siècle. self-published, Nice, 1929.
  • Garofalo, R. "Teaching disciplined tuning and warm-ups", Instrument vol. 51, September 1996, p. 46 ff.
  • Garr, Douglas. "The Endless Scale", OMNI vol. 3 no. 6, New York, March 1981, p. 48.
  • Gassendi, Pierre. Initiation à la théorie ou partie spéculative de la musique. Introduction, traduction et notes par Patrice Bailhache, Brepols, 2005, 113 pages.
  • Gasser, Luis. Vincenzo Galilei's manuscript 'Libro d'intavolatura di liuto (1584)': An introductory study. DMA doc., Stanford University, 1991, 99 pages.
  • Gates, Everett. Comparison of the Pythagorean, Just, Mean-Tone & Equally Tempered Scales. Published privately, 1956. Reprinted in The Musical Comma by Charles B. Righter. The University of Iowa Press, Iowa City, 1972.
  • Gatjen, Bram. "Siebenstufig-äquidistante Skalen und ihre Darstellung", Die Sprache der Musik: Festschrift Klaus Wolfgang Niemöller zum 60. Geburtstag. Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1989, pp. 189-200.
  • Gattey, James. "Barbershop Music", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, spring-summer 1979, pp. 7-8.
  • Gaudy (of Nordwich?) The geometrical scale of musick, or, The gam-ut reduced to geometrical proportions. ca. 1735, 84 pages. Microfilm, New York, 1994.
  • Gauldin, Robert. "The cycle-7 complex: Relations of diatonic set theory to the evolution of ancient tonal systems", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 5, 1983, pp. 39-55.
  • Gautam, Madurai Ramaswami. Evolution of raga and tala in Indian music. Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1989, 291 pages.
  • Gayden, Lucille. Ivan Wyschnegradsky. Peters, Frankfurt, 1973.
  • Geary, J.M. "Consonance and Dissonance of Pairs of Inharmonic Sounds", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 67 no. 5, May 1980, pp. 1785-1789.
  • Geay, Gérard. La théorie harmonique au XVIIIième siècle. Cael, Bourg la Reine, 1981.
  • Geer, J.P. van de, Willem J.M. Levelt, and Renier Plomp. "The connotation of musical consonance", Acta psychologica vol. 20, 1962, pp. 308-319.
  • Geller, Doris. Praktische Intonationslehre für Instrumentalisten und Sänger. Bärenreiter/NBM/Medienkombination, Kassel, 1997. With CD.
  • Gellerman, Robert F. The American Reed Organ and the Harmonium: A Treatise on its History, Restoration and Tuning, with descriptions of some outstanding Collections, including a Stop dictionary and a directory of Reed Organs. The Vestal Press, Vestal NY, 1996.
  • Genovese, Denny. "Hawaii electronic music group", Interval, fall 1978, p. 27.
  • Genovese, Denny. "Electronic Music (Cheap) Without a Synthesizer!", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 5-6.
  • Genovese, Denny. "Simple Instruments in Just Intonation", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, 1980, pp. 37-38.
  • Genovese, Denny. "Easley Blackwood: An Interview by Denny Genovese - Part I", Interval vol. 2 no. 4, spring 1981, pp. 16-18.
  • Genovese, Denny. "Easley Blackwood: An Interview by Denny Genovese - Part II", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, summer 1981, pp. 18-21.
  • Genovese, Denny. "The Binary Flute", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, pp. 20-21.
  • Genovese, Denny. "Bass marimbas in just intonation", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 4 no. 3, October 1988, pp. 10-12.
  • Gerbert, Martin (ed.) Scriptores ecclesiastici de musica sacra potissimum. 3 vols., Typis San-Blasianis, St. Blaise, 1784. Reprint G. Olms Verlag, Hildesheim, 1963.
  • Gerdine, Leigh et al. Microtonal Music in America, Proceedings of the American Society of University Composers vol. 2, Washington University, St. Louis MO, April 1967, pp. 77-122.
  • Gerhardt, Ludwig. "Linguistische und musikethnologische Zusammenhänge bei den Floßzithern Nordnigerias", Musik in Afrika, pp. 72-83.
  • Geringer, John M. "Tuning Preferences in Recorded Orchestral Music", Journal of Research in Music Education vol. 24 no. 4, winter 1976, pp. 169-176.
  • Gerle, Hans. Musica Teusch. Nürnberg, 1532.
  • Germanus, Sander. Muziekthermiek. Master thesis, Orpheus Higher Institute for Music, Hogeschool Gent, 2005, 170 pages.
  • Gernhardt, Klaus. "Die wichtigsten Stimmungsarten der Bachzeit, ihre praktische Durchführung und ihr musikalischer Wert-aus der Sicht des Musikinstrumenten-Restaurators", Bericht über die wissenschaftliche Konferenz zum III. internationalen Bach-Fest der DDR, Werner Felix et al. (eds.), VEB Deutscher Verlag für Musik, Leipzig, 1977, pp. 355-360.
  • Gernhardt, Klaus. "Abweichung liegt in der Natur des Tons: Stimmung-Kompromiß zwischen Naturgesetz und Hörgewohnheit", Neue Musikzeitung vol. 45, February-March 1996, pp. 56-57.
  • Gerson, A. and J.L. Goldstein. "Evidence for a general template in central optimal processing for pitch of complex tones", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 63, 1978, pp. 498-510.
  • Gerson-Kiwi, Edith. "Towards an exact transcription of tone relations", Acta musicologica vol. 25, 1953, p. 80 ff.
  • Gerson-Kiwi, Edith. The Persian Doctrine of Dastgah Composition, a Phenomenological Study in the Musical Modes. Israel Music Institute, Tel-Aviv, 1963.
  • Gervasoni, Carlo. La scuola della musica. Niccolo Orgesi, Piacenza, 1800.
  • Gervasoni, Carlo. Nuova teoria di musica. Parma, 1812.
  • Geuns, Sjoerd van. "Een nieuw luidklokkenconcept?", Klok & Klepel no. 73, Dec 2000, pp. 25-28.
  • Gevaert, François Auguste. Histoire et théorie de la musique de l'antiquité. C. Annout-Braeckman, Gent, 1875, 1881.
  • Gharib, Mohammad Reza. "Proposal for tempering Iranian music scales".
  • Gheorghe, Viorel. A Theory of Byzantine Music. PhD diss., University of Southern California, 1995, 263 pages.
  • Ghosh, Nikhil. Fundamentals of Raga and Tala with a New System of Notation. Bombay, 1968.
  • Gianelli, Pietro. Divizione della musica sacra et profane (article 'accordare'). Venice, 1830.
  • Gibbens, John Jeffrey. "Design in Ben Johnston's Sonata for Microtonal Piano", Interface vol. 18 no. 3, 1989, pp. 161-194.
  • Gibbens, John Jeffrey. "Ben Johnston's Sonnets of Desolation: Facts, Materials, Ideas, Context", 1/1 vol. 12 no. 3, fall 2007, pp. 16-22, 31.
  • Gibbon, John. "Bell Garden - Tuned to What?", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, spring-summer 1979, pp. 28-30.
  • Gibelius, Otto. Introductio musicae thericae didacticae. Bremen, 1660.
  • Gibelius, Otto. Propositiones mathematicae-musicae. Münden, 1666.
  • Gieseler, Walter. Komposition im 20. Jahrhundert. Details - Zusammenhänge. No. 4015, Moeck Verlag, Celle, 1975, 236 pages.
  • Gieseler, Walter. "Kritische Anmerkungen zur Komposition mit Kleinstintervallen", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 159-172.
  • Gieseler, Walter. "Natur - Musik - Zahl", Mikrotöne III, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
  • Gieseler, Walter. Harmonik in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Tendenzen - Modelle. No. 4061, Moeck Verlag, Celle, 1996. 2 Bände, 62+84 pages.
  • Gieseler, Walter. "Über die Vergleichbarkeit von Teilton-Säulen", Systemische Musikwissenschaft - Festschrift Jobst Peter Fricke zum 65. Geburtstag, Wolfgang Auhagen (ed.), Köln 1995.
  • Gilbert, John. "Intonation and Fret Placement", Soundboard, spring 1984, pp. 26-27.
  • Gillessen, Klaus. "The perfect fifths tempered scale, a proposal or already a practice?", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 104 no. 5, 1999, pp. 3123-3125.
  • Gilmore, Robert. "The Bewitched Goes to Europe", Interval vol. 2 no. 1, fall 1979, pp. 27-32.
  • Gilmore, Bob. "A European Perspective on Partch", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 1, winter 1986, pp. 4, 5, 7.
  • Gilmore, Bob. "Harry Partch: Revelation in the Courthouse Park (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 3, 1990, p. 2.
  • Gilmore, Bob. "On Harry Partch's Seventeen Lyrics by Li Po", Perspectives of New Music vol. 30 no. 2, summer 1992, pp. 22-58.
  • Gilmore, Bob. "Changing the Metaphor: Ratio Models of Musical Pitch in the Work of Harry Partch, Ben Johnston, and James Tenney", Perspectives of New Music vol. 33 no. 1-2, 1995, pp. 459-503.
  • Gilmore, Bob. Harry Partch - a biography. Yale University Press, New Haven CT, May 1998, 496 pages.
  • Gilmore, Bob. "The Climate Since Harry Partch", Contemporary Music Review vol. 22 no. 1-2, March-June 2003, pp. 15-34.
  • Gilmore, Bob. "'Wild Ocean': an interview with Horatiu Radulescu", Contemporary Music Review vol. 22 no. 1-2, March-June 2003, pp. 105-122.
  • Gilson, Bruce R. "A Numerical Theory of Scale Invention", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 98-134.
  • Gilson, Bruce R. Construction of Musical Scales. A Mathematical Approach. Createspace, 2008, 150 pages.
  • Giorgetti, Renzo. "Un inedito metodo per accordare gli organi di Armodio Maccioni", Il flauto dolce: Rivista per lo studio e la pratica della musica antica vol. 16, April 1987, pp. 38-40.
  • Giorgi, Carlo Tommaso. La nostra musica - i suoi difetti - il suo avvenire. Prato, 1899.
  • Giorgi, prof. Manuel simplifié de l'accordeur ou l'art d'accorder le piano dédié al signor maestro Rossini. Roret, Paris, 1834.
  • Giovanetti, Gustavo. Genesi del nuovo sistema musicale tricommatico naturale a 'terzi di tono' a rettifica ed integrazione dell'attuale sistema musicale moderno. Leo S. Olschki, Firenze, 1955.
  • Giovanetti, Gustavo. Altre singolarità integrative riguardanti il nuovo sistema musicale tricommatico naturale a 'terzi di tono' (a naturale rettifica ed integrazione dell'attuale sistema musicale moderno). Leo S. Olschki, Firenze, 1957.
  • Girbau, Joan. "Mathematics and musical scales" (in Catalan), Butlletí de la Societat Catalana de Matemàtiques vol. 18, Barcelona, 1985, pp. 3-27.
  • Glasier, Elisabeth. "Confessions of a Microtonal Convert", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, San Diego, 1978, pp. 2-3. Reprint in Interval vol. 4 no. 2, p. 28.
  • Glasier, Elizabeth. "Discovering the Microtonal Resources of Your Voice", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 23-24.
  • Glasier, John Sr. "Improvising in Non-12 Tunings", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, winter 1984, pp. 5-6.
  • Glasier, John Sr. "Intervals and Theory", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, pp. 6, 28.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Perspective", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, spring 1978, pp. 9-10.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Ivor Darreg Lecture/Concert", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 29-30.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Vocal Harmonics", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 21-23.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "George Secor Interview", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 6-7.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Musings", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 6-7.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Families of Intervals - Thirds", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, pp. 14-15.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "KIVA Interview", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, pp. 24-28.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Pepe Aton Estevane: an interview the microtonal ambassador from Mexico", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, pp. 24-25.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "OMNI Puts Microtonalists on Map", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, p. 26.
  • Glasier, Jonathan and Judith Essex. "Sound and Movement Choir", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, winter 1981, pp. 10-11.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "An Interview with Terry Riley", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, winter 1981, pp. 12 - 15.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Sonic Art Show - California State College San Bernardino", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 16, 21.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Interview in Mexico City with Dolores Carrillo, Daughter of Julián Carrillo, and David Espejo", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, pp. 6-9.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "An Ear for Microtonality in the East", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, pp. 24-25.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Early Partch Work - Part 1: Manuscript, Keyboard Design Charts Uncovered", Interval vol. 4 no. 2, fall 1983, pp. 6-7.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Early Partch Work - Part 2: Partch Manuscript Uncovered", Interval vol. 4 no. 3.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "The Pentaphone - Unfolding Fives", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, pp. 14-16.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Interview with French Composer Pierre-Jean Croset and his Lyra", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, 1983, pp. 10-14.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Interval Hosts North American Conference on Micro-Intervallic Music", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, pp. 28-30.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Microtonal Music Released from Obscurity?", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, p. 14.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Ratio Keyboard Design", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1987, pp. 14-17.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Wendy Carlos ... Perspective", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1987, pp. 24-25.
  • Glorian, Peter. "Indische Ragas - Inhalt und Struktur", Harmonik & Glasperlenspiel. Beiträge `93, Verlag Peter Neubäcker & freies musikzentrum, München, 1994, pp. 41-98.
  • Gmeinder, Hugo. Die Stimmung in Theorie und Praxis für Musiker und Musikfreunde. Self-published, Neusäß, 1984.
  • Gmeinder, Hugo. Schwebestöße: Tab. für Terzen, Quarten, Quinten und Sexten der gleichschwebend temperierten Stimmung mit Erläuterung und Anleitung. Neusäß, 1988.
  • Gmelch, Joseph. Die Vierteltonstufen im Meßtonale von Montpellier. Gregorianischen Akademie zu Freiburg, Freiburg, 1911, pp. 9-19.
  • Gobeli, Jörg. "A Diagram For Visualization and Interpretation of the Intervals of Historical Temperaments", De Clavicordio V, Proceedings, 5-8 Sept. 2001, 2002, pp. 77-82. German version "Eine grafische Darstellung zur Veranschaulichung und Interpretation der Intervallverhältnisse historischer Temperaturen", Fundament aller Clavierten Instrumenten - Das Clavichord, 2003, pp. 166-171.
  • Goble, Robert. Notes on the Maintenance of Goble Harpsichords. Goble & Son Ltd.
  • Goddijn, Aad. Hoe klinkt 4√5? Middentoonstemming, muzikale algebra met de stemhamer, achtergronden, andere historische stemwijzen. Handout Nationale Wiskunde Dagen, 1999. Symposium muziek en wiskunde, Wiskundig Genootschap, Eindhoven, 2001, 28 pages.
  • Godin, prof. Nouvelle méthode claire et facile pour accorder les Fortes Pianos suivi de la manière d'accorder la Harpe. Joly, Paris, 1794.
  • Goebel, Johannes. Zu den Zielsetzungen der deutschen Gesellschaft für Computermusik. Feedback Papers vol. 27-28, Feedback Studio Verlag, Köln, 1982, pp. 2-7.
  • Goebel, Joseph. Theorie und Praxis des Orgelpfeifenklanges. Intonieren und Stimmen. Ein Handbuch für Orgelbauer und Organisten. Schriftenreihe Das Musikinstrument Heft 9, Verlag Das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt a.M., 1967, 94 pages.
  • Goens, Jan von. "Bach auf der mitteltönigen Orgel", Ars organi vol. 32, Verlag Merseburger, Kassel, 1984, pp. 153-157.
  • Gogava, Antonius (ed.) Aristoxenus, Ptolemaeus, et al., Aristoxeni Harmonicorum elementorum libri III, Cl. Ptolemaei Harmonicorum, seu De Musica libri III. Venice, 1562.
  • Gojkovic, A. and I. Kirigin. "Tone series of Serbian pipes", Ethnomusicology vol. 5 no. 2, 1961, pp. 100–120.
  • Goldáraz Gaínza, J. Javier. Afinación y Temperamento en la Música Occidental. Alianza Música, Madrid, 1992, 143 pages.
  • Goldáraz Gaínza, J. Javier. "El temperamento igual. Una indagación histórica", Theoria vol. 13 no. 3, 1998, pp. 571-584.
  • Goldbach, Christian. Temperamentum musicum universale. Leipzig, 1717.
  • Goldbach, Karl Traugott. "Ein Physiker unterrichtet Harmonielehre. Zur musiktheoretischen Lehre Arthur von Oettingens an der Universität Dorpat", Referat auf dem Kongress Musica Baltica. Universität und Musik in Greifswald September 2006.
  • Goldbach, Karl Traugott. "Arthur von Oettingen und sein Orthotonophonium im Kontext", Tartu ülikooli 200, Geiu Rohtla (ed.), Tartu University Library, Tartu, 2007, 29 pages.
  • Goldman, David Paul. "A new look at Zarlino's theory and its effect on his counterpoint doctrine", Theory and Practice vol. 16, 1991, pp. 163-177.
  • Goldsmith, David S. "An Electronically Generated Complex Microtonal System of Horizontal and Vertical Tonality", Journal of the Audio Engineering Society vol. 19 no. 10, Nov. 1971, pp. 851-858.
  • Goldstein, A.A. "Optimal Temperament", Classroom Notes in Applied Mathematics, May 1972, Michigan State University, East Lansing, pp. 242-251. Also in Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics Review vol. 19 no. 3, 1977, pp. 554–562.
  • Göller, Stefan. Introduction to Musical Scales. Mathematics Institute, University of Warwick & University of Erlangen-Nürnberg, December 2001, 57 pages.
  • Gollin, Edward. "Some Aspects of Three-Dimensional Tonnetze", Journal of Music Theory vol. 42 no. 2, 1998, pp. 195-206.
  • Gollin, Edward. "Representations of Space and Conceptions of Distance in Transformational Music Theories", Harvard University, Cambridge, 2000.
  • Gollin, Edward. "Some Further Notes on the History of the Tonnetz", Theoria vol. 13, 2006.
  • Gombosi, Otto Johannes. Tonarten und Stimmungen der antiken Musik. Ejnar Munksgård, Copenhagen, 1939, 1950, 148 pages. Reprint Amsterdam, 1967.
  • Gombosi, Otto Johannes. "New Light on Ancient Greek Music", International Congress of Musicology, New York 1939, New York, 1944, p. 168.
  • Gombosi, Otto Johannes. "Key, Mode, Species", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 4 no. 1, 1951, pp. 20-26.
  • Gomperts, Amrit. "Tunings, Tone Systems and Psychoacoustics of Sundanese, Javanese, and Balinese Music", Oideion vol. 2: The Performing Arts World-Wide, Wim van Zanten and Marjolijn van Roon (eds.), special issue, Research School CNWS, Leiden, 1995, pp. 173-207.
  • Gontershausen, Heinrich Welcker von. Neu eröffnetes Magazin musikalischer Tonwerkzeuge: Dargestellt in technischen Zeichnungen aller Saiten-, Blas-, Schlag- & Friktions-Instrumente. Heinrich Ludwig Brönner, Frankfurt a.M., 1855, 448 pages.
  • Goodall, Howard. Big Bangs: Five Musical Revolutions. Chatto & Windus Ltd, London, 2000, 256 pages. Vintage, 2001. Dutch translation Magische momenten: Keerpunten in de muziek by Piet Dal, Teleac/NOT, Hilversum, Tirion Uitgevers, Baarn, 2001, 272 pages.
  • Goode, Dan. "Microtonal Songs for the Clarinet", Interval vol. 2 no. 2+3, pp. I16-I19.
  • Goodman, Stephen Kent. "Sonic Artist", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 9-10.
  • Goodman, Stephen Kent. "Sound Sculptures at LAICA", Interval vol. 4 no. 2, fall 1983, pp. 25-26.
  • Goodman, Stephen Kent. "Acoustical Instruments: Obsolete or Absolute?", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1987, pp. 5-7.
  • Gorski, Markus. "Das abendländische Tonsystem. Lehrklänge, Online-Lehrgang für Musiktheorie", WWW, 2007.
  • Gosman, Alan. "Rameau and Zarlino: Polemics in the Traité de l'harmonie", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 22 no. 1, 2000.
  • Gostoli, A. Terpandro: Introduzione, testimonianze, testo critico, traduzione e commento. Rome, 1990.
  • Gottlieb, Robert S. "Musical scales of the Sudan as found among the Gumuz, Berta, and Ingessana peoples", the world of music/Die Welt der Musik/Le monde de la musique vol. 28 no. 2, 1986, pp. 56-76.
  • Götze, Heinz and Rudolf Wille (eds.) Musik und Mathematik: Salzburger Musikgespräch 1984 unter Vorsitz von Herbert von Karajan. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1985, 1995.
  • Gouk, Penelope. Music in the natural philosophy of the early Royal Society. PhD diss., Music history: London University, 1982, 383 pages.
  • Gouk, Penelope. Music, science and natural magic in seventeenth-century England. Yale University Press, 1999.
  • Gould, Mark. "Balzano and Zweifel: Another Look at Generalized Diatonic Scales", Perspectives of New Music vol. 38 no. 2, summer 2000, pp. 88-105.
  • Govi, G. Sur une ancienne détermination du nombre absolu des vibrations du diapason. Paris, 1860.
  • Gozza, P. "Atoms, 'spiritus', sounds: The 'Speculations on music' (1670) of the Galilean Pietro Mengoli" (in Italian), Nuncius. Annali di Storia della Scienza vol. 5 no. 2, Olschki, Florence, 1990, pp. 75-98.
  • Graaf, Gerard A.C. de. "Afinaciónes antiguas en España", El organo español, U. Complutense, Madrid, 1983, pp. 27-29.
  • Gradenwitz, Matthias. "Die vier Elemente und die Harmonik als die Wissenschaft vom 'Klangäther'", Harmonik und Glasperlenspiel, Beiträge 1994, Verlag Peter Neubäcker, München, 1995.
  • Grady, Kraig. "Erv Wilson's Hexany", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 1, fall 1992, pp. 8-11.
  • Grady, Kraig. "Combination-Product Sets, Xenharmonikôn vol. 9, 1986.
  • Grady, Kraig. "The Discovery of a 14-Tone Scale", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 86-89.
  • Grady, Kraig. "On the Nature of Working with Performers", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 92.
  • Grady, Kraig. "CENTAUR - A 7-Limit 12-Tone Tuning", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 93.
  • Grady, Kraig. "Horacycle Rhythms", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, pp. 94-98.
  • Grady, Kraig. "An Introduction to the Moments Of Symmetry", WWW, 2008.
  • Gräf, Albert. Musical scale rationalization - a graph-theoretic approach. Schriftenreihe Musikinformatik vol. 45, Johannes Gutenberg-University Mainz, December 2002, 20 pages.
  • Grahame, George Farquhar. "Temperament of the musical scale", Encyclopedia Brittannica, 7th ed., Adam and Charles Black, Edinburgh, 1842.
  • Grammateus, Henricus alias Heinrich Schreiber. Ayn new kunstlich Buech. Johannes Stüchs, Nürnberg, 1518.
  • Grassi-Landi, Bartholomeo. Descrizione della nuova tastiera cromatica. Rome, 1880.
  • Grassi-Landi, Bartholomeo. L'armonia dei suoni col vero corista o diapason normale. Tip. Vaticana, Roma, 1885.
  • Gratzki, Bettina. Die reine Intonation im Chorgesang. PhD diss., Musicology, Bonn, 1993. Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik vol. 70, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1993, 300 pages.
  • Green, Burdette Lamar. The harmonic series from Mersenne to Rameau: an historical study of circumstances leading to its recognition and application to music. PhD diss. Ohio State U., Columbus, 1969, 518 pages.
  • Green, Edward. "Just How Radical was Harry Partch?", 1/1 vol. 12 no. 2, spring 2006, pp. 16-24.
  • Green, Robert. "Explanation of the Shape, the Tuning, and the Use of the Lyra Viol: Proposition XVIII from the Harmonie Universelle by Marin Mersenne", Journal of the Viola da Gamba Society of America vol. 2, 1965, p. 54.
  • Greene, Paul Clarence. "Violin performance with reference to Tempered, Natural and Pythagorean Intonation", University of Iowa Studies in Psychology of Music vol. 4, 1936, pp. 232-250.
  • Greene, Paul Clarence. "Violin Intonation", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 9 no. 1, 1937, pp. 43-44.
  • Greene, Paul Clarence. "Comparison of Melodic Intervals", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, November 1949.
  • Greenfield, Jack. "Introduction of Equal Temperament; Acoustics of Galileo", Piano Technicians Journal vol. 32, September 1989, pp. 31-33.
  • Greenslade T.B. Jr. "The Acoustical Apparatus of Rudolph Koenig", Physics Teacher vol. 30, 1992, pp. 518-524.
  • Griffioen, Dirk A. Zeventiende eeuwse opvattingen over de 'Harmonie der Sferen': Robert Fludd, Johannes Kepler, Athanasius Kircher. M.A. thesis, Universiteit Utrecht, 1996.
  • Griffioen, Dirk A. "'Rationalis, non Vocalis'. Johannes Kepler en de Harmonie der Sferen", Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie vol. 7 no. 1, 2002, pp. 1-10.
  • Griffiths, Paul et al. Entry for "Microtone", The New Grove Dictionary of Musical Instruments, MacMillan Press Limited, second revised edition, London, 2000.
  • Grijp, Louis Peter and Paul Scheepers (eds.) Van Aristoxenos tot Stockhausen. Volume 1: Oudheid tot Renaissance. Volume 2: Van Barok tot heden. Wolters-Noordhoff, Groningen, 1990, 1078 pages.
  • Grijp, Louis Peter. "Fret patterns of the cittern", Galpin Society Journal vol. 34, March 1981, pp. 62-97.
  • Grönewald, Jürgen. "Mikrotonale Differenzen in den Bach-Stimmungen", Berlin, WWW, 2000.
  • Grönewald, Jürgen. "Kellners Stimmanweisungen", Berlin, WWW, 2000.
  • Grönewald, Jürgen. 128 musikalische Temperaturen im mikrotonalen Vergleich, Berlin, WWW, 2000.
  • Grönewald, Jürgen. Kellners Stimmanweisungen. Teil 1: Tabellen, Teil 2: Texte, Teil 3: Nachtrag, Verlag Pro BUSINESS GmbH, Berlin, 2006.
  • Grossman, Stefan. The book of guitar tunings: a practical study of non-standard tunings for the folk, blues, jazz, and rock guitarists for new sounds, new textures, and a freedom in lefthand fingering. Amsco Music Pub. Co., New York, 1972, 96 pages.
  • Groven, Eivind. Naturskalaen. Tonale lover i norsk folkemusikk bundne til seljefløyta. Norsk folkekulturs forlag, Skien, 1927. Also in Norsk Folkekultur vol. 13–15, Bergens Museum, Bergen, 1927–1929.
  • Groven, Eivind. "Det renstemte klaver. Eivind Grovens revolusjonerende opfinnelse patentert i en rekke land", Tonekunst vol. 17/18, 1934, pp. 135-136.
  • Groven, Eivind. Temperering og renstemning. Dreyer, Oslo, 1948, 1968, 66 pages. English translation Equal Temperament and Pure Tuning, Eget forlag, Oslo, 1969. German translation Temperierung und Reinstimmung. Suttung, Tangen, 1973, 68 pages.
  • Groven, Eivind. "Temperering av tonesystemer", Fra fysikkens verden vol. 1, Norsk fysisk selskap, Trondheim, 1948, pp. 24-34.
  • Groven, Eivind. "My Untempered Organ", Organ Institute Quarterly vol. 5 no. 3, summer 1955, pp. 34-40.
  • Groven, Eivind. Renstemningsautomaten. Universitetsförlagets Trykningssentral, Oslo, 1968.
  • Groven, Eivind. "Eivind Groven", Eivind Groven's Institute for Just Intonation, WWW, 1993.
  • Gruber, Albion M. "Mersenne and Evolving Tonal Theory", Journal of Music Theory vol. 14, 1970, pp. 36-67.
  • Gruber, Gerold W. "Review of the 3rd Congress for Music Theory, Vienna, Austria, May 10-12 1996", Music Theory Online vol. 2 no. 7, 1996.
  • Grundmann, Bill. "Alternative Tuning and How We Hear", WWW, 2003.
  • Guarnieri, A. "La musica microtonale: origini e sviluppi di una deviazione dal sistema temperato", programme notes with 'Il passato al futuro', concert at Teatro La Fenice-Palazzo Grassi, Venice, 14 & 23 September 1986.
  • Gudel, Joachim. "Zu Fragen der Temperierung bei Clavichord, Cembalo und Orgel", Cembalo, Clavichord, Orgel, 1978, pp. 43-46. Studien zur Aufführungspraxis und Interpretation von Instr. vol. 6 no. 1, Eitelfriedrich Thom (ed.), Blankenburg, 1978, pp. 43-46.
  • Guéroult, M. Georges. "Sur un harmonium à double clavier", Comptes rendus des séances de l'Académie des Sciences vol. 74, 1872, p. 1188.
  • Guglielmo, Giovanni. Arte e tecnica dell'intonazione negli strumenti ad arco. Collana di studi musicale vol. 18, G. Zanibon, Padova, 1980, 25 pages.
  • Guido of Arezzo. Micrologus Guidonis de disciplina artis musicae. German translation Kurze Abhandlung Guidos über die Regeln der musikalischen Kunst übersetzt und erklärt von Michael Hermesdorff, Trier, 1876.
  • Guild of American Luthiers. "Equal Temperament Tuning", Guild of American Luthiers data sheet #45.
  • Guiraud de Willot, Didier. "Musique et tempéraments", WWW, 2004.
  • Gulik, Robert Hans van. The Lore of the Chinese Lute. Monumenta nipponica monographs no. 3, Sophia University, Tokyo, 1940, 235 pages. Addenda et corrigenda, Tokyo, 1951. 2nd rev. Charles Tuttle (ed.) and Sophia University, Rutland VM, 1969.
  • Gunden, von Heidi. The Music of Ben Johnston. Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1986, 204 pages.
  • Gunden, von Heidi. The Music of Lou Harrison. Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1995, 380 pages.
  • Gundlach, Ralph H. "A quantitative analysis of Indian music", American Journal of Psychology vol. 44 no. 1, 1932, pp. 133–145.
  • Guo, Shuqun. "Think over Zhu Zaiyü's Temperament Once More: Respectfully to sir Chen Yingshi" (in Chinese), Musicology in China, 1996, no. 1, pp. 117-130.
  • Gurney, O.R. "An Old Babylonian Treatise on the Tuning of the Harp", Iraq vol. 30, 1968, pp. 229-233.
  • Gurney, O.R. and M. West. "Mesopotamian Tonal Systems: A Reply", Iraq vol. 60, 1998, pp. 223-227.
  • Gurvin, Olav. "Eivind Groven 70 ar", Syn og segn vol. 8, 1971, pp. 1-8.
  • Gustafson, Bruce. "Tuning the historical temperaments by ear (book review)", Diapason vol. 69 no. 6, May 1978, p. 4.
  • Gut, Serge. La tierce harmonique dans la musique occidentale, origines et évolution. Heugel & Cie, Paris, 1969, 237 pages.
  • Gut, Serge. "La notion de consonance chez les théoriciens du Moyen-Âge", Acta musicologica vol. 48, 1976.
  • Gut, Serge. "L'échelle à double seconde augmentée: Origines et utilisation dans la musique occidentale", Musurgia vol. 7 no. 2, 2000, pp. 41-60.
  • Guthrie, E.R. and H. Morill. "Fusion of Non-Musical Intervals", American Journal of Psychology vol. 40, 1928, pp. 624-625.
  • Guttmann, Alfred. "Ist eine Vierteltonmusik möglich?" (Is a quartertone music possible?), Melos vol. 7, 1928, pp. 530-533.
  • Guy, Richard K. "Small Differences Between Powers of 2 and 3", in Unsolved Problems in Number Theory. Springer-Verlag, New York, 1994, p. 261.
  • Gwynn, Dominic. "Comments on early 18th-century organ pitches", FoMRHI Quarterly no. 67, April 1992, pp. 57-60.

- H -

  • Haacke, Walter. "Theorie und Praxis des Orgelpfeifenklanges. Intonieren und Stimmen (book review)", Musik und Kirche vol. 46 no. 4, 1976, pp. 192-194.
  • Haacke, Walter. "Bemerkungen aus der Spielpraxis zur Stimmungsfrage der Zither", Die Volksmusik vol. 41 no. 4-6, 1986, pp. 2-5.
  • Haas, Georg-Friedrich. "...die freie Auswahl des Tonmaterials... Anmerkungen zu Alois Habas frühen mikrotonalen Kompositionen", Musikalische Gestaltung im Spannungsfeld von Chaos und Ordnung, Otto Kolleritsch (ed.), Universal Edition, Wien, 1991, pp. 168-186.
  • Haas, Georg-Friedrich. "Arc-en-ciel, opus 37. Ivan Wyschnegradskys behutsame Annäherung an das Zwölfteltonintervall", Mikrotöne IV, Musikedition Nymphenburg 2001, München, 1993, pp. 79-92.
  • Haas, Georg-Friedrich. "Die Verwirklichung einer Utopie: Ultrachromatik und nicht-oktavierende Tonräume in Ivan Wyschnegradskys mikrotonalen Kompositionen", Harmonie im 20. Jahrhundert, Claus Ganter (ed.), WUV-Universitätsverlag, Wien, 1993, pp. 87-100.
  • Haas, Georg-Friedrich. "Charles Delusse: Air à la Grecque", Ton 4/96-1/97. IGNM, Wien, 1997.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Leibniz und die Musik - Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Harmonikalen Symbolik. Hommerich, 1963.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Grundlagen der harmonikalen Symbolik. ORA, München, 1966, 106 pages.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Hans Kayser - Ein Leben für die Harmonik der Welt. Schwabe & Co., Stuttgart, Basel, 1968, 144 pages.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Die harmonikalen Wurzeln der Musik. Lafite, Wien, 1969, 80 pages.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Geschichte des harmonikalen Pythagoreismus. Publikationen der Wiener Musikakademie no. 3, Lafite, Wien, 1969.
  • Haase, Rudolf. "Die 12 'Halbtöne'", Musikerziehung vol. 25 no. 4, Wien, 1972.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Paul Hindemiths harmonikale Quellen - sein Briefwechsel mit Hans Kayser. Lafite, Wien, 1973.
  • Haase, Rudolf. "Gehördisposition und griechische Skalen", Festschrift Karl Gustav Fellerer zum 70. Geburtstag, Arno-Volk-Verlag, Köln, 1973.
  • Haase, Rudolf. "Leibniz und die Harmonikale Tradition", Akten des II. internationalen Leiniz-Kongresses Hannover Bd. 1, Wiesbaden, 1973.
  • Haase, Rudolf. "Die Herkunft musikalischer Grundlagen aus dem Gehör. Eine Morphologie der Intervalle", Musik und Zahl, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1976.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Der meßbare Einklang. Ernst Klett-Verlag, Stuttgart, 1976.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Über das disponierte Gehör. Doblinger, Wien - München, 1977, 52 pages.
  • Haase, Rudolf. "Korrespondenten von G.W. Leibniz, III: Conrad Henfling", Studia Leibnitiana vol. 9 no. 1, Wiesbaden, 1977, pp. 111-119.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Zehn Jahre Institut für harmonikale Grundlagenforschung. Lafite, Wien, 1977.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Harmonikale Synthese. Lafite, Wien, 1980.
  • Haase, Rudolf (ed.) Der Briefwechsel zwischen Leibniz und Conrad Henfling. Ein Beitrag zur Musiktheorie des 17. Jahrhunderts. Veröffentlichungen des Leibniz-Archivs vol. 9, Vittorio Klostermann, Frankfurt a.M., 1982, 155 pages.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Aufsätze zur Geschichte der Harmonik. Bern, 1984.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Natur-Geist-Seele, Harmonik und Metaphysik des quadratischen und des runden Lambdoma. Braumüller, Wien, 1985.
  • Haase, Rudolf. "Harmonikale Grundlagenforschung", Acta musicologica vol. 58, 1986, pp. 282-304.
  • Haase, Rudolf. "Gehördisposition und ekmelische Intervalle", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 151-164.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Zwanzig Jahre Hans-Kayser-Institut für harmonikale Grundlagenforschung. Bern, 1988.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Keplers Weltharmonik heute. PARAM-Verlag, Ahlerstedt, 1989.
  • Haase, Ursula. Der Briefwechsel Hans Kaysers. Lafite, Wien, 1973.
  • Hába, Alois. "Die harmonikalen Grundlagen des Vierteltonsystems", Melos vol. 3, 1922, pp. 201-205. English translation "Harmonic Principles of the Quarter-tone System".
  • Hába, Alois. Von der Psychologie der musikalischen Gestaltung, Gesetzmäßigkeit der Tonbewegung und Grundlagen eines neuen Musikstils. Verlag Universal-Edition, Wien, 1924. Czech version O psychologii tvoreni, pohybove zakonitosti tonove a zakladech noveho hudebniho slohu. Prague, 1925.
  • Hába, Alois. "Grundlagen der Tondifferenzierung und der neuen Stilmöglichkeiten in der Musik", Von neuen Musik, Köln, 1925, pp. 52-58.
  • Hába, Alois. "Welche Aufgaben bietet die Vierteltonmusik der Musikwissenschaft?", Bericht über den I. Musikwiss. Kongreß der deutschen Musikgesellschaft in Leipzig vom 4 bis 8 Juni 1925, Leipzig 1926, reissued Wiesbaden, 1969.
  • Hába, Alois. "Over Kwart-tonen-muziek" (concerning quarter-tone music), De Muziek vol. 2, Amsterdam, 1927, pp. 109-118.
  • Hába, Alois. Harmonické základy ctvrttónové soustavy. German translation by the author Neue Harmonielehre des diatonischen, chromatischen Viertel-, Drittel-, Sechstel- und Zwölftel-tonsystems, Fr. Kistner & C.F.W. Siegel, Leipzig, 1927. Universal, Wien, 1978. Revised by Erich Steinhard, Grundfragen der mikrotonalen Musik, Bd. 3, Musikedition Nymphenburg 2001, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1979, 251 pages. English translation with annotations by Suzette Mary Battan, University of Rochester, 1980, 366 pages. Spanish translation with foreword by Ramón Barce Nuevo tratado de armonía de los sistemos diatónico, cromático, de cuartos, de tercios, de sextos y de doceavos de tono, Real Musical S.A., Madrid, 1984. Italian translation by Otto C. Reppert and Edilio Frassoni Principi armonici del sistema a quarti di tono, Devega, Milano, 1984.
  • Hába, Alois. "Flügel und Klavier der Vierteltonmusik", Die Musik vol. 21, 1928, pp. 201-202.
  • Hába, Alois. "Meine Vierteltonoper Die Mutter", Anbruch Monatsschrift für moderne Musik, 1931.
  • Hába, Alois. "Schönberg und die weiteren Möglichkeiten der Musikentwicklung", Arnold Schönberg zum 60. Geburtstag, 13. September 1934, Berlin, 1934, pp. 15-17.
  • Hába, Alois. "Quelques réflexions sur l'interprétation des bases théoriques de la musique à quarts et à sixièmes de ton", La revue musicale, juin-juillet 1937, pp. 92-95.
  • Hába, Alois. Mein Weg zur Viertel- und Sechsteltonmusik. Gesellschaft zur Förderung der systematischen Musikwissenschaft, Düsseldorf, 1971, 125 pages. Filmkunst Musikverlag, München, 1986.
  • Hába, Alois. Grundlagen der Harmonik in mikrotonaler Musik. Helbling, Innsbruck, 1989, 144 pages.
  • Hába, Alois. "Muj lidsky a umelecky vyvoj", Sborník k zivotu a dílu skladatele. Jirí Vyslouzil (ed.), Nakladatelství; "Lipa", Vizovice, 1993, p. 50.
  • Hackbarth, Glenn Allen. An Analysis of Harry Partch's Daphne of the Dunes. DMA thesis, University of Illinois, Champaign-Urbana, 1979.
  • Hackleman, Jay Scott. "Some Details Concerning the 19-Tone Clavichord", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
  • Haeberli, Jörg. "Twelve Nasca panpipes: a study", Ethnomusicology vol. 23 no. 1, January 1979, pp. 57-74.
  • Haefer, J. Richard. "Bagpipes and tunings (book review)", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 2, 1976, pp. 102-103.
  • Haenen, Greta. "J. Sauveur: Collected writings on musical acoustics (book review)", Musica Antiqua vol. 4 no. 4, 1987, p. 160.
  • Haenen, Greta. "Een zuiver gestemd clavecimbel aan het hof te Düsseldorf", Musica Antiqua vol. 5 no. 3, 1988, pp. 105–109.
  • Haenen, Greta. "Louis Peter Grijp - P. Scheepers: Van Aristoxenos tot Stockhausen (book review)", Musica Antiqua vol. 8 no. 2, 1991, p. 89.
  • Haenen, Greta. "M. L. West: Ancient Greek Music (book review)", Musica Antiqua vol. 12 no. 1, 1995, p. 38.
  • Haenen, Greta. "Ibo Ortgies: 'Die Praxis der Orgelstimmung in Norddeutschland im 17. und 18. Jahrhundert und ihr Verhältnis zur zeitgenössischen Musikpraxis' (review)", Svensk tidskrift för musikforskning, 2005.
  • Hafenreffer, Samuel. Monochordon symbolico-biomanticum obstructissimum pulsum doctrinam, ex harmonicis musicis dilucide, figurisque oculariter demonstrans, de causis et prognosticis inde promulgandis fideliter instruens, et jucunde per medicam praxin resonans. Ulm, 1640.
  • Hafner, Everett. "The Forty-Eight Revisited in Thirty-One", Well Tempered Notes, November 1974, Motorola Scalatron Inc.
  • Hagel, Stefan. Modulation in altgriechischer Musik. PhD diss., Classical Philology, Wien, 1999. 155 pages.
  • Hagel, Stefan. "Ancient Greek Music", WWW, 1999.
  • Hagel, Stefan. "Twenty-four in auloi. Aristotle, Met. 1093b, the harmony of the spheres, and the formation of the Perfect System", Ancient Greek Music in Performance, S. Hagel and Ch. Harrauer (eds.), Wiener Studien Beiheft 29, Vienna, 2005, pp. 51-92.
  • Hagel, Stefan and Ch. Harrauer (eds.) Ancient Greek Music in Performance. Wiener Studien Beiheft 29, Vienna, 2005, pp. 9-50.
  • Hagel, Stefan. "Is nîd qabli Dorian? Tuning and modality in Greek and Hurrian music", Baghdader Mitteilungen vol. 36, 2005.
  • Hagenow, C.F. "The equal tempered musical scale", American Journal of Physics vol. 2 no. 3, 1934, pp. 81–84.
  • Hagerman, B. and Johan Sundberg. "Fundamental frequency adjustment in barbershop singing", Speech Transmission Laboratory: Quarterly progress and status report vol. 1, April 1980, pp. 28-42. Reprint in Journal of Research in Singing vol. 4 no. 1, December 1980, pp. 3-17.
  • Hahn, Paul. "An Interesting Result in the Theory of Well-Temperaments", WWW, 1996.
  • Hajdu, Georg. "17 Tones", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, San Jose State University, 1992, pp. 449-450.
  • Hajdu, Georg. "Low Energy and Equal Spacing; the Multifactorial Evolution of Tuning Systems", Interface vol. 22 no. 4, 1993, pp. 277-348.
  • Hajdu, Georg. "Harmonische Energie - Motor bei der Evolution 'relevanter' Tonsysteme", Feedback Papers vol. 35, Feedback Studio Verlag, Köln, pp. 1-25.
  • Hajdu, Georg. "Wege zu einer neuen Harmonielehre", Zeitschrift der Hochschule für Musik Detmold, summer 1997, pp. 2-5.
  • Hajdu, Georg. "Die Domestizierung des Zufalls Klarenz Barlows Computerprogramm AUTOBUSK", WWW, 2002.
  • Hajdu, Georg. "Überlegungen zu einer neuen Theorie der Harmonie", Mikrotöne und mehr, Manfred Stahnke (ed.), Schriftenreihe: Musik und. Band 8. Hanns-Werner Heister and Wolfgang Hochstein (eds.), Weidler Verlag, Berlin, 2005, pp. 165-187.
  • Halbreich, Harry. "Wyschnegradsky, l'anachorète", Le monde de la musique vol. 77, April 1985.
  • Halfpenny, Eric. "Diderot's Tunings for the Violin Family", Galpin Society Journal vol. 27, 1974, pp. 15-20.
  • Hall, Donald E. "The Objective Measurement of Goodness-of-fit for Tunings and Temperaments", Journal of Music Theory vol. 17 no. 2, 1973, pp. 274-290.
  • Hall, Donald E. "Quantitative Evaluation of Musical Scale Tunings", American Journal of Physics vol. 42 no. 7, July 1974, pp. 543-552.
  • Hall, Donald E. "Is unequal temperament coming back for pipe organs?", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 66, 1979, S68.
  • Hall, Donald E. Musical Acoustics: an Introduction. Brooks/Cole Publishing Company, 1980, 2nd edition 1991, 475 pages.
  • Hall, Donald E. and Joan Taylor Hess. "Perception of musical interval tuning", Music Perception vol. 2 no. 2, 1984, pp. 166-195.
  • Hall, Donald E. "A Systematic Evaluation of Equal Temperaments Through N=612", Interface vol. 14 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 61-73.
  • Hall, Donald E. "Acoustical Numerology and Lucky Equal Temperaments", American Journal of Physics vol. 56 no. 4, 1988, pp. 329–333.
  • Hall, Rachel Wells and Kresimir Josic. "The Mathematics of Musical Instruments", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 108 no. 4, 2001, pp. 347–357.
  • Hall, Rachel Wells. The Sound of Numbers. A Tour of Mathematical Music Theory. Book proposal, Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, Saint Joseph’s University, Philadelphia, 2007.
  • Hall, Rachel Wells. "The Math Behind the Music by Leon Harkleroad (book review)", Journal of Mathematics and the Arts vol. 1 no. 2, 2007, pp. 143-145.
  • Halperin, Tamar. "The Ongoing Quest for Bach's Temperament", The Juilliard Journal Online vol. 24 no. 6, March 2009.
  • Halsey, G.D. and Edwin Hewitt. "More on the superparticular ratios in music", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 79 no. 10, 1972, pp. 1096–1100.
  • Haluska, Ján. "On two algorithms in music acoustics", Extracta mathematica vol. 12 no. 3, 1997, pp. 243-250.
  • Haluska, Ján. "Diatonic scales summary", Proc. of 7th IFSA Prague, June 25-29, 1997, Academia, vol. 4, Prague, 1997, pp. 320-322.
  • Haluska, Ján. "On fuzzy coding of information in music", BUSEFAL vol. 69, 1997, pp. 37-42.
  • Haluska, Ján. "Comma 32805 / 32768", International Journal of Uncertainty, Fuzziness and Knowledge-Based Systems vol. 6 no. 3. 1998, pp. 295-305.
  • Haluska, Ján and Beloslav Riecan. "On a lattice of tetrachords", Tatra Mountains Mathematical Publications vol. 16, 1999, pp. 283-294.
  • Haluska, Ján. "Equal temperament and Pythagorean Tuning: a geometrical interpretation in the plane", Fuzzy Sets and Systems vol. 114, 2000, pp. 261-269.
  • Haluska, Ján. The Mathematical Theory of Tone Systems. Pure and Applied Mathematics Series vol. 262, Marcel Dekker - Ister Science, New York/Basel/Bratislava, 2003, 410 pages.
  • Hamilton, Elsie. The Modes of Ancient Greece. 1953, 20 pages.
  • Hamilton, James Alexander. Hamilton's practical introduction to the Art of tuning the Piano-Forte; written for the use of persons desirous of tuning their own instruments, with a mathematical demonstration of the theory of Equal Temperament ... a list of authors who have written on temperament ... also ... instructions for the maintenance and preservation of the pianoforte. R. Cocks & Co., London, 1844.
  • Hammer-Purgstall. Literatur der arabischen und persischen Musik. Vienna, 1839.
  • Hammett, Jean Claire. Quantitative Analysis of Five Temperaments. Honors thesis, Tulane University, 1978.
  • Hammond, Frederick. "Musical instruments at the Medici court in the mid-seventeenth century", 1975.
  • Hammond, Frederick. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto (book review)", Music & letters vol. 71 no. 3, Aug. 1990, pp. 383-384.
  • Hand, Ferdinand. Ästhetik der Tonkunst. Eduard Eisenach, Leipzig, 1847.
  • Händel, Georg Friedrich. Twelve Voluntaries and Fugues for the Organ or Harpsichord with Rules for Tuning by the celebrated Mr. Händel, Book IV. Longman and Broderip, London, c.1780.
  • Handschin, Jacques S. "Akustisches aus Russland", Gedenkboek aangeboden aan Dr. D.F. Scheurleer op zijn 70sten verjaardag, Martinus Nijhoff, 's-Gravenhage, 1925, pp. 143-157.
  • Handschin, Jacques S. "Review of Ariel's Das Relativitätsprinzip der Musikalische Harmonie, Band I: Die Gesetze der inneren Tonbewegungen, das evolutionäre Temperierungsverfahren und das 19 stufiges Tonsystem", Zeitschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 8, 1926, pp. 579-583.
  • Handschin, Jacques S. "Über reine Harmonie und temperierte Tonleitern", Schweizerisches Jahrbuch für Musikwissenschaft vol. 2, 1927, pp. 145-166.
  • Handschin, Jacques S. "Ein mittelalterlicher Beitrag zur Lehre der Sphärenharmonie", Zeitschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 9 no. 4, 1927.
  • Handschin, Jacques S. Der Toncharakter. Eine Einführung in die Tonpsychologie. Atlantis Verlag, Zürich, 1948.
  • Hanel, Reinhard. "Die elektronische Feinstufenorgel", Ekmelische Musik, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1983.
  • Hansen, Finn Egeland. The grammar of Gregorian tonality : an investigation based on the repertory in codex H 159, Montpellier. Studier og publikationer fra Musikvidenskabeligt Institut, Aarhus Universitet. English translation by Shirley Larsen, Dan Fog, Copenhagen, 1979, 2 vols.
  • Hansen, Finn Egeland. "Ren stämmning under renässansen och i Per Nørgårds musik", Nutida musik/Contemporary music vol. 31 no. 3, 1987-1988, pp. 43-46.
  • Hanson, Howard. Harmonic Materials of Modern Music. Appleton-Century-Crofts, New York, 1960.
  • Hanson, Larry. "Development of a 53-Tone Keyboard Layout", Xenharmonikôn vol. 12, 1989, pp. 69-87.
  • Hanson, Larry. "A 34-equal guitar", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 9, December 1993, p. 39.
  • Hanson, Larry. "A 34 tone scale and the starr-switch grid with Hanson's 15 rank keyboard applied to the 72 (hebdomekontany), 53, and 34, tone scales", 1994.
  • Hanson, Larry. "34-ET Notation System Based on Major and Minor Thirds", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 9-11.
  • Hänzer, Walter. Die Naturseptime im Kunstwerk. Büchler, Bern, 1926, 116 pages.
  • Harasek, Richard J. "A New Look at the Partch Monophonic Fabric", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975.
  • Harasek, Richard J. "On This Thing Called Scalatron", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975.
  • Harasek, Richard J. "Well Tempered Notes", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975.
  • Hardegree, Gary. Scales in Music. Thesis, University of Massachusetts, Amherst MA, 2000, 26 pages.
  • Hardouin, Pierre. "Working Hypothesis for a History of the Tierce", 1970.
  • Harker, F.H. "The Principles Underlying the Tuning of Keyboard Instruments to Equal Temperament", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 8, 1937, pp. 243-256.
  • Harkleroad, Leon. The Math Behind the Music. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2006, 158 pages plus audio CD.
  • Harrell, Max Leigh. Scales and modes in the music of West Java. M.A. thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1972, 228 pages.
  • Harrington, Jeff. Making Microtonal Music with Software", WWW, 2004.
  • Harris, C.M., M. Eisenstadt and M.R. Weiss. "Sounds of the Highland Bagpipe", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 35, 1963, pp. 1321-1327.
  • Harris, J. Donald, "Scaling of Pitch Intervals", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 32 no. 12, December 1960, pp. 1575-1581.
  • Harrison, Daniel. Harmonic Function in Chromatic Music. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago and London, 1994.
  • Harrison, John. A Description concerning such Mechanism as will afford a nice, or true Mensuration of Time; together with Some Account of the Attempts for the Discovery of the Longitude by the Moon; and also An Account of the Discovery of the Scale of Musick. London, 1775.
  • Harrison, John. A True and Full Account of the Foundation of Musick, or, as principally therein, of the Existance of the Natural Notes of Melody. unpublished manuscript, London, ca. 1776, 182 pages.
  • Harrison, John. "An Account of the Discovery of the Scale of Musick", reprint in Pitch vol. 1 no. 2, American Festival of Microtonal Music, New York, 1987, pp. 12-14.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Some notes on the music of mouth organs", Lee Hue-ku Festschrift, 1970, pp. 339-350.
  • Harrison, Lou. Lou Harrison's Music Primer. Peters, New York, 1971.
  • Harrison, Lou. "At the Tomb of Charles Ives (score)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2, fall 1974.
  • Harrison, Lou. "A Phrase For Arion's Leap (score)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2, fall 1974.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Item: Five-tone, six-tone, and seven-tone modal forms within the traditional matrix of two tetrachords separated by nine to eight", Xenharmonikôn vol. 4, 1975.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Incidental Music for Corneille's 'Cinna' (score)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Item: Thoughts while designing a gamelan", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, 6 pages.
  • Harrison, Lou and William Colvig. "Gamelan Builders' Notes", Ear vol. 8 no. 4, 1983, p. 26.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Thoughts about 'Slippery Slendro'", Selected Reports: Institute of Ethnomusicology vol. 6, University of California, Los Angeles, 1985, pp. 111-117.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Cloverleaf: A little narrative with several 'off-ramps'", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 2, 1989, p. 1. Also in: Companion to contemporary musical thought, Routledge, London, 1992, pp. 248-255.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Blessed Be Translators, for They Give Us Worlds", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 1, 1991, pp. 4-5.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Microfest 2001 Keynote Address", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 4, 2001, pp. 1, 4-12.
  • Harrison, Michael. "My Work & Tunings", WWW, 2003.
  • Hartmann, George C. "A Numerical Exercise in Musical Scales", American Journal of Physics vol. 55 no. 3, 1987, pp. 223-226.
  • Hartmann, William Morris. "On the origin of the enlarged melodic octave", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 93 no. 6, June 1993, pp. 3401-3409.
  • Hartridge, H. "Recent Research on Musical Acoustics (1895-1924) supplementing Pole's work", in The Philosophy of Music by W. Pole, Harcourt, Brace & Co., New York, 1924.
  • Harvey, Jonathan. "Mortuos Plango Vivos Voco: A Realization at IRCAM", Computer Music Journal vol. 5 no. 4, pp. 22-24.
  • Harvey, Jonathan. "Notes on the Realization of Bhakti", Computer Music Journal vol. 8 no. 3, pp. 74-78.
  • Hasenclever, Richard. Die Grundzüge der esoterischen Harmonik des Altertums. Verlag M. du Mont, Köln, 1870, 47 pages.
  • Haskins Eyles Stiles, François. "Explication des modes & tons de l'ancienne musique grecque", Abrégé des Transactions de la Société Royale de Londres, Paris, 1790, pp. 215-298.
  • Hasse, Karl. "Temperierte Stimmung und musikalische Praxis", Zeitschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 13 no. 7, 1931, p. 353.
  • Hatzis, Christos. "The Law of One: Recursive structures in composition", Organised Sound vol. 3 no. 1, Cambridge University Press, 1998, pp. 17-25.
  • Hauptmann, Moritz. Die Natur der Harmonik und der Metrik, zur Theorie der Musik. O. Paul (ed.), Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1853, 1873. English translation by E. Heathcote, London, 1888.
  • Hauptmann, Moritz. "Temperatur", Jahrbücher für musikalische Wissenschaft Band I, Friedrich Chrysander (ed.), Leipzig, 1863.
  • Haverstick, Neil. "Notes on 'Mysteries', and score of 'Mysteries'". Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 114.
  • Haverstick, Neil. "More notes", the Onion vol. 25, Denver CO, 31 March 1999.
  • Haverstick, Neil. 19 Tones: A New Beginning. Self-published, 1996, 30 pages.
  • Havingha, Gerardus. Oorspronk en voortgang der orgelen, met de voortrefflykheit van Alkmaars groote Orgel. Klaas Mol, Alkmaar, 1727, 247 pages. Reprint Arend Jan Gierveld (ed.), Bibliotheca Organologica vol. 13, Frits Knuf, Buren, 1985.
  • Hawkes, William. "On the musical temperament of keyed instruments", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 28, London, 1807, pp. 304-306.
  • Hawkins, John. A General History of the Science and Practice of Music. In five volumes, T. Payne and Son, London, 1776.
  • Hayashi, Kenzo. "So no chogen no gensoku to hatten", Journal of the Society for Research in Asiatic Music vol. 24/25, March/April 1968, pp. 1-35.
  • Hayes, Deborah. "Christian Huygens and the science of music", Musicology at the University of Colorado vol. 1 no. 1, December 1977, pp. 17-31.
  • Haynes, Bruce. "'Temperamento per comune opinione perfettisimo': 18th-century tuning for singers and orchestral instruments", FoMRHI Quarterly no. 43, April 1986, pp. 56-68.
  • Haynes, Bruce. "Les diapasons à l'époque de Jean Sébastien Bach", Saint Malo, 1987-1988.
  • Haynes, Bruce. "Beyond Temperament: Non-Keyboard Intonation in the 17th and 18th Centuries", Early Music vol. 19 no. 3, August 1991, pp. 357-381.
  • Haynes, Bruce. "Johann Sebastian Bach's Pitch Standards: The Woodwind Perspective", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 11, 1985, pp. 55-114.
  • Haynes, Bruce. Pitch Standards in the Baroque and Classical Periods. PhD diss., Université de Montréal, 1995.
  • Hays, Elizabeth. F.W. Marpurg's Anleitung zum Clavierspielen (Berlin, 1755) and Principes du clavecin (Berlin, 1756). Translation and commentary. PhD dissertation, Musicology: Stanford U., 1977, 2 vols., 309 & 351 pages.
  • Hayslett, Dennis J. "The effect of selected tuning pitch sources on the tuning accuracy of band members", Contributions to music education vol. 17, fall 1990, pp. 44-49.
  • He, Changlin. "Lun 'chunlühua'" (On the justification of temperament), Yuefu Xinsheng (Journal of the Shenyang Conservatory of Music) no. 4, 1983, pp. 13-16.
  • He, Ji-Huan and Jie Tang. "Rebuild of King Fang 40 BC musical scales by He’s inequality", Applied Mathematics and Computation vol. 168, 2005, pp. 909–914.
  • Heartz, Daniel; Mann, Alfred; Oldman, Cecil B.; Hertzmann, Erich. Thomas Attwoods Theorie- und Kompositionsstudien bei Mozart. Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart: Neue Ausgabe sämtlicher Werke, Ser. X, Werkgruppe 30, Bd. 1, 1965, Kassel.
  • Hébert, Charles. Traité de l'Harmonie des sons et de leurs rapports (...). Bologna, 1733.
  • Hefny, Mahmoud el. Ibn Sinas Musiklehre. PhD diss., Otto Hellwig, Berlin, 1931.
  • Hegendörfer, Gerd. "Indische Musik - Struktur und Wirkung", Harmonik & Glasperlenspiel. Beiträge `93, Verlag Peter Neubäcker & freies musikzentrum, München, 1994, pp. 249-275.
  • Heijltjes, Mireille. "Microtonale klavieren", Werkgroep muziek van de 20e eeuw, R.A. Rasch (ed.), Utrecht, 1992, pp. 37-46.
  • Heim, David Bruce. Practical Tuning, Temperament and Conditioning for Hornists and Other Wind Instrumentalists: Understanding and attaining intonational flexibility in musical performance. Master thesis, University of Tulsa, 1990, 199 pages.
  • Heine, Alois. Akustische Phänomene. Untersuchungen und Experimente mit der Klarinette und Einführung in die Ansatztechniken zur Erzeugung von Überblasetönen, Untertönen und Akkordklängen. Schriften der Hochschule "Mozarteum" Salzburg, Bd. 5. Musikverlag Emil Katzbichler, München/Salzburg, 1978.
  • Heinemann, Michael (ed.) Das Bach Lexikon. Bach-Handbuch Band 6, Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 2000, 623 pages.
  • Heinichen, Johann David. Der General-Baß in der Composition. Dresden, 1728.
  • Heins, Ernst. "Indonesian Colonization of West- and Central-Africa?", Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde vol. 122, 1966, pp. 274-282.
  • Heintz, Joachim. "Tuning your MIDI Keyboard. Playing with user-controllable scales in Csound", Csound Journal no. 12, Dec. 2009.
  • Heinz, Rudolf. "Ferruccio Busonis musikalischer Futurismus", Geschichte und Zukunft, Meisenheim, 1967, pp. 200-218.
  • Helfert, Vladimir. "Habova Nova nauka o harmonii (Na okraj Habovy nauky o harmonii)", Hudebni rozhledy vol. 3, 1927, p. 148.
  • Hellegouarch, Yves. "Un aspect de la théorie des hauteurs", Journées Arithmétique, Caen, 1980.
  • Hellegouarch, Yves. "Scales, Comptes-Rendus Mathématiques", La Société Royale du Canada vol. 4 no. 5, October 1982, and vol. 5 no. 2, April 1983.
  • Hellegouarch, Yves. "L'Essai d'une nouvelle théorie de la musique de Leonhard Euler", publication de l'IREM de Caen, p. 53.
  • Hellegouarch, Yves. "A la recherche de l'arithmétique qui si cache dans la musique", Gazette des Mathématiciens no. 33, 1987, pp. 71-80.
  • Hellegouarch, Yves. "Gammes naturelles". Gazette des Mathématiciens no. 81, July 1999, pp. 25-39 and no. 82, October 1999, pp. 13-26.
  • Hellegouarch, Yves. "Outils diophantiens pour la définition d'une distance harmonique", Symposium On Tone Systems, Paris, 2002, 11 pages.
  • Hellegouarch, Yves. "A mathematical interpretation of expressive intonation". University of Caen, 7 pages.
  • Heller, Charles. "Mordecai Sandberg : His Compositions and His Ideas", Cantors Assembly 1984, Journal of Synagogue Music.
  • Hellwig, Friedmann. "Historische musikalische Temperaturen und ihre Einstimmung", Restaurierung von Saitenklavieren, Beiträge zur Aufführungspraxis Bd. 2, Akad. Druck- und Verlagsanstalt, Graz, 1973, pp. 57-67.
  • Hellwig, Friedmann. "Zum Temperatursystem bei Joseph Haydn", in Joseph Haydn: Vienna 1982, Henle Verlag, München, 1986, pp. 87-91.
  • Helmholtz, Hermann L.F. von. "On the Physiological Causes of Harmony in Music", Popular Scientific Lectures, Appleton, New York, 1873. A lecture delivered in Bonn during the winter of 1857, translated by A.J. Ellis.
  • Helmholtz, H.L.F. von. "Über musikalische Temperatur", Verhandlungen des Naturhistorisch-medizinischen Vereins zu Heidelberg, 23 November 1860. Revised in Die Lehre von den Tonempfindungen.
  • Helmholtz, H.L.F. von. "Über die arabisch-persische Tonleiter", Verhandlungen des Naturhistorisch-medizinischen Vereins zu Heidelberg, 23 November 1862.
  • Helmholtz, H.L.F. von. Théorie physiologique de la musique. Transl. from German by G. Guéroult, V. Masson, Paris, 1868.
  • Helmholtz, Hermann L.F. von. Die Lehre von den Tonempfindungen als physiologische Grundlage für die Theorie der Musik. 6th edition, Friedrig Vieweg & Sohn, Braunschweig, 1913, 668 pages. Darmstadt, 1968. Olms, Hildesheim, 1983.
    On the Sensations of Tone as a Psychological basis for the Theory of Music. 2nd English edition translated by Alexander John Ellis, based on the 4th German edition of 1877 with extensive notes, foreword and afterword: 1885. Reprint by Dover Publications, 1954.
    Théorie physiologique de la musique fondée sur l'étude des sensations auditives. French edition translated by G. Guéroult, based on the edition of 1863, Victor Masson & Fils, Paris, 1874, 544 pages. Reprint Jacques Gabay, Paris, 1990.
  • Helmholtz, H.L.F. von and Pietro Blaserna. Le son et la musique (par P. Blaserna), suivis des Causes physiologiques de l'harmonie musicale (par H. Helmholtz). G. Baillière, Paris, 1877, 208 pages. Spanish translation La armonía musical.
  • Helmholtz, H.L.F. von. Vorlesungen über die mathematischen Principien der Akustik. J.A. Barth, Leipzig, 1898, 406 pages.
  • Hemony, Pieter. "De on-noodsakelijkheid en ondienstigheid van cis en des in de bassen der klokken", Delft, 1678, reprint Amsterdam, 1927, reprint Asten, 1964.
  • Hender, Nicholas. Timbre, and Timbres Derived from Tuning Systems, as Realised in Electronic Music. Master's thesis, La Trobe University, Melbourne, 1997, 77 pages.
  • Henderson, Ian Hamilton. Strobe tuner settings for the historic scales. Self-published, Brockport, New York, 1983, 121 pages.
  • Henderson, Ian Hamilton. Computer assistance for the setting of historic tunings and temperaments: a monograph to supplement Strobe tuner settings for the historic scales. 1983, Self-published, Brockport, 1986, 28 pages.
  • Henderson, Ian Hamilton. "Three well temperaments and how to set them", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 3, 1984, pp. 19-34.
  • Henfling, Conrad. C. Henflingii Epistola de novo suo systemate musico. Onoldi 17. April 1708. ad Praesidem data, Miscellanea Berolinensia, Berlin, 1710, pp. 265-294 + fig. 66-67.
  • Hennemeyer, Kurt. "Tonsysteme, Systematik", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, Bd. 13, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1966.
  • Henry, Norman. "An Open Letter", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 1, 1986, p. 2.
  • Henry, Norman. "A Justly-Tuned Harpsichord", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 4, 1985, pp. 7-9.
  • Henry, Robert Earl. Judgment of intonation in the context of three part woodwind ensemble performances. PhD diss., Music: North Texas State University, 1987, 176 pages.
  • Henzel, C. "Alois Hába und der athematische Musikstil", Musiktheorie vol. 10 nr. 3, Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 1995.
  • Herbart, Johann Friedrich. Psychologische Bemerkungen zur Tonlehre, 1811. Über die Möglichkeit und Nothwendigkeit, Mathematik auf Psychologie anzuwenden, 1822. Über die Wichtigkeit der Lehren von den Verhältnissen der Töne, und vom Zeitmasse, für die gesammte Psychologie, 1839. In: Kleinere Abhandlungen zur Psychologie, Bonset, Amsterdam, 1969.
  • Herbst, Johann Andreas. Arte Prattica & Poetica. Frankfurt, 1653.
  • Herlinger, Jan William. The Lucidarium of Marchetto of Padua: a critical edition, translation, and commentary. PhD diss., U. of Chicago, 1978. University of Chicago Press, 1984, 567 pages.
  • Herlinger, Jan William. "Fractional Divisions of the Whole Tone", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 3, 1981, pp. 74-83.
  • Herlinger, Jan William. "Marchetto's Division of the Whole Tone", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 34 no. 2, summer 1981, pp. 193-216.
  • Herlinger, Jan William. "Marchetto's influence: The manuscript evidence", Music theory and its sources: Antiquity and the Middle Ages, André Barbera (ed.), University of Notre Dame, South Bend, 1990, pp. 235-258.
  • Hero, Barbara. The Lambdoma. Self-published, 1991.
  • Hero, Barbara. Lambdoma Unveiled (The theory of Relationships). Strawberry Hill Farm Studios Press, North Berwick, Maine, 1992.
  • Hero, Barbara. "A Brief History of the Lambdoma", Xenharmonikôn 16, autumn 1995, pp. 104-113.
  • Hero, Barbara. "Some Effects of Whole Number Ratio Intervals in Music", Music in Human Adaptation, Daniel J. Schneck and Judith K. Schneck (eds.), Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blackburg, 1997.
  • Hero, Barbara and Robert M. Foulkrod. "The Lambdoma matrix and harmonic intervals", IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Magazine vol. 18 no. 2, Mar/Apr 1999, pp. 61-73.
  • Hero, Barbara. "The Pythagorean System, the Tetractys, the X and the Lambdoma, Ambiguity and Music", Seminar Mathematics and Music Publ., Jan Haluska (ed.), Bratislava, 1999.
  • Hero, Barbara. "Integrative Music of the Lambdoma", Integrative Physiological and Behavioral Science vol. 35 no. 3, Official Journal of the Pavlovian Society, July-September 2000.
  • Hero, Barbara. "Design in nature from Pythagoras to Helmholtz to the Cantor musical array", Design and Nature: Comparing Design in Nature with Science and Engineering, C.A. Brebbia, L. Sucharov and P. Pascolo (eds.), Wessex Institute of Technology Press, Southampton, Boston, 2002.
  • Herrenden Harker, G.F. "The principles underlying the tuning of keyboard instruments to equal temperament", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 8 no. 4, 1937, pp. 243–256.
  • Herrmann, Ursula. Andreas Werckmeister. Halle am Saale, 1950.
  • Herrmann, Ursula. "Andreas Werckmeister: Lebensweg und geistiges Umfeld", Bericht über das Werckmeister-Kolloquium, Kultur- und Forschungsstätte Michaelstein, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1986, pp. 4-12.
  • Herschel, David; Omer Corlaix; Makis Solomos; Roman Brotbeck et al. Pascale Criton, les univers microtempérés. Collection à la ligne vol. 1, Ensemble 2e2m, 2002, 258 pages.
  • Herschel, John Frederick William. "On musical scales", Quarterly Journal of Science vol. 5 no. 19, London, July 1868, pp. 338-352.
  • Herschel, John and George Bidell Airy. On Sound and Atmospheric Vibrations with the Mathematical Elements of Music. London, 1871.
  • Herz, Eric. Maintenance and Tuning of Harpsichords. Eric Herz Harpsichords, 1976.
  • Herzog, H. "Hudebni expressioniste a Alois Hába ve svèm postoji ke spolecnosti", Rytmus vol. 11, 1947, p. 114.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. Die Wahrnehmung von Tonhöhe und Klangfarbe als Problem der Hörtheorie. Arno Volk-Verlag, Köln, 1972.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. Paul Hindemith und die Natur der Tonverwandtschaften. Verlag Merseburger, Berlin, 1974.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "The judgement of musical intervals", Music, Mind and Brain. The Neuropsychology of Music. Manfred Clynes (ed.), Plenum Press, New York, 1982, pp. 217-225.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Klangwertbestimmung musikalischer Zusammenklänge auf Grund einer Zwei-Faktoren-Theorie der Sonanz", Mikrotöne I, pp. 49-68, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Sonanz- und Distanz-Urteil bei musikalischen Intervallen - Über die Verbindlichkeit mathematischer Intervalldefinitionen", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 141-158.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. Grundlagen der Harmonik in mikrotonaler Musik. Veröffentlichungen der Gesellschaft für Ekmelische Musik no. 5. Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1989, 144 pages.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Die Sonanz als Basis der Harmonik in mikrotonaler Musik", Mikrotöne III, Innsbruck, 1990.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter (ed.) Mikrotöne III. Bericht über das 3. Internationale Symposium 'Mikrotonforschung, Musik mit Mikrotönen, Ekmelische Musik', 28.-30. April 1989 in Salzburg, Institut für Musikalische Grundlagenforschung, Band I. Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. Aufbruch in eine neue Klangwelt. Gustav Bosse-Verlag, Regensburg, 1991.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter and L. Carleton. "Breaking Into a New World of Sound: Reflections on the Ekmelic Music of the Austrian Composer Franz Richter Herf (1920-1989)", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 1, 1992, pp. 212-235.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter (ed.) Mikrotöne IV. Bericht über das 4. Internationale Symposium, 2.-5. Mai 1991 in Salzburg. Filmkunst Musikverlag, München, 1993. (Musikedition Nymphenburg 2001)
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Standardisierte Notation für mikrotonale Musik", Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Zum Konsonanzempfinden bei vielstimmigen Akkorden", Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Zur Oktavteilung im javanischen Sléndro", Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Harmonikales Denken in der altchinesischen Musik", Harmonik & Glasperlenspiel. Beiträge `93, Verlag Peter Neubäcker & freies musikzentrum, München, 1994, pp. 160-191.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. Kunst und Wissenschaft im Gespräch? Ursula Müller Speiser, Anif, 1994.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter and Wolfgang Thies (eds.) Gedanken zu Alois Hába. Wort und Musik. Salzburger Akademische Beiträge, Bd. 35. Verlag Müller-Speiser, Anif, 1996, 116 pages.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Ekmelische Musik. Prinzipien ihrer Harmonik und deren neurophysiologische Basis", WWW.
  • Hesselgren, Fréderic. De la gamme musicale. Etude critique des gammes tempérées et de la gamme naturelle. Frassati, Turin, 1897.
  • Heurn, Jan van. De Orgelmaker. A. Blussé en zoon, Dordrecht, 1804/1805. Facsimile reprint, Uitgeverij Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1977.
  • Hewitt, Michael J. The Tonal Phoenix: A Study of Tonal Progression through the Prime Numbers Three, Five and Seven. Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik vol. 96, Martin Vogel (ed.), Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn, 2000, 495 pages.
  • Hewitt, Michael J. "Septimal System", The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians, Macmillan, London, 2001.
  • Hickmann, Hans. "Sur l'accordage des instruments à cordes (lyres, harpes, luths)", Miscellanea Musicologica, vol. 48 no. 2, Annales du Service des Antiquités, 1948, pp. 646-663. Reprinted in Hans Hickmann, Vie et travaux, ed. Diá Abou-Ghazi, vol. 1, pp. 136-153, Organization des Antiquités de l'Égypte, Cairo, 1980.
  • Higbee, Dale. "Jean Denis: 'Traité de l'accord de l'espinette' (book review)", American Recorder vol. 12 no. 2, May 1971, p. 58.
  • Higgins, Dick. "The decaphonic system: Macrotonics", Ear Magazine East, New York, 1983, p. 10.
  • Hill, Ralph David. "Just Intonation on a Home-Built Digital Synthesizer-Computer", Interval vol. 4 no. 2, fall 1983, pp. 15-22.
  • Hill, Ralph David. Introduction to Nontraditional Harmony. 2-hr. cassette and accompanying notes, self-published, Just Intonation Network, 1984.
  • Hill, Ralph David. "An Example of the 48:49 Sixth-tone Step", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 4, fall 1988, p. 14.
  • Hill, Ralph David. "Study of Whole Tones in Two Parts", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 2, 1989, pp. 6-7.
  • Hill, Ralph David. "The Cro-Magnon Advanced Additive Analysis/Resynthesis System", Proceedings of the 1991 International Computer Music Conference, Montréal, 1991, pp. 169-176.
  • Hiller, Lejaren A. "Electronic Synthesis of Microtonal Music", Microtonal Music in America, Proceedings of the American Society of University Composers vol. 2, Washington University, St. Louis MO, April 1967, pp. 77-122.
  • Hindemith, Paul. Unterweisung im Tonsatz I, Theoretischer Teil. Schott, 1937, 252 pages. Neue erweiterte Auflage, B. Schott's Söhne, Mainz, 1940, 260 pages.
  • Hipkins, Alfred James. "Observations on the Upper Partial Tones of a Pianoforte String, Struck at One-Eighth of Its Length", Proceedings of the Royal Society of London vol. 38, 1884-1885, pp. 83-85.
  • Hipkins, Alfred James. "Tuning", A Dictionary of Music and Musicians. Macmillan and Co., London, 1893, pp. 187-190.
  • Hirano, Kenji. "Koto no chogen meisho o megutte" (Concerning the names of koto tunings), Toyo ongaku kenkyu/Studies on Oriental music vol. 54, 1989, pp. 107-114.
  • Hirano, Kenji and Taeko Hirano. "Tuning and placement of frets of Heike-biwa and the transmission of heikyoku in the Edo era", Kindaichi Haruhiko Hakase koki kinenronbunshu, Sanseido, Tokyo, 1984, pp. 123-170.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi. "Acoustic studies on pipe organ: I Fundamental principles of organ and the instruments of Andreas Silbermann and his son" (in Japanese), Kiyo? vol. 17, 1975, National Institute of Informatics, pp. 23-72.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi. "Temperament of Gregorian chants" (in Japanese), Kiyo?, pp. 1-16.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi. "Meantone and Japanese traditional music" (in Japanese), Kiyo?, pp. 1-16.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi. "On the history of tuning practice of the keyboard instruments and its influence on the history of harmony" (in Japanese), Kiyo? vol. 20, 1978, pp. 31-63.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi. "Remarks on the German organ and the French organ: with reference to the traditions of tuning and temperament" (in Japanese), Kiyo? vol. 21, 1979, pp. 47-67.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi. "A new starting point of the musical expression and the musical education: Problems on tuning and temperament of the keyboard instruments" (in Japanese), Kiyo? vol. 22, 1980, pp. 1-20.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi. "On the so-called well-temperament after J.S. Bach" (in Japanese), Kiyo? vol. 27, 1985, pp. 1-29.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi; Kou Tanimura et al. Exceptional Music Education, Objectionable Music Education (in Japanese). Tokyo Music Company, 1986.
  • Hirschfeld, R. "Prosdocimus de Beldemandis", Monatshefte für Musikgeschichte vol. 17, 1885.
  • Hirsh, Paul. "Atlas of Tonespace", WWW, 2001.
  • Hirtler, Eva. Die Musik als scientia mathematica von der Spatäntike bis zum Barock. Lang, Frankfurt am Main, 1995, 263 pages.
  • Hitchcock, H. Wiley and Stanley Sadie (eds.) The New Grove Dictionary of American Music. Entries for Tui St. George Tucker, John Eaton and Easley Blackwood. MacMillan Press Ltd, London, 1980.
  • Hightower, Thomas Váczy. "The Musical Octave viewed in an acoustic, mathematic perspective", resume of Danish manuscript, WWW, 1997.
  • Hightower, Thomas Váczy. "The creation of musical scales", WWW, 2001.
  • Hoag, Barbara Brewster. "A Spanish Clavichord Tuning of the Seventeenth Century", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 2, 1976.
  • Hochel, Lothar. "Zur Entwicklung des Intonationsgehörs im Bereich der Mehrstimmigkeit", Bericht über den internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß, Leipzig 1966, 1972, pp. 529-535.
  • Hochgartz, Michael. Gleichstufig oder gleichschwebend? Eine unbekannte mitteldeutsche Stimmanweisung aus der Entstehungszeit von J.S. Bachs Wohltemperiertem Clavier. Münster, 2000, 2 pages.
  • Hodges, Richard. "The musical scale and its intervals", WWW, 2009.
  • Hodgson, John. Short instructions for tuning a piano-forte written by Musicus Ignoramus. London, 1809.
  • Hoek van Dijke, Gilbert. "Essays on Music Theory: Pitch, Tuning, and the Physics of Musical Tone", WWW, 1997.
  • Hofmann, Elke. "Centgenaues Hören mit dem Intonat", Neue Musikzeitung vol. 49 no. 4, 2000, p. 59.
  • Hofmann, Wolfgang. Goldener Schnitt und Komposition: Versuch zur Fixierung eines Ordnungsprinzips. Heinrichshofen's Verlag, Wilhelmshaven, 1973, 95 pages.
  • Högler. "Bemerkungen zu Zarlinos Theorie", Zeitschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 9, 1926-1927.
  • Holcomb, Bruce. Die Verbesserung der Stimmung von Ventilblechblasinstrumenten. Schriften der Hochschule "Mozarteum" Salzburg, Bd. 6. Emil Katzbichler-Verlag, München/Salzburg, 1983, 50 pages.
  • Holde, Arthur. "Is there a Future for Quarter-tone Music?", Musical Quarterly vol. 24 no. 4, 1938, pp. 528-533.
  • Holden, John. An Essay Towards a Rational System of Music. Glasgow, 1770.
  • Holder, William. Treatise on the Natural Grounds, and Principles of Harmony. To which is added, by way of appendix: Rules for playing a thorow-bass; with variety of proper lessons, fugues, and examples ... Also directions for tuning an harpsichord or spinnet. By the late Mr. Godfrey Keller ... The whole being revis'd, and corrected from many gross mistakes committed in the first publication of these rules. J. Heptinstall, London, 1694, 1702, 204 pages. W. Pearson, London, 1731.
  • Holleman, A.W.J. "M. Vogel: Die Enharmonik der Griechen. I: Tonsystem und Notation. II: Der Ursprung der Enharmonik (book review)", Mnemosyne vol. 19 no. 4, Brill, Leiden, 1966, pp. 433-434.
  • Holm-Hudson, Kevin. "Just Intonation and Indian Aesthetic in Terry Riley's 'The Harp of New Albion'", ex tempore vol. 10 no. 1, summer 2000.
  • Holmes, Rich. S. "Microtonal scales", WWW, 2005.
  • Holmes, Rich. S. "Xenharmonic Music: Octave-based rank-2 2-step (MOS) scales for the 7-limit", WWW, 2006.
  • Holmes, Thomas B. Electronic Music - History and Criticism. Charles Scribner's Sons, New York, 1985, pp. 32-41.
  • Holton, I.F. "Essay on Musical Intonation and Temperament", Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York vol. 4, 1847, p. 387.
  • Holtsmark, Torger. Pythagoras og verdens harmoni. P2-akademiet/Kulturredaksjonen NRK P2, 21-11–1998. Programserien P2-akademiets foredrag. Kulturredaksjonen NRK P2, Oslo, 1998.
  • Honingh, Aline K. "Group Theoretic Description of Just Intonation", Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference Understanding and Creating Music vol. 3, G. Buzzanca et al. (eds.), Caserta, 2003, 8 pages.
  • Honingh, Aline K. "Measures of Consonances in a Goodness-of-fit Model for Equal-tempered Scales", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Singapore, 2003, pp. 435-438.
  • Honingh, Aline K. "Limitations on Fixed n-Tone Equal Tempered Divisions", Proceedings of the 4th International Conference Understanding and Creating Music vol. 4, G. Buzzanca et al. (eds.), Caserta, 2004, 9 pages.
  • Honingh, Aline K. "Convexity and compactness as models for the preferred intonation of chords", Proceedings of the Ninth International Conference on Music Perception and Cognition (ICMPC 9), Bologna, August 2006.
  • Honingh, Aline K. "Scales and chords in the Euler-lattice: Convexity as a preferred intonation model", Mathematical and Computational Musicology, State Institute of Music Research, Berlin, 2006.
  • Honingh, Aline K. The Origin and Well-Formedness of Tonal Pitch Structures. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, October 2006, 173 pages.
  • Honingh, Aline K. A geometrical approach to find the preferred intonation of chords. Technical Report Series TR/2008/DOC/02, City University London, 2008, 16 pages.
  • Honingh, Aline K. and Rens Bod. "The notion of convexity in music", Proceedings of the 4th International Conference Understanding and Creating Music vol. 4, G. Buzzanca et al. (eds.), Caserta, 2004.
  • Honingh, Aline K. and Rens Bod. "Convexity and the well-formedness of musical objects", Journal of New Music Research vol. 34 no. 3, 2005, pp. 293-303.
  • Hood, Mantle. The Nuclear Theme as a Determinant of Patet in Javanese Music. J.B. Wolters, Groningen, Djakarta, 1954. Da Capo Press, New York, 1977.
  • Hood, Mantle. "Sléndro and Pélog redefined", Selected Reports vol. 1 no. 1, Institute of Ethnomusicology, Los Angeles, 1966, pp. 28-48. Reprint in Readings in Ethnomusicology, D.P. McAllester (ed.), New York, 1971, p. 35.
  • Hood, Mantle. "The effect of medieval technology on musical style in the orient", Selected reports in ethnomusicology vol. 1 no. 3, 1970, pp. 147-170.
  • Hood, Margaret. Harpsichord Repair Guide. Margaret Hood Fortepianos, Platteville WI, 2003.
  • Hook, Julian. "Enharmonic systems: A theory of key signatures, enharmonic equivalence and diatonicism", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 1 no. 2, July 2007, pp. 99-120.
  • Hoornaert, Guido. "Intonering en stempraktijk - Een blik op de evolutie tussen 1650 en 1750", Orgelkunst vol. 5 no. 1, 1982, pp. 3-13.
  • Hoornaert, Guido. "Musicalische Temperatur. Andreas Werckmeister. Uitgave door R. Rasch (book review)", Musica Antiqua, 1986.
  • Hopkin, Bart. "Lyra designed and built by Pierre-Jean Croset", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 1 no. 1, June 1985, p. 3.
  • Hopkin, Bart. "Steel cello and bow chimes designed and built by Robert Rutman", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 1 no. 1, June 1985, pp. 4-5.
  • Hopkin, Bart. "The semi-civilized tree designed and built by Nazim Ozel", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 1 no. 6, April 1986, pp. 1, 4-7.
  • Hopkin, Bart. "Alternative tunings on fretted instruments: Refretting and other approaches", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 3 no. 6, April 1988, pp. 1, 8-9.
  • Hopkin, Bart. "Glenn Branca and the Third Bridge", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, p. 4.
  • Hopkin, Bart. "Experimental Musical Instruments", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, p. 37.
  • Hopkin, Bart and Jim Carrey. "Congas according to Carraway", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 4 no. 4, December 1988, pp. 9-11.
  • Hopkin, Bart, David Courtney and Larry Polansky. "A comparative tunings chart", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 6 no. 2, August 1990, pp. 11-17.
  • Hopkin, Bart. "Tubulonia", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 10 no. 2, 1994, pp. 26-30.
  • Hopkin, Bart. Air Columns & Tone Holes: Principles for Wind Instrument Design. 36 pages.
  • Hopkin, Bart. Gravikords, Whirlies and Pyrophones: Experimental Musical Instruments. Ellipsis Arts..., Roslyn NY, 1996. 96 pages, with CD.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von and Otto Abraham. "Tonsystem und Musik der Japaner", Sammelbände der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft vol. 4, Leipzig, 1903. Reprint Sammelbände für vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 1, 1922, p. 179.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Über das Tonsystem und die Musik der Melanesier", Kongreßbericht der Internationalen Gesellschaft für Musikwissenschaft, Basel 1906, Basel 1907, p. 60.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Über ein akustisches Kriterium für Kulturzusammenhänge", Zeitschrift für Ethnologie vol. 43, Berlin, 1911, pp. 601-615. Reprint in Beiträge zur Akustik und Musikwissenschaft vol. 7, 1913, p. 1.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Melodie und Skala", Jahrbuch der Musikbibliothek Peters vol. 19, 1913, pp. 11-23.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Musikalische Tonsysteme", Anthropos, 1920. Also in Handbuch der Physik vol. 8, H. Geiger and K. Scheel (eds.), Julius Springer, Berlin, 1927, pp. 425-449.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Die Maßnorm als kulturgeschichtliches Forschungsmittel", Festschrift Pater W. Schmidt, Wien, 1928, p. 303. And in Opera omnia, Jaap Kunst (ed.), Amsterdam, unpublished.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Zum Kongreß für arabische Musik - Kairo 1932", Zeitschrift für vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 1, 1933, pp. 16-17.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von, and Robert Lachmann. "Das indische Tonsystem bei Bharata und sein Ursprung", Zeitschrift für vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 1 and 4, 1933, 1976, pp. 73-91.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Über einige Panpfeifen aus Nordwestbrasilien", History, definitions, and scope of ethnomusicology. Garland, New York, 1990, pp. 27-42.
  • Horne, Nigel. The Tonality of Middle Eastern Music, 5 pages.
  • Horner, Andrew and Lydia Ayers. "Common Tone Adaptive Tuning Using Genetic Algorithms", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 100 no. 1, July 1996, pp. 630-640.
  • Hörner, Sebastian von. "Universal Music", Psychology of Music vol. 2, 1974, pp. 18-28.
  • Hörner, Sebastian von. "The Definition of Major Scales with Chromatic Scales of 12, 19 and 31 Divisions per Octave", Psychology of Music vol. 4 no. 1, 1976, pp. 12-23.
  • Horowitz, Mindy D. "Modulation and the Tonoi according to Aristides Quintilianus", Theoria vol. 1, 1985.
  • Horton, Jim. "Electronic/Computer Music News", Ear Magazine vol. 8 no. 3, 1983, p. 11.
  • Horton, Jim. "Horton Hears a Who(-le Number Ratio)", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 2, 1986, San Francisco, pp. 1, 11-14.
  • Hothby, John. Opera omnia de proportionibus. 15th c., reprint American Institute of Musicology, Hänssler-Verlag, Neuhausen, 1997, 58 pages.
  • Houtgast, Tammo. "Subharmonic pitches of a pure tone at low S/N ratio", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 60, 1976, pp. 405-409.
  • Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. "Discrimination of frequency ratios", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 44, 1968, p. 383(A).
  • Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. and J.L. Goldstein. "The central origin of the pitch of complex tones: evidence from musical interval recognition", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 51 no. 2 (part 2), 1972, pp. 520-529.
  • Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. "What Determines Musical Pitch?", Journal of Music Theory vol. 17 no. 1, 1973, pp. 138-155.
  • Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. "Musical pitch of two-tone complexes and predictions by modern pitch theories", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 66, 1979, pp. 87-99.
  • Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. "Pitch salience of various complex sounds", Music Perception vol. 1 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 296-307.
  • Houtsma, Adrianus J.M.; Thomas D. Rossing and W.M. Wagenaars. Auditory Demonstrations. Audio CD, Instituut voor Perceptie-Onderzoek (IPO), Eindhoven, 1987, Philips 1126-061.
  • Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. and J. Surzynski. "Pitch identification and discrimination for complex tones with many harmonics", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 87, 1990, pp. 304-310.
  • Howe, Hubert S. Jr. "Timbral Structures for Computer Music", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Evanston, 1978, pp. 214-224.
  • Howe, Hubert S. Jr. "19-Tone Theory and Applications", catalogue of papers accepted for the International Computer Music Conference 1993.
  • Howell, Peter; R. West and Ian Cross. "The detection of notes incompatible with scalar structure", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 76 no. 6, 1984, pp. 1682-1689.
  • Howell, Standley. "Ramos de Pareja's Brief discussion of various instruments", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 11, 1985, pp. 14-37.
  • Howell, Thomas. The Avant-Garde Flute. A Handbook for Composers and Flutists. University of California Press, Berkeley, 1974.
  • Huang, Xiangpeng. "Zhongguo chuantong yindiao de shuli luoji guanxi wenti" (Mathematical and logical relationships in traditional scales and modes), Zhongguo yinyuexue no. 3, 1986, pp. 9-27.
  • Hubbard, Frank. Three Centuries of Harpsichord Making. Cambridge MA, 1965.
  • Huber, Alfons. "Der österreichische Klavierbau im 18. Jahrhundert", Die Klangwelt Mozarts, Kunsthistorisches Museum Wien, 1991, pp. 47-54.
  • Huber, Alfons. "Konstruktionsprinzipien im Clavichordbau. Überlegungen zur Mensurierung, Stimmtonhöhe und Besaitung bei Clavichorden des 15. bis 18. Jahrhunderts", Musik muß man machen. Festschrift Josef Mertin zum 90. Geburtstag, Vom Pasqualatihaus, Wien, 1994.
  • Hubmann, Klaus. "Vom rechten Ton am Fagott. Zur Frage von Stimmton-Verhältnissen im Barock", Musik muß man machen. Festschrift Josef Mertin zum 90. Geburtstag, Vom Pasqualatihaus, Wien, 1994.
  • Hucbald of St. Amand. De harmonica institutione. c.880. E. de Coussemaker (ed.), Durand, Paris, 1866-1876. Martin Gerbert (ed.), Typis San-Blasianis, St. Blaise, 1784. Reprint G. Olms Verlag, Hildesheim, 1963.
  • Huchzermeyer, Helmut. Aulos und Kithara. PhD diss., Münster, 1931.
  • Hueber, Kurt Anton. "Pseudoharmonische Partialtonreihen, ihre ekmelischen Intervallstrukturen. Ein neuer Klangraum der Musiktheorie", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 29-47.
  • Hueber, Kurt Anton. "Mathematisch-physikalische Grundlagen einer ekmelischen Intervallehre", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 115-124.
  • Hueber, Kurt Anton. "Ekmelische Harmonik", Mikrotöne III, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990, pp. 41-49.
  • Huener, Thomas Joel. Wolfgang Caspar Printz' Phrynis Mitilenaeus: A narrative synopsis of musica poetica. PhD diss., U. of Iowa, 1989, 171 pages.
  • Huestis, Herbert L. "How to flip reeds to check for tuning stability", The Diapason vol. 91 no. 5, 2000, p. 22.
  • Huestis, Herbert L. "The Merits of Nearly Equal Temperament", The Diapason vol. 94 no. 8, 2003, p. 16.
  • Huestis, Herbert L. "Machine Tuning: Blessing or Curse - or Both?", The Diapason vol. 94 no. 9, 2003, p. 26.
  • Huey, Daniel. "Microtonal Serial Procedures in Ben Johnston's Second String Quartet, Mvt. I", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • Hughes, Andrew. "Ugolino: The Monochord and Musica Ficta", Musica Disciplina vol. 23, 1969, pp. 21-39.
  • Hughes, Thea Stanley. "The New Language of Music (book review of The Greek Aulos by Kathleen Schlesinger)", Movement, June 1948.
  • Huglo, Michel. "L'Introduction en Occident des formules Byzantines d'intonation", Studies in Eastern Chant vol. 3, Milos Velimirovic (ed.), Oxford University Press, London, 1973, pp. 81-90.
  • Hulen, Peter Lucas. "Ratiotonic temperament: A proposal for the organization of tones in art music as an alternative to dodecaphonic equal temperament", Journees d'informatique musicale '98 (JIM '98), Publications du Laboratoire de Mecanique et d'Acoustique no. 148, May 1998, pp. C4.1-C4.8.
  • Hullmander, J.N. Principles of Music Chiefly Calculated for the Pianoforte or Harpsichord. London.
  • Hummel, Johann Nepomuk. Ausfürliche teoretisch-practische Anweisung zum Piano-Forte. Haslinger, Wien, 1828.
  • Hunt, Aaron. A Theory of Musical Staves. Self-published, 2001, 15 pages.
  • Hunt, Aaron. The Emancipation of Pitch. Self-published, 2003.
  • Huovinen, Erkki. "Categorical perception of microtonal intervals in simple tonal contexts", Proceedings of the Stockholm Music Acoustics Conference vol. 2, R. Bresin (ed.), Kungliga Tekniska Högskolan, Stockholm, 2003.
  • Huron, David. "Harmony: A Psychoacoustical Approach by Richard Parncutt (book review)", Psychology of Music vol. 19 no. 2, 1991, pp. 219-222.
  • Huron, David. "Cognitive Foundations of Musical Pitch. by Carol L. Krumhansl (book review)", Psychology of Music vol. 20 no. 1, 1992, pp. 180-185.
  • Huron, David. "Interval-Class Content in Equally Tempered Pitch-Class Sets: Common Scales Exhibit Optimum Tonal Consonance", Music Perception vol. 11 no. 3, 1994, pp. 289-305.
  • Hurwitz, Robert Irving. An investigation into the perception of root in harmonic intervals. PhD thesis, Indiana University, 1970, 64 pages.
  • Hüschen, Heinrich. "Der Harmoniebegriff im Musikschrifttum des Altertums und des Mittelalters", Bericht über den 7. Internationalen Musikwissenschaftlichen Kongress, Köln, 1958, Kassel, 1959.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. "Sieben afrikanische Tonleitern", Jahrbuch der Musikbibliothek Peters vol. 44, 1937.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. "Olympos, die Anfänge der griechischen Enharmonik", Jahrbuch der Musikbibliothek Peters vol. 44, 1937, pp. 29-44.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. "Eine neue Konsonanztheorie", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 9, 1952, p. 219.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. Vom Wesen der Konsonanz. Müller-Thiergarten Verlag, Heidelberg, 1953, 79 pages.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. "Gombosi: 'Tonarten und Stimmungen der antiken Musik' (Besprechung)", Musikforschung vol. 7, 1954, pp. 366-369. Also in: Göttingische Gelehrte Anzeigen vol. 211, 1957, p. 47.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. Einführung in die Musikwissenschaft. Quelle & Meyer, Heidelberg, 1958, 268 pages.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. Grundlagen der antiken und orientalischen Musikkultur. Berlin, 1961.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. "Zur Charakteristik der Schlickschen Temperatur", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 24, 1967, pp. 253-265.
  • Hutchinson, W. and L. Knopoff. "The acoustic component of Western consonance", Interface vol. 7, 1978, pp. 1-29.
  • Hutchison, Niels. "Music for measure. On the 300th Anniversary of Newton's 'Opticks'", WWW, 2004.
  • Hutchison, Niels. "Colour Music in Australia: De-mystifying De Maistre", WWW, 2008.
  • Huygens, Christiaan. Le cycle harmonique. Rotterdam, 1691; Novus cyclus harmonicus, Leiden, 1724. 2nd edition with English and Dutch translations, Rudolf Rasch (ed.), Tuning and temperament library vol. 6, Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1986.
  • Huygens, Christiaan. "Lettre touchant le Cycle Harmonique", Histoire des Ouvrages des Sçavans, Henri Basnage de Beauval (ed.), Rotterdam, October 1691, pp. 78-88.
  • Huygens, Christiaan. Cosmotheros, sive De terris coelestibus, earumque ornatu, conjecturae. The Hague, 1698, 1699.
  • Huygens, Christiaan. Oeuvres complètes. Tome premier, deuxième, troisième, quatrième, cinquième, sixième, septième, huitième, neuvième, dixième, dix-neuvième, vingtième, vingt-et-unième, vingt-et-deuxième. The Hague, 1888-1950.
  • Huystee, Th. van. "Over stemmen en stemmingen", Het Orgel vol. 70 no. 5, 1974.
  • Hyde, Fred B. The Position of Marin Mersenne in the History of Music. PhD dissertation, New Haven University, 2 vols., 1954, 631 pages.

- I -

  • Iazzetta, Fernando. "Escalas", WWW, 2000.
  • Ilerici, Kemal. Türk musîkîsi tonal sistemi ve armonisi. Istanbul, 1948, 1970.
  • Ilmonen, Tommi. "Tunings for guitars", WWW.
  • Incirci, Tahsin. Turkse muziek. Translated from Turkish to Dutch, adapted and supplemented by Wouter Swets (ed.), Nederlands Bibliotheek en Lektuur Centrum, Den Haag, 1985, 92 pages.
  • Iring, Widogast. Die reine Stimmung in der Musik. Gebrüder Reinecke, Leipzig, 1898.
  • Irmann, Karel. "Ladeni klavesovych hudebnich nastrou", Hudebni nastroje vol. 6 no. 5, 1969, pp. 143-144.
  • Irvine, Demar B. "Toward a Theory of Intervals", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 17 no. 4, April 1946, pp. 350-355.
  • Isacoff, Stuart M. Temperament. Alfred Knopf, New York, 2001, 277 pages. Dutch translation by Henk Moerdijk Het octaaf. De juiste stemming in de muziek, De Bezige Bij, Amsterdam, 2002, 271 pages.
  • Ives, Charles Edward. "Some 'Quarter-Tone' Impressions", Franco-American Music Society Bulletin vol. 25 no. 3, 1925: reprinted in Essays Before a Sonata and Other Writings, H. Boatwright (ed.), New York, 1962, p. 105.
  • Ives, Charles Edward. Memos. Reprint, John Kirkpatrick (ed.), Norton & Co., 1991.
  • Izawa, Hideyuki. "Alois Hába no "atarashii ongaku-yoshiki": Gengaku shijusokyoku 12 no baai" (Alois Hába's new music style in the string quartet op. 12), Musashino ongaku daigaku kenkyu kiyo vol. 24, 1992, pp. 17-36.
  • Izbickaja, Nadezda. K problemam intonacii sovremennoj horovoj muzyki: Na primere analiza horov Borisa Ljatosinskogo. PhD diss. summary, Music theory: Gosudarstvennaja Konservatorija im. P.I. Cajkovskogo, Kyjiv, 1987, 19 pages.

- J -

  • Jackson, Bruce Rogers. The G-D-G-C Scordatura Tuning for the Double Bass: a Historical Survey, Theoretical Rationale, Pedagogical Study, and Compositional Demonstration. Ball State University, 1996, 711 pages.
  • Jackson, William. A scheme Demonstrating the Perfection an Harmony of Sounds. London, 1726.
  • Jacobi, Erwin R. "Giuseppe Tartini's 'Regola per bene accordare il violino'", Music East and West. Essays in honor of Walter Kaufman, Thomas Noblitt (ed.), New York, 1981, pp. 199-207.
  • Jacobi, Peter. "The strange realm of Harry Partch", The Music Magazine, July 1962, pp. 14-16.
  • Jacobus de Liège. Jacobus Leodiens Speculum Musicae. c.1325. Roger Bragard (ed.), Corpus Scriptorum de Musica vol. 3, American Institute of Musicology, Rome, 1955-1973. Liber primus, liber secundus, liber tertius.
  • Jacobus de Liège. Jacobi Leodiensis Tractatus de consonantiis musicalibus, Tractatus de intonatione tonorum, Compendium de musica. Joseph Smits van Waesberge, Eddie Vetter and Erik Visser (eds.), Divitiae musicae artis A/IXa, Frits Knuf, Buren, 1988, pp. 88-122.
  • Jahn, Arthur. Besonderheiten der Intonation auf der Violine. 52. Jahresbericht der staatlichen akademischen Hochschule für Musik, Berlin.
  • Jahoda, Gerhard. Identische Strukturen pythagoreischer Zahlenschemata. Lafite, Wien, 1971.
  • Jairazhboy, Nazir Ali and A.W. Stone. "Intonation in present-day North Indian classical music", Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies vol. 26, part 1, University of London, 1963, pp. 119-132.
  • Jairazhboy, Nazir Ali. The Rags of North Indian Music: Their Structure and Evolution. Lok Virsa, Pakistan. Faber and Faber, London, 1971. Wesleyan University Press, Middletown CT, 1971. Popular Prakashan, Bombay, 1995.
  • Jairazhboy, Nazir Ali. "An interpretation of the 22 srutis", Asian Music vol. 6 no. 1-2, essays in honor of dr. Laurence E.R. Picken, Fritz A. Kuttner and Fredric Lieberman (eds.), 1975, pp. 38-59.
  • Jamard, T. Recherches sur la théorie de la musique. Paris, 1769, 296 pages.
  • James, Richard S. "Avant-Garde Sound-on-Film Techniques and Their Relationship to Electro-Acoustic Music", Musical Quarterly vol. 72 no. 1, 1986, pp. 74-89.
  • Jan, Karl von (ed.) Musici Scriptores Graeci. B.G. Teubner, Leipzig, 1895. Reprint G. Olms Verlag, Hildesheim, 1962. Contains treatises of Alypios, Bacchius, Cleonides, Euclides, Gaudentius and Nicomachus.
  • Janke, Reiner. "Nieuw op internet: Stemmingen", Het Orgel vol. 93 no. 1-2, 1997.
  • Janke, Reiner. "Unser Tonsystem und seine Temperierung. Ein Diagramm zur Darstellung", WWW, 1998. In PDF.
  • Jankó, Paul von. Eine neue Klaviatur. Theorie und Beispiele zur Einführung in die Praxis. Verlag von Em. Wetzler, Vienna, 1886, 93 pages.
  • Jankó, Paul von. "Über mehr als zwölfstufige gleichschwebende Temperatur", Beiträge zur Akustik und Musikwissenschaft vol. 3, Leipzig, 1901, pp. 6-12.
  • Janssen, Paul. "John Foulds, een Brit met twee gezichten", Klassieke zaken vol. 26 no. 2, April 2006, p. 29.
  • Janssens, Frank. "On the relation of beats in tempered triads", 1978.
  • Janssens, Frank. "A simple method to derive beat properties of temperaments", Acustica vol. 49 no. 2, 1981, pp. 152-159.
  • Järvelaïnen, Hanna; Tony Verma and Vesa Välimäki. "The effect of inharmonicity on pitch in string instrument sounds", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Berlin, 2000.
  • Järvelaïnen, Hanna; Tony Verma and Vesa Välimäki. "Perception and Adjustment of Pitch in Inharmonic String Instrument Tones", Journal of New Music Research vol. 31 no. 4, 2002.
  • Jeans, Sir James. Science and music. Cambridge University Press, 1937, 258 pages. Dover Publications, New York, 1968.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. Modes à transpositions limitées dans le système à quarts de ton. 1987.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. Ivan Wyschnegradsky et le système tricesimoprimal. Paris, 1988.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. Inédits Ivan Wyschnegradsky. Paris, 1990, 63 pages.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. Micro-intervallité et analyse spectrale, un siècle de recherches sur l'au-delà du système tempéré (1892-1992). Self-published, Paris, 1992, 338 pages.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. "Biographie Ivan Wyschnegradsky", WWW, 1996. English translation by Joe Monzo, 2001.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. "Esthétique des micro-intervalles. Catégories de lumière", WWW, 1997.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. "Avicenne et le tempérament", WWW, 1997.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. "Ivan Wyschnegradsky et le système tempéré à 31 degrés", WWW, 1997.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. Ivan Wyschnegradsky et la musique microtonale. PhD thesis, Université de Paris I, Panthéon-Sorbonne, 2000, 565 pages.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. Applications de la théorie des noeuds au domaine musical, Séminaire MaMuX, Paris, 2002, 25 pages.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. Mathématiques des systèmes acoustiques. L'Harmattan, Paris, 2002.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. Micro-intervalles et modes à transpositions limitées, Séminaire MaMuX, Paris, 2003, 8 pages.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. Dictionnaire des musiques microtonales. L'Harmattan, Paris, 2003.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. Table des modes à transpositions limitées dans les espaces micro-tempérés, Séminaire MaMuX, Paris, 2003, 44 pages.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. Mathematical Theory of Music. Editions Delatour France, Sampzon, 2006.
  • Jedrzejewski, Franck. "Generalized Diatonic Scales", Mathematics and Computation in Music, First International Conference of the Society for Mathematics and Computation in Music (SMCM), Berlin, May 2007.
  • Jemnitz, Alexander. Vierteltöne. Neue Zeitschrift für Musik no. 84, 1917, pp. 45-47.
  • Jencka, Daniel. "J.S. Bach's Well Tempered Clavier Tuning Script: A 1/18th PC Interpretation", WWW, 2005.
  • Jensen, Arthur. Ein praktischer Beitrag zur musikalischen Intonationslehre. Schriften der Hochschule "Mozarteum" Salzburg, Bd. 2. Emil Katzbichler-Verlag, München/Salzburg, 1975.
  • Jensen, Jeff. "Deriving the Musical Scale", WWW, 2001.
  • Jensen, Marc. "Just Intonation and the Frequencies of DNA: the Music of Susan Alexjander", 1/1 vol. 11 no.4, spring 2004, pp. 9-11, 24. Errata: 1/1 vol. 12 no.1, winter 2005, p. 19.
  • Jerold, Beverly. "Intonation Standards and Equal Temperament", Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie vol. 12 no. 2, 2007, pp. 215-227.
  • Jessup, Lynne. The Mandinka Balafon: An Introduction with Notation for Teaching. Xylo Publications, La Mesa CA, 1983.
  • Jira, Martin. Musikalische Temperaturen in der Klaviermusik des 17. und frühen 18. Jahrhunderts. Verlag Hans Schneider, Tutzing, 1997, 264 pages with CD.
  • Jira, Martin. Musikalische Temperaturen und musikalischer Satz in der Klaviermusik J.S. Bachs. Verlag Hans Schneider, Tutzing, 2000, 319 pages with CD.
  • Jiránek, Jaroslav. "Hábas Welt-, Kunst- und Theoriereflexion", Gedanken zu Alois Hába, Horst-Peter Hesse und Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Müller-Speiser, Anif, 1996.
  • Jirka, R.R. "Blitzkurs in Stimmung und Intonierung", Instrumentenbau-Zeitschrift vol. 48, November-December 1995, pp. 42-43.
  • Jobin, Emile. "Bach et le Clavier bien Tempéré", WWW, 2005.
  • Johnson, C.W.L. Musical Pitch - the Measurement of Intervals among the Ancient Greeks. Johns Hopkins University, 1896.
  • Johnson, F.B. Tartini's Trattato di musica secondo la vera scienza dell'Armonia. PhD diss., University of Indiana, 1985.
  • Johnson, Hugh Bailey jr. An Investigation of the Tuning Preferences of a Selected Group of Singers with Reference to Just Intonation, Pythagorean Tuning, and Equal Temperament. Diss., Indiana University, 1963, 127 pages.
  • Johnson, Jane Troy. "The rules for "through bass" and for tuning attributed to Händel", Early Music vol. 17 no. 1, February 1989, pp. 70-77.
  • Johnson, Michael and Robin Mackworth-Young. Tune and repair your own piano: a practical and theoretical guide to the tuning of all keyboard stringed instruments and to the running repair of the piano. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, London, 1978, 82 pages.
  • Johnson, William A. "History of Electronic Music - Part One... A Hymn to the Life and Times of Thaddeus Cahill (1867-1934)", Synthesis vol. 1 no. 2, 1971.
  • Johnston, Ben. "Letter From Urbana", Perspectives of New Music vol. 2 no. 1, fall-winter 1963, pp. 137-141.
  • Johnston, Ben. "Scalar Order as a Compositional Resource", Perspectives of New Music vol. 2 no. 2, 1964, pp. 56-76.
  • Johnston, Ben. "Proportionality and Expanded Pitch Resources", Perspectives of New Music vol. 5 no. 1, 1966, pp. 112-120.
  • Johnston, Ben. "Three Attacks on a Problem", Microtonal Music in America (Transcript of the Symposium of the American Society of University Composers, Washington University, St. Louis MO, April 1967. Proceedings of the ASUC 2.), pp. 89-98.
  • Johnston, Ben. "Tonality Regained", Proceedings of the American Society of University Composers vol. 6, 1971, pp. 113-119.
  • Johnston, Ben. "Microtones" and "Harry Partch", in Dictionary of Contemporary Music. Ed. John Vinton. E.P. Dutton & Co., New York, 1971, pp. 483-484 & 555-556.
  • Johnston, Ben. "The Corporealism of Harry Partch", Perspectives Of New Music vol. 13 no. 2, 1975, pp. 85-97.
  • Johnston, Ben. "Rational Structure in Music", American Society of University Composers Proceedings vols. 1-2, 1976/1977, pp. 102-118. Reprint in 1/1 vol. 2 no. 3 and 1/1 vol. 2 no. 4, 1986.
  • Johnston, Ben. "Beyond Harry Partch", Perspectives Of New Music vol. 22, 1984, pp. 223-232.
  • Johnston, Ben. "Harry Partch's 'Cloud-Chamber Music'", unpublished manuscript.
  • Johnston, Ben. "Rational Structure in Music: part 1", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 3, summer 1986, pp. 12-15.
  • Johnston, Ben. "Rational Structure in Music: part 2", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 4, fall 1986, pp. 12-18.
  • Johnston, Ben. "Phases 1a", score and computer program, Source, music of the avant garde vol. 1.
  • Johnston, Ben. "On extended Just Intonation", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 1, Sept 1991, pp. 6-7.
  • Johnston, Ben. "Just Intonation and Mere Intonation", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, pp. 18-19.
  • Johnston, Ben. "Microfest 2006 Keynote Speech", 1/1 vol. 12 no. 3, fall 2007, pp. 1, 3-15, 32.
  • Johnston, Ben. Maximum Clarity and Other Writings on Music. Bob Gilmore (ed.), University of Illinois Press, Urbana and Chicago IL, 2006, 296 pages.
  • Johnston, Ian H. Measured Tones, the Interplay of Physics and Music. Institute of Physics Publishing, Bristol/Philadelphia, 1989, 408 pages. Reprint 1997.
  • Jones, Arthur Morris. "Towards an assessment of the Javanese Pelog scale", Ethnomusicology vol. 7 no. 1, 1963, pp. 22-25.
  • Jones, Arthur Morris. Africa and Indonesia. The Evidence of the Xylophone and other Musical and Cultural Factors. E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1964, 294 pages.
  • Jones, Arthur Morris. "Panpipes and the equiheptatonic pitch", African music vol. 6 no. 1, South Africa, 1980, pp. 62-69.
  • Jones, Arthur Morris. "Peruvian panpipe tunings: more on Haeberli's data", Ethnomusicology vol. 25 no. 1, January 1981, pp. 105-107.
  • Jones, Arthur Taber. "End corrections of organ pipes", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 12 no. 3, 1941, pp. 387–394.
  • Jones, Arthur Taber. "A just scale for music", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 18 no. 1, 1946, pp. 167–169.
  • Jones, Clark. "Remarks on Just Intonation and Musical Scales", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 1947, p. 727.
  • Jones, Philip P. and John Barnes. "Bach, and Werckmeister", Early Music vol. 8 no. 4, October 1980, pp. 511-513.
  • Jones, Robert W. "Tuning the Macintosh", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 1, 1986, San Francisco, pp. 6-7.
  • Jones, Sir William. Physiological disquisitions; or, Discourses on the natural philosophy of the elements. J. Rivington, London, 1781.
  • Jones, Sir William. A Treatise on the Art of Music; in which the elements of harmony and air are practically considered. Keymer, Colchester, 1784. Longman, London, 1827.
  • Jones, Sir William. "On the musical modes of the Hindoos", Asiatick Researches vol. 3, Calcutta, 1792, pp. 55-87. Reprint in Hindu Music from Various Authors, S.M. Tagore (ed.), Calcutta, 1875, 1882, Chowkamba Sanskrit Series Office, Varanasi, 1965, pp. 125-160. S. Gupta, Calcutta, 1962.
  • Jonker, G.H. "Een merkwaardige fluit in het museum te Zwolle", Mens en Melodie vol. 3 no. 7, July 1948, pp. 211-213.
  • Jonquière, Alfred. Grundriß der musikalischen Akustik. Grieben's Verlag, Leipzig, 1898.
  • Jordan, Daniel S. "Influence of the diatonic tonal hierarchy at microtonal intervals", Perception and Psychophysics vol. 41 no. 6, 1987, pp. 482-488.
  • Jordan, James. "The pedagogy of choral intonation: Efficient pedagogy of approach - an old problem", Choral Journal vol. 27 no. 9, April 1987, pp. 9-16.
  • Jordan, William. "Galileo and the demise of Pythagoreanism", Music and science in the age of Galileo, Kluwer Academic, Dordrecht, 1992, pp. 129-139.
  • Jorgensen, Owen Henry. "Forgotten sounds of music", Piano technician's journal vol. 14 no. 10, Dec. 1971, pp. 16-18.
  • Jorgensen, Owen Henry. Tuning the Historical Temperaments By Ear : a manual of eighty-nine methods for tuning fifty-one scales on the harpsichord, piano, and other keyboard instruments. Northern Michigan University Press, Marquette, 1977, 435 pages.
  • Jorgensen, Owen Henry. "Restoring forgotten temperaments", Piano technician's journal vol. 20 no. 4, May 1977, pp. 19-20.
  • Jorgensen, Owen Henry. "Which tunings for which music? Applying the historical temperaments", Piano technician's journal vol. 21 no. 1, January 1978, pp. 14-20.
  • Jorgensen, Owen Henry. "In tune with old tunings", Clavier vol. 17 no. 8, November 1978, pp. 26-28.
  • Jorgensen, Owen Henry. The Equal-Beating Temperaments: a handbook for tuning harpsichords and fortepianos, with tuning techniques and tables of fifteen historical temperaments. The Sunbury Press, Raleigh NC, 1981, 36 pages.
  • Jorgensen, Owen Henry. Tuning. Containing: The perfection of eighteenth-century temperament, The lost art of nineteenth-century temperament and The science of equal temperament. Complete with instructions for aural and electronic tuning. Michigan State University Press, East Lansing MI, 1991, 798 pages.
  • Jorgenson, D.A. "A résumé of harmonic dualism", Music and Letters vol. 44 no. 1, 1963, pp. 31-42.
  • Joubert de la Salette, Pierre Joseph. "Nouvelle manière d'accorder les clavecins: voir Bach et Ricci, Méthode... pour le forte-piano ou clavecin...", Paris, 1786, p. 12.
  • Joubert de la Salette, Pierre Joseph. Considérations sur divers systèmes de la musique ancienne et moderne. Paris, 1810.
  • Joubert de la Salette, Pierre Joseph. "De la fixité et de l'invariabilité des sons musicaux", Société Asiatique, Paris, 1824.
  • Jourdain, Robert. Das wohltemperierte Gehirn. Wie Musik im Kopf entsteht und wirkt. Spektrum Verlag, Heidelberg, 2001, 440 pages.
  • Jousse, Jean. An Essay on Temperament...calculated to assist young students in tuning, correctly, the Pianoforte. London, 1832.
  • Jousse, Jean. "Directions to Students for Tuning the Pianoforte with Facility", 1832.
  • Jung, Hans Rudolf. "Telemann und die 'Mizlersche Societät der musikalischen Wissenschaften'", in Georg Philip Telemann, ein bedeutender Meister der Aufklärungsepoche, Konferenzbericht der 3. Magdeburger Telemann-Festtage vom 22. bis 26. Juni 1967, vol. 2, Magdeburg, 1969.
  • Jung, Karl. "Das Pleno und die Lehre von den Tonempfindungen: Ein Beitrag zur Disponierung der Orgel", Das Musikinstrument vol. 18 no. 9, Sept. 1969, pp. 1020-1021.
  • Jung, Karl. "Zwei mitteltönige Temperaturen", Das Musikinstrument vol. 28 no. 3, March 1979, pp. 531-532.
  • Junghans, Herbert. "Einführung in die Praxis historischer Stimmungen", Der Piano und Fluegelbau. Verlag Bochinsky, Frankfurt, 1984.
  • Jungius, Joachim. Harmonicae definitiones, in Praecipae opiniones physicae. (oeuvre posthume de l'auteur), Hamburg, 1769.
  • Junod, Julien; Pierre Audétat; Carlos Agon and Moreno Andreatta. "A Generalisation of Diatonicism and the Discrete Fourier Transform as a Mean for Classifying and Characterising Musical Scales", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • Jurgrau, Robert, Johnny Reinhard and Tui St. George Tucker (eds.) "Microtonal Music", Ear Magazine East vol. 7 no. 5, New York, 1982/1983.

- K -

  • Kaçar, Gülçin Yahya. "Yorgo Bacanos’un Ud Icrasindaki Araliklar ve Arel Ezgi-Uzdilek Ses Sistemi’ne Göre Bir Karsilastirma" (The Intervals in the Ud performance of Yorgo Bacanos and a comparison with the Arel-Ezgi-Uzdilek tonal system), G.Ü. Gazi Egitim Fakültesi Dergisi vol. 22 no. 2, 2002, pp. 155-161.
  • Kak, Subhash. "The Idea of 22 Srutis", September 2001, 12 pages.
  • Kak, Subhash. "Early Indian Music", APSE Symposium on A Search in Asia for a New Theory of Music, Manila, February 2002, 24 pages.
  • Kakinuma, Toshie. The musical instruments of Harry Partch as an apparatus of production in musical theatre. PhD thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1989, 359 pages.
  • Kallen, Elliott. "Harry Partch and his music", Listener vol. 7 no. 2, March-April 2001, Englander Communications, Greenwich CT.
  • Kallenbach-Greller, Lotte. "Die historischen Grundlagen der Vierteltöne", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 8, Sept. 1927, pp. 473-485.
  • Kallman, Howard J. "Octave equivalence as measured by similarity ratings", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 32 no. 1, 1982, pp. 37-49.
  • Kameoka, A. and M. Kuriyagawa. "Consonance theory Part I: Consonance of Dyads", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 45 no. 6, 1969, pp. 1451-1459.
  • Kameoka, A. and M. Kuriyagawa. "Consonance theory Part II: Consonance of complex Tones and its calculation method", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 45 no. 6, 1969, pp. 1460-1469.
  • Kamleiter, Peter. Carl Stumpfs Theorie der Tonverschmelzung als Erklärung des Konsonanzphänomens. Diss., Universität Würzburg, 1993.
  • Kanno, Mieko. "Thoughts on how to play in tune: pitch and intonation", Contemporary Music Review vol. 22 no. 1-2, March-June 2003, pp. 35-52.
  • Kantemir, Dmitri. Kitabu Ilm-il Musiki A’lâ Vechi’l Hurufat. Yalçin Tura (ed.), YKY, Istanbul, 2001.
  • Kanter, Jason. "About Temperaments", WWW, 2002.
  • Karadeniz, M. Ekrem. "Yeni Musiki sistemi", Baglama vol. 1, Gültekin Oransay (ed.), Ankara, 1965.
  • Karadeniz, M. Ekrem. Türk Mûsikîsinin Nazariye ve Esaslari (Theory and principles of Turkish music). Türkiye IS Bankasi Kültür Yayinlari, Publ. no. 237/238, Ankara, 1965, 1983, 811 pages.
  • Karaosmanoglu, M. Kemal. "Batida 12’li Tampere Sistem Disi Arayislar ve Iki Örnek: Partch - Daniélou", WWW, 2000.
  • Karaosmanoglu, M. Kemal and Can Akkoç. "Türk Musikisinde Icra-Teori Birligini Saglama Yolunda Bir Girisim", presentation to the 10th Müz-Dak (Türk Müzigi Dernek ve Vakiflari Dayanisma Konseyi) Symposium, Maçka Social Establishments, Istanbul Technical University, 4 December 2003.
  • Karaosmanoglu, M. Kemal. "Türk Musikisi Perdelerini Ölçüm, Analiz ve Test Teknikleri", Yildiz Teknik Üniversitesi Müzik Konferansi, Istanbul, 6 May 2004.
  • Karkoschka, Erhard. Das Schriftbild der neuen Musik. Bestandsaufname neuer Notationssymbole. Anleitung zu deren Deutung, Realisation und Kritik. No. 4010, Moeck Verlag, Celle, 1966, 186 pages. English translation by Ruth Koenig: Notation in new music, Universal Edition, London, 1972.
  • Karkoschka, Erhard. "Adriaan D. Fokker: Neue Musik mit 31 Tönen", Die Musikforschung vol. 22, 1969, pp. 115-116.
  • Karp, Cary. "A matrix technique for analyzing musical tuning systems", Acustica vol. 54, 1984, pp. 209-216.
  • Karpen, Richard, Douglas Keislar and Jerome Kohl (eds.) "Forum: Microtonality Today", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 1, 1992, pp. 172-262; no. 2, pp. 72-211.
  • Karrick, Brant Gilmore. An Examination of the Intonation Tendencies of Advanced Wind Instrumentalists Based on Their Performance of Selected Musical Intervals. PhD diss., The Louisiana State University and Agricultural and Mechanical College, 1994, 116 pages.
  • Karstens, Heinrich. "Andreas Werckmeister", Ars Organi vol. 15, 1967, pp. 1088-1090.
  • Kasemets, Udo; Tina Pearson and Gordon Monahan. "A tradition of experimentation: James Tenney in conversation", Musicworks: The Journal of Sound Exploration no. 27, spring 1984, pp. 2-9, 20.
  • Kassel, Richard M. "Harry Partch in the Field", MusicWorks no. 51, autumn 1991, pp. 6-15.
  • Kassel, Richard M. The Evolution of Harry Partch's Monophony. PhD thesis, City University of New York, 1996, 153 pages.
  • Kassler, Jamie Croy. The science of music in Britain, 1714-1830: a catalogue of writings, lectures and inventions. Garland reference library of the humanities vol. 79, Garland, New York and London, 1979, 2 vols. 673 & 666 pages.
  • Kassler, Michael. "The tuning of Maxwell's Essay", Studia musicologica Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae vol. 11, 1977, pp. 27-36.
  • Kastinen, Arja. Erään 15-kielisen kantelen akustisesta tutkimuksesta (An acoustical investigation of the 15-string kantele). Publication 5, Sibelius Academy Dept. of Folk Music, Helsinki, 2000.
  • Katayama, Chikako. "Theinred of Dover ni okeru kyowa-gainen" (Theinred of Dover's conceptualization of the degree of consonance), Tokyo geijutsu-daigaku ongaku-gakubu kiyo vol. 17, 1991, pp. 21-44.
  • Kaufmann, Henry William. "Vicentino's Archiorgano: An Annotated Translation", Journal of Music Theory vol. 5, April 1961, pp. 32-53.
  • Kaufmann, Henry William. "Vicentino and the Greek genera", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 16 no. 3, 1963, pp. 325-346.
  • Kaufmann, Henry William. The life and works of Nicola Vicentino (1511-c.1576). Rome, 1966. American Institute of Musicology, 1966.
  • Kaufmann, Henry William. "More on the tuning of the Archicembalo", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 23 no. 1, spring 1970, pp. 84-94.
  • Kaufmann, Henry William. "Francesco Orso's commentary on the chromatic writing of his first book of madrigals (1567)", Herz Festschrift, 1981, pp. 156-164.
  • Kaufmann, Knid and Martin Kaufmann. Le clavisimbalum d'Arnaut de Zwolle. Bulletin du Groupe d'Acoustique Musicale no. 54, Université de Paris, Paris, Feb. 1971.
  • Kaufmann, Walter. The Ragas of North India. International Affairs Center/Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1968. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1993.
  • Kaufmann, Walter. The Ragas of South India: a catalogue of scalar material. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1976.
  • Kayser, Hans. "Tagebuch vom Binntal", in Abhandlungen zur Ektypik harmonikaler Wertformen, Occidentverlag, Zürich, 1938, pp. 193-269. Reprint as Beiträge zur harmonikalen Grundlagenforschung, Heft 9, Lafite, Wien, 1977.
  • Kayser, Hans. Grundriss eines Systems der harmonikalen Wertformen. Max Niehans Verlag, Zürich und Leipzig, 1938, 350 pages.
  • Kayser, Hans. Lehrbuch der Harmonik. Occident Verlag, Zürich, 1950, 380 pages.
  • Kayser, Hans. Akróasis. Die Lehre von der Harmonik der Welt. Benno Schwabe und Co., Basel, 1946, reprint 1989. English translation Akróasis, the theory of world harmonics by Robert Lilienfeld, Plowshare Press, Boston, 1964.
  • Kayser, Hans. Ein harmonikaler Teilungskanon. Harmonikale Studien Heft 1, Occidentverlag, Zürich, 1946, 47 pages.
  • Kayser, Hans. Aufsätze aus dem Nachlaß. Lafite, Wien, 1975.
  • Keefe, Douglas H., Edward M. Burns and Phong T. Nguyen. "Vietnamese modal scales of the dan tranh", Music Perception vol. 8 no. 4, summer 1991, pp. 449-468.
  • Keenan, David C. "A strange 9-limit temperament", WWW, 1999.
  • Keenan, David C. "Harmonic errors in single-chain-of-equal-fifths tunings", WWW, 1999.
  • Keenan, David C. "Harmonic errors in equal tempered musical scales", WWW, 1999.
  • Keenan, David C. "A note on the naming of musical intervals", WWW, 1999.
  • Keenan, David C. "A method for optimally distributing any comma", WWW, Nov. 1999.
  • Keenan, David C. "Optimising JI guitar designs using linear microtemperaments or If it aint Baroque don’t waste your lute fixing it", Nov. 2003, Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 124-146.
  • Keers, Femke. "Ben Johnston", Werkgroep muziek van de 20e eeuw, R.A. Rasch (ed.), Utrecht, 1992, pp. 47-56.
  • Keidel, Wolf D. "Der Harmoniebegriff des Pythagoras aus sinnesphysiologischer Sicht", in Musik und Zahl - Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zum Grenzbereich zwischen Musik und Mathematik, Günther Schnitzler (ed.), Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1976, pp. 201-292.
  • Keislar, Douglas. "A Programmable Microtonal Keyboard", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, pp. 6-9.
  • Keislar, Douglas. "Software for Real-Time Microtonal Control", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Den Haag, 1986, pp. 83-85.
  • Keislar, Douglas. "History and Principles of Microtonal Keyboards", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, spring 1987, pp. 18-28. Published with corrections as "History and Principles of Microtonal Keyboard Design", Report STAN-M-45, Stanford University, 1988.
  • Keislar, Douglas. Psychoacoustic Factors in Musical Intonation: Beats, Interval Tuning, and Inharmonicity. PhD thesis, Stanford University Department of Music Technical Report Stan-M-70, March 1991, 211 pages.
  • Keislar, Douglas. "Six American Composers on Nonstandard Tunings", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 1, winter 1991, pp. 176-211.
  • Keislar, Douglas. "The relevance of beating partials for musical intonation", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Montréal, 1993, pp. 202-205.
  • Keislar, Douglas. Music notation evaluation procedure. Music Notation Modernization Association, Kirksville MO, 1994, 108 pages.
  • Kelleher, John Emil. Zarlino's 'Dimostrationi harmoniche' and Demonstrative Methodologies in the Sixteenth Century. PhD thesis, 1993, 405 pages.
  • Keller, Godfrey. A Compleat Method and a scale for tuning the Harpsichord or Spinet in A complet Method to Attaining to play a Thourough Bass. John Cullen, London, 1701, 1707.
  • Keller, Michaël. Monochordum, siue tractatus de ratione harmoniae musicae. In quo certa mensura, numeris decisa, non... demonstratur. Nissae, 1636.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. "Ein Beitrag zur Orgelbewegung. Vom Klangerlebnis in nichtgleichschwebenden Temperaturen", Instrumentenbau-Zeitschrift vol. 11, 1957, pp. 173-176.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. Zur musikalischen Temperatur, I. Johann Sebastian Bach und seine Zeit. Onckel Verlag, Kassel, 1960, reprint 1979, 96 pages. 2nd edition Verlag Merseburger, Kassel, 1981, 100 pages.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. "Zur Tonordnung (Wohltemperierung) im Werke Johann Sebastian Bachs", Festschrift Müller, 1960, pp. 19-26.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. "Zur 'Bachstimmung'", Das Musikinstrument vol. 9 no. 4, 1960.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. Ein Beitrag zur musikalischen Temperatur der Musikinstrumente vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart. Wandel und Goltermann, Reutlingen, 1966, 43 pages.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. "Zu Helmut K.H. Langes Besprechung von Ein Beitrag zur Musikalischen Temperatur der Musikinstrumente vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart. Eine Erwiderung", Die Musikforschung vol. 22 no. 3, July-Sept. 1969, pp. 344-348.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. "Zur Frage der Tonordnung bei der Restaurierung alter Orgeln", The Organ Yearbook vol. 8, 1977, pp. 61-63.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. Zur musikalischen Temperatur, II. Wiener Klassik. Verlag Merseburger, Kassel, 1982, 158 pages.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. Zur musikalischen Temperatur, III. Franz Schubert. Verlag Merseburger, Kassel, 1994, 95 pages.
  • Kelley, Clarence Moore. Atlas of the Natural Enharmonic Scale and the Equal Temperament Chromatic Scale. Dedham MA, 1930.
  • Kelley, Robert Tyler. "Charting Enharmonicism on the Just-Intonation Tonnetz: A Practical Approach to Neo-Riemannian Analysis", Annual Meeting of Music Theory Southeast, Davidson NC, March 2003, 49 pages.
  • Kelley, Robert Tyler. Mod-7 Transformations in Post-Functional Music. PhD diss., Florida State University, March 2005, 157 pages.
  • Kelling, Frits. "Analyse van een 31-toonscompositie 'Vier stukken voor strijkkwartet' van Hans Kox", Werkgroep muziek van de 20e eeuw, R.A. Rasch (ed.), Utrecht, 1992, pp. 57-71.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. Harmonische Tonleiter, Mitteltönigkeit und Kirnbergerstimmung. Hochschule für Musik, Berlin, 1975.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Musikinstrumente in fester, optimierter ungleichschwebender Stimmung für alle Tonarten", 1975.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Das 'Schweb', eine neue Maßeinheit für verstimmte Intervalle", Das Musikinstrument vol. 25 no. 5, 1976, p. 809.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. German patent DE 25 58 716 C3: "Musikinstrumente in fester, optimierter ungleichschwebender Stimmung für alle 24 Tonarten", claimed 21 Dec. 1975, granted 14 May 1981.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. Wie stimme ich selbst mein Cembalo?. Series: Das Musikinstrument vol. 18, Frankfurt a.M., 1976, 1979, 49 pages. 3rd edition, Bochinsky, Frankfurt a.M., 1986, 73 pages. English translation The tuning of my harpsichord, Verlag Das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt a.M., 1980, 54 pages. Japanese translation Cembalo Choritsu: Bach no Hibiki o saigen suru by Sumi Gunji, 1990, 68 pages.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Eine Rekonstruktion der wohltemperierten Stimmung von Johann Sebastian Bach", Das Musikinstrument vol. 26 no. 1, 1977, pp. 34-35.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Eine neue Stimmkontrolle für die gleichschwebende Temperatur", Das Musikinstrument vol. 26, 1977, p. 178.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Betrachtungen zur Stimmung Werckmeister III von 1691", Das Musikinstrument vol. 26, 1977, pp. 995-996.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Sur quelques aspects de l'accord du clavecin bien tempéré", Das Musikinstrument vol. 27 no. 9, 1977, p. 1332.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Das ungleichstufige, wohltemperierte Tonsystem", Bach-Stunden, Festschrift für Helmut Walcha zum 70. Geburtstag, W. Dehnhard & G. Ritter (eds.), Evang. Presseverband in Hessen und Nassau, Frankfurt a.M., 1978, pp. 75-91.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Wie genau kann mann die Bach-Stimmung nach den Gehör legen?", ? vol. 27 no. 1, 1978, Frankfurt a.M., pp. 35-17.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Was Bach a Mathematician?", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 2 no. 2, April 1978, pp. 32-36.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "A mathematical approach: Reconstructing J.S. Bach's Keyboard temperament", Bach, the quarterly journal of the Riemenschneider Bach Institute vol. 10 no. 4, Berea OH, October 1979, pp. 2-8, 22. Reprint in Bach vol. 30 no. 1, summer 1999.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Die ungleichstufige Wohltemperierung Bachs auf Bösendorfer-Konzertflügeln", Das Musikinstrument vol. 28, 1979, pp. 1197-1198.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "'Das wohltemperirte Clavier': Tuning and Musical Structure", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 2, April 1980, pp. 137-140.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Bach's temperament [correspondence]", Early Music vol. 9 no. 1, January 1981, p. 141.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Das C-dur-Praeludium BWV 846 und Forkels Variante", Gesellschaft für Musikforschung, Report, Bayreuth 1981, pp. 332-339.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "J'accorde mon clavecin", Das Musikinstrument vol. 31, Frankfurt a.M., 1982.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Sur quelques aspects de l'accord du clavecin bien tempéré", Revue Musicale de Suisse Romande vol. 35 no. 1, 1982, pp. 26-32.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Temperaments for all 24 Keys: A Systems-Analysis", Acustica vol. 52 no. 2, Stuttgart, 1982, pp. 106-113.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Is there an enigma in Werckmeister's 'Musicalische Temperatur'?", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 3 no. 7, 1984, pp. 134-136.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "One typographical enigma in Werckmeister, 'Musicalische Temperatur'", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 3 no. 8, 1985, pp. 146-151.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Did Werckmeister already know the tuning of J.S. Bach for the '48'?", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 4 no. 1, 1985, pp. 7-11.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Das wohltemperirte Clavier: Implications de l'accord inégal pour l'oeuvre et son autographe", translated by Christian Meyer. Revue de Musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 143-157.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "A propos d'une réimpression de la 'Musikalische Temperatur' (1691) de Werckmeister", Revue de Musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 184-187.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Neue Perspektiven der Bach-Forschung. Das Rätsel von Bachs Cembalostimmung", Österreichische Musikzeitschrift vol. 40 no. 2-3, 1985, pp. 73-81.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Comment Bach accordait-il son clavecin?", Flûte à Bec et instruments anciens vol. 13-14, SDIA, Paris, 1985.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "How Bach quantified his well-tempered tuning within the Four Duets", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 4 no. 2, 1986, pp. 21-27.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "F.W. Marpurg's Comments of 1776 on J.S. Bach's Tuning", Das Musikinstrument vol. 35 no. 2, 1986, pp. 74-75.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Barocke Akustik und Numerologie in den 'Vier Duetten': Bachs 'musikalische Temperatur'", Bericht über den Internationalen Musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß Stuttgart 1985, Dietrich Berke and Dorothea Hanemann (eds.), Alte Musik als ästhetische Gegenwart vol. 1, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1987, pp. 439-449.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Einführung in die Praxis historischer Stimmungen", Pianoflügelbau, 1991, pp. 353-361.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Kepler, Bach and Gauß, The Celestial Harmony of the Earth's Motion", BACH, Journ. Riemenschn. Bach Inst. vol. 25 no. 1, 1994, pp. 46-56.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Le tempérament inégal de Werckmeister / Bach et l'alphabet numérique de Henk Dieben", Revue de Musicologie vol. 80 no. 2, 1994, pp. 283-298.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "A Visualization of Organ Tunings for Perception of their Structure", Das Musikinstrument vol. 44 no. 10, 1995, p. 76.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "J.S. Bach's Well-Tempered Unequal System for Organs", The Tracker vol. 40 no. 3, Organ Historical Society, Richmond, 1996, pp. 21-27.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Stimmungssysteme des 17. und 18. Jahrhunderts", Alte Musik und Musikpädagogik, Symp., Hochschule für Musik und Darstellende Kunst, Wien, Hartmut Krones (ed.), Reihe Wiener Schriften zur Stilkunde und Aufführungspraxis Bd. 1, Böhlau, Wien/Köln/Weimar, 1997, pp. 235-265.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Über die Cembalostimmung für Das wohltemperirte Clavier", Michaelsteiner Konferenzberichte vol. 52, "Stimmungen im 17. und 18. Jahrhundert, Vielfalt oder Konfusion?", G. Fleischhauer, Monika Lustig, W. Ruf, F. Zschoch (eds.), Michaelstein, 1997, pp. 35-44.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. Musikalische Temperatur bei J.S. Bach und seinen Söhnen. H.A. Kellner, Paris, 1998.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Baroque-style Organs well-tempered according to Werckmeister/Bach; Bien tempérer les orgues de style baroque selon Werckmeister/Bach; Orgeln barocken Stils, wohltemperiert nach Werckmeister/Bach", International Society of Organbuilders Journal vol. 4, 1999, pp. 8-14.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "A Mathematical Approach Reconstituting J.S. Bach's Keyboard Temperament", Bach vol. 30 no. 1, 1999, pp. 1-9.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Considering the Tempering Tonality B-Major in Well-Tempered Clavier II", Bach vol. 30 no. 1, 1999, pp. 10-25.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "How BACH encoded his name into 'Die Kunst der Fuge' together with his tuning", Diapason, May 1999, pp. 14-15.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Göttliche Unität und mathematische Ordnung: Zahlenalphabet und Gematria von A. Werckmeister bis J.S. Bach", Österreichische Musikzeitung vol. 55 no. 11-12, 2000, pp. 8-16.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Johann Sebastian Bach: the well tempered tuning is unequal", WWW, 2001.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Bach-Numerologie-Gematria", WWW, 2001.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. Musicalische Temperatur der Bachsöhne. Self-published, 2001, 90 pages.
  • Kelly, Robert T. Charting Enharmonicism on the Just-Intonation Tonnetz: A Practical Approach to Neo-Riemannian Analysis, 2003, 50 pages.
  • Kemal, Mustafa. "Türk Musikisi Nota Girisi, Baski ve Icra Yazimili", WWW, 2002.
  • Kemal, Mustafa. "Batida 12'li Tampere Sistem Disi Arayislar Iki Örnek: Partch - Daliélou", WWW, 2002.
  • Kennedy, Keith. "The Ancient Four-note Musical Scale of the Maori", Mankind vol. 1/2, 1931, pp. 11-14.
  • Kennedy, Keith. "The music system of the Fijians", Mankind vol. 1/2, 1931, p. 37.
  • Kent, Christopher. "Tuning & temperament and the British organ, 1750-1850: A century of change viewed through the repertoire", BIOS: Journal of the British Institute of Organ Studies vol. 14, 1990, pp. 21-34.
  • Kent, Earle L. "Influence of irregular patterns in the inharmonicity of piano tone partials upon piano tuning practice", Musical Acoustics, Piano and Wind Instruments, Benchmark Papers in Acoustics vol. 9, reprinted from Dokumentation Europiano Kongreß Berlin 1965. 1966 by Fordergemeinschaft Klavier e.V. Published by Dowden, Hutchinson & Ross Inc., Stroudburg, Pennsylvania, 1977. Also in Das Musikinstrument vol. 31, 1982, pp. 1008-1013.
  • Kepler, Johannes. Harmonices mundi (Weltharmonik). 1619.
  • Kergomard, J., and X. Meynial. "Systèmes micro-intervalles pour les instruments de musique à vent avec trous latéraux", Journale Acoustique vol. 1, 1988, pp. 255-270.
  • Kessler, E.J., C. Hansen and R.N. Shepard. "Tonal schemata in the perception of music in Bali and in the West", Music Perception vol. 2 no. 2, winter 1984, pp. 131-156.
  • Ketels, M. "Stemmingen", Musica Antiqua, 1984.
  • Khatschi, Khatschi. Der Dastgâh, Studien zur neuen, persischen Musik. Kölner Beiträge zur Musikforschung, Band 19, Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1962.
  • Khatschi, Khatschi. "Das Intervalsbildungsprinzip des persischen Dastgâh Shur", Jahrbuch für musikalische Volks- und Völkerkunde vol. 3, 1967, pp. 70-84, 128-133.
  • Khoshzamir, Mojtaba. Aspects of the Persian Tasnif. Unpublished master thesis, UIUC, 1972.
  • Khoshzamir, Mojtaba. Ali Naqi Vaziri and his Influence on Music and Music Education in Iran. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, UIUC, 1979.
  • Khramov, Mykhaylo. "Project Commator and Sonantometry", Proceedings of the International Symposium Frontiers of Research on Speach and Music (FRSM-2008), 20-21 February 2008, Kolkata, pp. 133-140.
  • Khramov, Mykhaylo. "Approximation of 5-limit just intonation. Computer MIDI Modeling in Negative Systems of Equal Divisions of the Octave", Proceedings of the International Conference on Signal Processing and Multimedia Applications (SIGMAP-2008), 26-29 July 2008, Porto, pp. 181-184.
  • Khramov, Mykhaylo. "Bayan and 31EDO system", WWW, 2009.
  • Kiesewetter, Rafael Georg. Die Musik der Araber, nach Originalquellen dargestellt. Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1842. Reprint Breitkopf und Härtel, Wiesbaden, 1968, 1983. Sändig Reprint Verlag, Shaan, 1977.
  • Kiesewetter, Rafael Georg. "Über Tonmessungen und Temperaturen", Cäcilia no. 83, 1842.
  • Kiesewetter, Rafael Georg. Der neuen Aristoxener; zerstreute Aufsätze über das Irrige der musikalischen Arithmetik und das Eitle ihrer Temperaturrechnungen. Gesammelt, und mit einer historisch-kritischen Einleitung als Vorrede. Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1846. Reprint: Martin Sändig, Breitkopf und Härtel, Wiesbaden, 1971, 68 pages.
  • Kiesewetter, Rafael Georg. "Die sogenannte vollkommen gleichschwebende Temperatur, ohne Logarithmen, graphisch, technisch und praktisch ausgeführt", Cäcilia vol. 26, 1847, pp. 137-142.
  • Kiesewetter, Rafael Georg. Über die Oktave des Pitagoras. Leipzig, 1848.
  • Killian, Gotthard. Die Monochordschule des Pythagoras und das Musika Lisch - Organische: Die Wiederentdeckung der Alt-Griechischen Planetenskalen. Blue Hill Publishing, Basel/Melbourne, 2006, 318 pages.
  • Kilmer, A.D. "The Strings of Musical Instruments: their Names, Numbers and Significance", Assyriological Studies vol. 16, 1965, pp. 261–268.
  • Kilmer, A.D. "The Discovery of an Ancient Mesopotamian theory of music", Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society vol. 115, 1971, pp. 131–49.
  • Kimball, Buzz. "Retrofretting for Non-Twelve Scales", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 3 no. 6, April 1988, pp. 11-14. Revised version, WWW, 2003.
  • Kimball, Buzz. "Toward a Music of the Hyperspheres", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 6 no. 1, June 1990, pp. 6-9.
  • Kimball, Buzz. "Just Modulation Computer Program & 13-Tone ET Score", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 65-70.
  • Kimball, Buzz. "The 13 Tone Ensemble", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 9 no. 2, December 1992, p. 5.
  • Kimball, Buzz. "Just Intonation Cardboard Bongos", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 9 no. 2, December 1992, p. 5.
  • Kimball, Buzz. "Visions of the enharmonic, and incursions in building and playing 31 tone equal temperament guitars", Thirty One vol. 1, Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 2004, pp. 79-85.
  • Kimpel, Dan. "Stephen James Taylor: Taylor-Making A New Musical Vocabulary", Film Music vol. 1 no. 5, Nov/Dec 1998, pp. 28-29.
  • King, Anthony. "The Construction and Tuning of the Kora", African Language Studies vol. 13, 1972, pp. 113-136.
  • Kirby, Percival R. "The recognition and practical use of the harmonics of stretched strings by the Bantu of South Africa", Bantu Studies vol. 6, 1932.
  • Kirby, Percival R. "Physical Phenomena which appear to have determined the Bases and Development of an Harmonic Sense among Bushmen, Hottentot and Bantu, as I have observed them in Southern Africa", Bericht über den Siebenten Internationalen Musikwissenschaftlichen Kongress Köln 1958, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
  • Kirby, Wayne J. "Design for a Microtone and Brain Wave Generator", WWW, 1998.
  • Kirck, George T. "Computer Realization of Extended Just Intonation Compositions", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, spring 1987, pp. 69-75.
  • Kirk, R.E. "Tuning preferences for piano unison groups", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 31 no. 12, 1959, pp. 1644-1648.
  • Kirnbauer, Martin. "Si possono suonare i Madrigali del Principe’ – Die Gamben G. B. Donis und chromatisch-enharmonische Musik in Rom im 17. Jahrhundert", Schweizer Jahrbuch für Musikwissenschaft vol. 22, 2002.
  • Kirnberger, Johann Philipp. Construction der gleichschwebenden Temperatur. Berlin, 1764.
  • Kirnberger, Johann Philipp. "Anweisung zum Clavierstimmen", Johann Philipp Kirnbergers Clavierübungen, ... Vierte Sammlung, Friedrich Wilhelm Birnstiel, Berlin, 1766.
  • Kirnberger, Johann Philipp. Die Kunst des reinen Satzes in der Musik I. Theil. Heinrich August Rottmann, Berlin/Königsberg, 1774, 250 pages. II. Theil. G.J. Decker und G.L. Hartung, Berlin/Königsberg, 1776-1779, Wien, 1793, 252 pages. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1968.
  • Kirnberger, Johann Philipp. Letter to Johann Nikolaus Forkel, ca. 1779, in "Briefe von Kirnberger an Forkel", H. Bellerman (ed.), Allgemeine Musikalische Zeitung, 1871, p. 34.
  • Kirnberger, Johann Philipp. Articles "Stimmen" and "Stimmung", in Allgemeine Theorie der schöne Künste ..., Johann Georg Sulzer (ed.), Leipzig, 1786-1787.
  • Kittler, Friedrich. "Vernehmen, was du wähnst. Über neuzeitliche Musik als akustische Täuschung", Neue Zeitschrift für Musik, September/Oktober 1997, pp. 4-9. Reprint in Kaleidoskopein vol. 2, Leipzig, 1997, pp. 8-16.
  • Kjersgaard, Mads. "Sanning och osanning om tempereringar", Orgelforum vol. 24, 2002, pp. 70-75, 110-118.
  • Klein, Rolf Bernd. Die Intervallehre in der deutschen Musiktheorie des 16. Jahrhunderts. Kölner Beiträge zur Musikforschung vol. 157, Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1989, 284 pages.
  • Klein, Sigmund. "Quarter-Tone Data", Pro Musica Quarterly, March 1925, p. 21.
  • Klerk, Dirk de. "Equal Temperament", Acta musicologica vol. 51 no. 1, January-June 1979, pp. 140-150.
  • Klokken no. 1 en 2, verslag van de enquête door N.V. Eijsbouts naar het gebruik van de middentoonstemming voor beiaarden. Asten, 1951.
  • Klop, Gerrit C. Stemmen van clavecimbels. Werkplaats voor clavecimbelbouw, Garderen, 1974. Translation by Glen Wilson Harpsichord tuning, a course outline, Garderen, 1974. Reprint Sunbury Press, 30 pages.
  • Kloppenburg, Wim. "Een merkwaardig boekje over klavierspel", Mens en Melodie vol. 3 no. 8, August 1948, pp. 229-232.
  • Klösch, Gerhard. "Der unendliche Tonvorrat der reinen Stimmung und seine Realisierung durch relationale Notenschrift und Schiebetastatur", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 221-226.
  • Klösch, Gerhard. "Von der Eulerschen Konsonanztheorie zum relationalen Tonsystem. Ordnung in der Unendlichkeit der Töne", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 51-64.
  • Klösch, Gerhard. "Periodenstrukturen als Grundlage einer mathematisch fundierten Harmonielehre", Mikrotöne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
  • Klösch, Gerhard. "Der Home-Computer als mikrotonale Heimorgel für beliebige Tonsysteme", Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993.
  • Klumpenhouwer, Henry. "The Cartesian Choir", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 14 no. 1, spring 1992, pp. 15-37.
  • Klumpenhouwer, Henry. "Dualist Tonal Space and Transformation in Nineteenth-Century Musical Thought", The Cambridge History of Western Music Theory, Thomas Christensen (ed.), Cambridge University Press, 2002, pp. 456–476.
  • Kluth, Reinhard. "Heinrich Wilhelm Stolzes 'Wohltemperirte Orgel'. Überraschender Fund wird jetzt neu veröffentlicht", Musik und Kirche vol. 73, 2003, p. 393.
  • Knight, Roderic C. "Vibrato Octaves: Tunings and modes of the Mande balo and kora", Progress Reports in Ethnomusicology vol. 3 no. 4, University of Maryland Baltimore County, 1991, pp. 1-49.
  • Knudsen, Vern. O. "Some Cultural Applications of Modern Acoustics", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 9 no. 3, January 1938, pp. 175-184.
  • Knutsen, Torbjørn. "Alois Hába", Norsk musikkgranskning, Oslo, 1937, pp. 63-66.
  • Koehler, Laurie. Pythagoräisch-platonische Proportionen in Werken der ars nova und ars subtilior. Kassel, 1990, 2 vols, 285 and 169 pages.
  • Koenig, Gottfried Michael. "Kommentar zu Stockhausen...Wie die Zeit verging...zu Fokker Wozu und Warum?", Die Reihe vol. 8, 1962, pp. 73-92.
  • Koenig, Laura Jeanne. 'Air à la grecque': a quarter-tone piece for flute in the historical context of the enharmonic genre in eighteenth-century French music and theory (Charles de Lusse). M.A. thesis, University of Iowa, 1995, 150 pages.
  • Koenigsberg, Christopher K. "Karlheinz Stockhausen's New Morphology of Musical Time", seminar paper, Mills College, Oakland, December 1991.
  • Koepf, Siegfried. "Zum Nichttemperierten 48-Ton-System", Feedback Papers vol. 40, Feedback Studio Verlag, Köln, July 1994, pp. 16-27.
  • Kogut, Gennadiy Aleksandrovich, and Mikhael Sergeevich Shadrin. "The basic sound opportunities of 17-notes equal temperament" (in Ukrainian), "Ukrainian music scientific", vol. 4, edition "The Musical Ukraine", Kiev, 1969, pp. 203-217.
  • Kogut, G. "41-notes equal temperament and use of its (her) opportunities in folk music notation" (in Ukrainian), "A scientific slip" (An art series) the edition of the Ternopol Pedagogical University by V. Gnatiuk, vol. 1 no. 2, 1999, pp. 96-104.
  • Kogut, G. "From acoustic realities - to music of the future" (in Ukrainian), "A scientific slip" (An art series), the edition of the Ternopol Pedagogical University by V. Gnatiuk, vol. 2 no. 3, 1999, pp. 13-21.
  • Kogut, G. "Microtonal structures and some of their models" (in Ukrainian), Scientific bulletin of the National Music Academy of Ukraine, P. Chaikovskiy (ed.), Music knowledge: from XX to XXI century vol. 7, Kiev, 2000, pp. 178-197.
  • Kogut, G. "Microtonal scales as interval-gradient of structure" (in Ukrainian), Theoretical and practical questions in music theory: Ukraine musicology on the verge of centuries vol. 31, Melitopol, 2002, pp. 140-153.
  • Kogut, G. "Microintervallic - or 'again same do - re - mi ...?'" (in Ukrainian), Ukrainian music knowledge: scientific-methodical collection vol. 31, P.I. Chaikovskiy (ed.), National Music Academy of Ukraine, Kiev, 2002, pp. 193-205.
  • Kogut, G. "Acoustic phenomena as events" (in Ukrainian), Scientific notes of the Ternopol state pedagogical university by V. Gnatjuk, P.I. Chaikovskiy (ed.), series: Music knowledge vol. 1 no. 10, National Music Academy of Ukraine, 2003, pp. 60-67.
  • Kogut, G. Mikrotonovya muzyka. (in Russian), Naukova dumka, Kiev, 2005, 264 pages.
  • Kogut, G. "Alexei Ogolevets", WWW, 2008.
  • Kohl, Jerome. "Tuning Pure Intervals", Traverso vol. 1 no. 2, April 1991, pp. 1-2.
  • Kohl, Randall Charles. The Hawaiian slack key guitar tradition as performed by Raymond K. Kane: An analysis of performance and composition techniques in Taro Patch and other tunings. MA thesis, Music, U. of Hawaii, 1990, 374 pages.
  • Koizumi, Fumio. Nihon dento ongaku no kenkyu 1: Minyo kenkyu hoho to onkai no kihon kozo (Research on Japanese traditional music 1: methods of folksong research and the structural basis of musical scales). Ongaku no tomo-sha, 1958.
  • Kok, W. Harmonische orgels. The Hague, 1955, with English summary.
  • Kolinski, Mieczyslaw. "A New Equi-Distant 12-Tone Temperament", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 12 nos. 2-3, 1959, pp. 210-214.
  • Kolinski, Mieczyslaw. "The Origin of the Indian 22-Tone System", Studies in Ethnomusicology vol. 1, 1961, pp. 3-18.
  • Kolinski, Mieczyslaw. "Consonance and dissonance", Ethnomusicology vol. 6 no. 2, 1962, pp. 66–74.
  • Kolinski, Mieczyslaw. "Gestalt Hearing of Intervals", The Commonwealth of Music (Festschrift for Curt Sachs), G. Reese and R. Brandel (eds.), Free Press, New York, 1965, pp. 368-374.
  • Kolk, Dieter. Zahl und Qualität : Abhandlungen zur Harmonik Hans Kaysers. Schriften über Harmonik Nr. 19, Kreis der Freunde um Hans Kayser, Bern, 1995, 456 pages.
  • Kollmann, August Friederich Christoph. An essay on musical harmony according to the nature of that science. London, 1796.
  • Kollmann, August Friederich Christoph. A New Theory of Musical Harmony. London, 1806. Revised ed., 1823.
  • König, Alfred P. "Barockgitarre und Theorbe: Eine interessante Entdeckung beim Vergleich ihrer Stimmung", Gitarre & Laute vol. 14 no. 1, 1992, pp. 19-20.
  • Koperdraat, Michiel. "Griekse muziek, hoe zit dat nou eigenlijk in elkaar?", Lychnari no. 1, 1999.
  • Kopiez, Reinhard. "Intonation of harmonic intervals: Adaptability of expert musicians to equal temperament and Just Intonation", Music Perception vol. 20 no. 4, 2003, pp. 383-410.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald Otto. Musical Acoustic based on the pure Third-System. Wilhelm Hansen Musik-Forlag, Copenhagen and Leipzig, 1922.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald Otto. Die Hochteilung der Oktave. Copenhagen, 1930.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald Otto. Das Tonsystem des Italieners Zarlino vom Jahr 1558, 1930 in ein modernes Wertbezug-System zur Würdigung der 31-, 19- und 12-tönigen Temperaturen umgebildet. Ein sehr konzentrierter Extrakt. Self-published, Copenhagen, 1930, 16 pages. Translated from Danish to German by P. Friedrich Paulsen.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald. Akustische Gesetze für die Akkord- und Skala-Bildung. Copenhagen, 1930.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald. Das Goldene Tonsystem als Fundament der theoretischen Akustik. Aschehoug Forlag, Copenhagen, 1930.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald. Die Vorläufer der gleichschwebenden Temperaturen mit 19 oder 31 Tönen in der Oktave. Translated from Danish to German by P. Friedrich Paulsen. J. Jorgensen, Copenhagen, 1930.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald. Von der Urform 5-Toniger Skalen zu den goldenen Tönen elektrischer Instrumente. Copenhagen, 1931.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald. Die akustische Atomtheorie angewandt auf das pythagoraische Tonsystem. Copenhagen, 1931.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald. Acoustic methods of work in relation to systematic comparative musicology. Translated by Maurice Baruel, J. Jorgensen and Co., Copenhagen, 1934.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald. Acoustic Valuation of Intervals by Aid of the Stable Tone-System. Translated by Jean Ferguson. Aschehoug Forlag, Copenhagen, 1938.
  • Kostelanetz, Richard. "A Conversation, in Eleven-Minus-One Parts, with Lou Harrison about Music/Theatre", Musical Quarterly, 1992, p. 383.
  • Kostujak, Wolfgang. "Logarithmus und Legende. Bachs 'Wohltemperiertes Clavier' zwischen Denksport und musikalischer Praxis", Sendemanuskript, DeutschlandRadio Kultur, 8 June 2004, 22.00 h.
  • Kostujak, Wolfgang. "Sammlung verschiedener Stimmanweisungen zum stimmpraktischen Unterricht an der FolkwangHochschule Essen", WWW, 2006.
  • Kotschy, Johannes. "The World of Small Pitches", unpublished lecture presented at the Nordlyd Festival, Trondheim, 1995.
  • Kotschy, Johannes. "Tendenzen der Mikrotonmusik", ton vol. 4/96-1/97, IGNM, Wien, 1997.
  • Kotschy, Johannes. "Integrative Musik - Mikrotöne und Klangfarbe". ton vol. 4/96-1/97, IGNM, Wien, 1997.
  • Kotschy, Johannes. "Standortbestimmung. Erfahrungen mit Naturtonmusik", ton vol. 4/96-1/97, IGNM, Wien, 1997.
  • Kotschy, Johannes. "Auf dem Weg zu Mikroharmonik", Musikwissenschaft - Musikpraxis. Festschrift für Horst-Peter Hesse zum 65. Geburtstag, Kai Bachmann and Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Müller-Speiser, Anif, 2000.
  • Kotschy, Johannes. "Musik im 21. Jahrhundert. Gedanken zur Entwicklung der Ekmelischen Musik", WWW.
  • Kotschy, Johannes. "Systematik der mikrotonalen Musik", WWW.
  • Kottick, Edward L. "Treatise on harpsichord tuning (book review)", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 6/7, 1988/89, pp. 214-218.
  • Kottick, Edward L. "Bonifazio Asioli and Equal Temperaments", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 9, 1991.
  • Kottick, Edward L. "The Truth About Temperaments", The Big Red Book of American Lutherie vol. 1, Guild of American Luthiers, Tacoma WA, 1999, p. 386.
  • Kottick, Edward L. "Mark Lindley: Lutes, Viols and Temperaments (book review)", The Big Red Book of American Lutherie vol. 1, Guild of American Luthiers, Tacoma WA, 1999, p. 488.
  • Kraft, Sönke. "Musiktheorie", WWW, 2002.
  • Kragl, Florian. "Zur Stimmung von Xylophonen in Malawi und Nordmoçambique. Kritischer Forschungsbericht und Untersuchungen", Frankfurter Zeitschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 6, 2003, pp. 85-133.
  • Krähenbühl, David and Christopher Schmidt. "On the Development of Musical Systems", Journal of Music Theory vol. 6 no. 1, spring 1962, pp. 32-65.
  • Kramer, Jonathan. "The Fibonacci Series in Twentieth-Century Music", Journal of Music Theory vol. 17 no. 1, 1973, pp. 110-148.
  • Krammer, Anton. "Rationale und irrationale Harmonie", Harmonik & Glasperlenspiel. Beiträge 1994, Verlag Peter Neubäcker & freies musikzentrum, München, 1995, pp. 73-128.
  • Kranenburg, Peter van. Klavierstemmingen in 17e-eeuwse geschriften. WWW, 2001, 11 pages.
  • Krantz, Richard J. and Jack Douthett. "A measure of reasonableness of equal-tempered musical scales", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 95 no. 6, June 1994, pp. 3642-3650.
  • Krantz, Richard J. and Jack Douthett. "Construction and interpretation of equal-tempered scales using frequency ratios, maximally even sets, and p-cycles", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 107 no. 5, May 2000, pp. 2725–2734.
  • Kraus, Sabine: Die Konzertharfe in der ekmelischen Musik. Master thesis, Hochschule Mozarteum, Salzburg, 2000.
  • Krebs, Karl. "Die besaiteten Klavierinstrumente bis zum Anfang des 17. Jahrhunderts", Vierteljahresschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 8, 1892.
  • Kreichi, Stanislav. "ANS continues to work" (in Russian), Muzykal'naja Akademija no. 4, 1999.
  • Kremer, Joseph-François. Rameau, l'harmonie et les méprises de la tradition. Méridiens-Klincksieck, Paris, 1986.
  • Krenek, Ernst. Über neue Musik: sechs Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die theoretischen Grundlagen. Ringbuchhandlung, Wien, 1937, 108 pages. English translation Music here and now, 1939.
  • Kreyszig, Walter Kurt. "Preparing Editions and Translations of Humanist Treatises on Music: Franchino Gaffurio's 'Theorica Musice' (1492)", Music Discourse from Classical to Early Modern Times. Editing and Translating Texts, Papers given and the 26th Conference on Editorial Problems, University of Toronto, 19-20 October 1990, Maria Rika Maniates (ed.), University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 1997, pp. 71-95.
  • Krickeberg, D. "Studien zu Stimmung und Klang der Querflöte zwischen 1500 und 1850", Jahrbuch des Staatlichen Instituts für Musikforschung, 1968.
  • Krohn, Ilmari. "Das akustische Harmonium der Universität zu Helsingfors", Bericht über den zweiten Kongress der internationalen Musikgesellschaft zu Basel vom 25.-27. September 1906, Leipzig, 1907, pp. 75-83.
  • Kroman, Kai. "Wedell's 31-system", Musik. Tidsskrift for Tonekunst vol. 1 no. 1, Copenhagen, 1917, pp. 6-7, no. 2 pp. 13-14, no. 5 pp. 46-48, no. 6 pp. 58-61.
  • Kronman, Ulf. "Acoustics of the steelpan: Tone generation and tuning--an introductory study of methods for measurements", Speech transmission laboratory no. 4, 1988, pp. 59-73.
  • Kronman, Ulf. Steel pan tuning: A handbook for steel pan making and tuning. Musikmuseets skrifter no. 20, Musikmuseet, Stockholm, 1992, 174 pages.
  • Kroyer, Theodor. Die Anfänge der Chromatik im italienischen Madrigal des XVI. Jahrhunderts. 1902.
  • Krueger, Felix. "Differenztöne und Konsonanz", Archiv für die gesamte Psychologie vol. 1 & 2, 1903.
  • Krüger, Hans. "Die Verstimmung (scordatura, discrodatura) auf Saiten-Instrumenten in Beziehung zur klanglichen Einrichtung der Instrumente und zum Tonsystem und ihre Folgen auf die Aufführungspraxis", Bericht über den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß Köln 1958, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
  • Krüger, Walther. "Bemerkungen zur Stimmungscharakteristik und stimmungsmassigen Adaptionsfähigkeit bei Blasinstrumenten", Bericht über das 3. Symposium zu Fragen der Streichinstrumente, Saiten und Stimmungen, Kultur- und Forschungsstätte, Institut für Aufführungspraxis, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1983, pp. 64-73.
  • Krumhansl, Carol L. and Roger N. Shepard. Component factors in judgments of scale completion. Paper presented at the Western Psychological Association Symposium, Cognitive structure of musical pitch, San Francisco, 1978.
  • Krumhansl, Carol L. and Roger N. Shepard. "Quantification of the hierarchy of tonal functions within a diatonic context", Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance vol. 5, 1979, pp. 579-594.
  • Krumhansl, Carol L. "General Properties of Musical Pitch Systems: Some Psychological Considerations", in Johan Sundberg (ed.), Harmony and Tonality. Royal Swedish Academy of Music (Publication # 54), Stockholm, 1987, pp. 33-52.
  • Krumhansl, Carol L. The Cognitive Foundations of Musical Pitch. Oxford Psychology Series no. 17, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1990, 307 pages.
  • Krumhansl, Carol L. and Paul Iverson. "Perceptual Interactions Between Musical Pitch and Timbre", Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance vol. 18, 1992, pp. 739-751.
  • Krumhansl, Carol L. and Marc Perlman. "An Experimental Study of Interval Standards in Javanese and Western Musicians", Music Perception vol. 14 no. 2, 1996, pp. 95-116.
  • Kubik, Gerhard. "Mehrstimmigkeit und Tonsysteme in Zentral- und Ostafrika", Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische Klasse, Sitzungsberichte vol. 254 no. 4, H. Böhlau, Wien, 1968.
  • Kubik, Gerhard. Natureza e estrutura de escalas musicais africanas. Portuguese translation by João de Freitas Branco, Junta de Investigações do Ultramar, Lisboa, 1970, 36 pages.
  • Kubik, Gerhard. "Aufbau und Struktur der amadinda-Musik von Buganda", Graf Festschrift, 1976, pp. 109-137.
  • Kubik, Gerhard. Theory of African music. 9 essays. PhD diss., Musicology: U. Wien, 1980, 397 pages.
  • Kubik, Gerhard. "Likembe tunings of Kufuna Kandongan, Angola", African Music vol. 6 no. 1, South Africa, 1980, pp. 70-88.
  • Kubik, Gerhard. "African tone-systems: A re-assessment", Yearbook of the International Folk Music Council Int. vol. 17, 1985, pp. 31-63.
  • Kuckertz, Joseph (ed.) Außereuropäische Musik in Einzeldarstellungen. Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag/Bärenreiter Verlag, edition MGG, Kassel, 1980, 480 pages.
  • Kudelski, Stefan. The S 52: A New Electronic Instrument for Musical Research. Lausanne, 1969.
  • Kuh, Kohnie. A Musicological Study of the Important Tonal Systems of the T'ang Dynasty, 618-907, PhD diss., New York University, 1942, Ann Arbor MI, 1973.
  • Kühl, Jürgen. "Die Orgelstimmungen von Ignaz Bruder und Andreas Silbermann", Acta Organologica vol. 16, 1982, pp. 249-264.
  • Kühl, Jürgen. "Über ungleichschwebende Orgelstimmungen", Acta Organologica vol. 19, 1987, pp. 239-250.
  • Kuhnau, Johann. "Sowohl aber als des Neidhardts Temperatur... auf Saiteninstrumenten, als Clavecins und Clavicordiis..appliciret werden", Critica Musica Bd. 2, Johann Mattheson, Hamburg, 1725, pp. 229-239.
  • Kulbin, Nicolaj. "Die freie Musik", Der Blaue Reiter, Berlin, 1911. Self-published, Moscow, 1915. Reprint with additions, Klaus Lankheit (ed.), München, 1984, pp. 125-131. Italian translation "La musica libera", in Il Cavaliere azzurro, Franz Marc and Wassily Kandinsky (eds.), 1988, pp. 117-120.
  • Kullber, B.L. "Holland: Harmonische Musik mit 31 Tönen", Neue Zeitschrift für Musik vol. 128, March 1967, pp. 97-98.
  • Kümmel, Hans Martin. "Zur Stimmung der babylonischen Harfe", Orientalia. Nova series vol. 39 no. 2, 1970, pp. 152-163.
  • Kuna, M. "Torso vztahu lidkèho a umèleckèho (korespondence Aloise Háby Vaclavu Talichovi", HV vol. 8, 1971, p. 94.
  • Kunst, Jaap and C. (Katy) J.A. Kunst-Van Wely. "Over toonschalen en instrumenten van West-Java", Djawa vol. 3, Weltevreden, 1923, pp. 26-40.
  • Kunst, Jaap and C.J.A. Kunst-Van Wely. De toonkunst van Bali. 2 vols. I: Weltevreden, 1925. II in: Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde vol. 65, 1925, Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, pp. 369-508.
  • Kunst, Jaap. "De l'origine des échelles musicales javano-balinaises", Journal of the Siam Society vol. 23, Bangkok, 1929, pp. 111-122.
  • Kunst, Jaap. "Een overwalsche bloedverwant van den Javaanschen Gamelan", Nederlandsch Indië oud en nieuw vol. 24, 1929-1930, pp. 79-96, 354.
  • Kunst, Jaap and R.M.A. Koesoemadinata. "Een en ander over pelog en salendro", Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde vol. 69, 1929-1930, pp. 320-352.
  • Kunst, Jaap. De toonkunst van Java. Martinus Nijhoff, Den Haag, 1934. English edition Music in Java: its history, its theory and its technique, E.L. Heins (ed.), 2 vols., Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague, 1949, third ed. 1973, 660 pages.
  • Kunst, Jaap. "Teylers muzikale prijsvraag", Mens en Melodie vol. 1 no. 1, January 1946, pp. 19-22.
  • Kunst, Jaap. "Java", Außereuropäische Musik in Einzeldarstellungen, Joseph Kuckertz (ed.), German translation by Hans Albrecht, Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag/Bärenreiter Verlag, edition MGG, Kassel, 1980, pp. 360-374.
  • Kunst, Jaap. Around von Hornbostel's theory of the cycle of blown fifths. Instituut voor de Tropen, mededeling no. 76, Koninklijke Vereniging Indisch Instituut (Royal Netherlands Institute for the Indies), Amsterdam, 1948, 35 pages. Reprint in Ethnomusicological theory and method, Garland, New York, 1990, pp. 43-75.
  • Kunst, Jaap. "Alexander John Ellis", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart vol. 3, 1954, p. 1284.
  • Kunst, Jaap. Ethno-musicology. A study of its nature, its problems, methods and representative personalities to which is added a bibliography. Martinus Nijhoff, Den Haag, 1955, 158 pages.
  • Kuppuswami, T.V. Carnatic Music and the Tamils. Kalinga Publications, Delhi, 1992, 334 pages.
  • Kurenniemi, Erkki. "Divisor harmonies", Musiikki vol. 19 no. 1-4, 1989, pp. 462-472.
  • Kurka, Rudolf Wilhelm. "Zum Problem der 'Reinen Stimmung'", Zeitschrift für Instrumentenbau vol. 8, 1889, p. 307.
  • Kurosawa, T. "The Musical Bow of the Bununs tribe in Formosa and suggestions as to the origin of the Pentatonic Scale", Toyo Ongaku Kenkyu vol. 10-11, Tokyo, 1952, pp. 18-32.
  • Kurt, Irfan. Baglamada duzen ve pozisyon (Tuning and positioning of the baglama). Yayincilik, Ankara, 1989, 95 pages.
  • Kurz, Michael. Klangsynthese mittels physikalischer Modellierung einer schwingenden Saite durch numerische Integration der Differentialgleichung. Diplomarbeit Technische Universität Berlin, 1995.
  • Kusumadinata (Koesoemadinata), Raden Machjar Angga. Ringkesan Elmoening Kanajagan. Tjitakan ka-1, Departement O. & E., Weltevreden (Bogor), 1940.
  • Kusumadinata, Raden Machjar Angga. Ringkesan Pangawikan Rinenggaswara (Ringkesan elmuning kanajagan), Pelog 9 Raras, Raras Salendro 15 and 17 Raras Salendro. Noordhoff Kolf NV, Djakarta, 1950.
  • Kusumadinata, Raden Machjar Angga. Ilmu seni raras. Pradnja Paramita, Bandung, 1969, 139 pages.
  • Kutlug, Yakup Fikret. Türk Musikisinde Makamlar. YKY, Istanbul, 2000.
  • Kuttner, Fritz A. "The Science of Music in Ancient China: When an Acoustical Engineering Experiment Might Last Five Centuries", High Fidelity, August 1955, p. 52 ff.
  • Kuttner, Fritz A. "A 'Pythagorean' Tone-System in China - Antedating the Early Greek Achievements by several centuries", Bericht über den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß Köln 1958, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1959, pp. 174-176.
  • Kuttner, Fritz A. and J. Murray Barbour. Meantone Temperament in Theory and Practice and The Theory and Practice of Just Intonation and The Theory of Classical Greek Music. Introductory Notes. Musurgia Records A-3, New York, 1958.
  • Kuttner, Fritz A. "A musicological interpretation of the 12 Lüs in China's traditional tone system", Ethnomusicology vol. 9 no. 1, 1965, pp. 22-38.
  • Kuttner, Fritz A. "Prince Chu Tsai-Yü's (Zhu Zaiyu) life and work: a re-evaluation of his contribution to equal temperament theory", Ethnomusicology vol. 19 no. 2, May 1975, pp. 163-206. Also in Studien zur Phänomenologie der musikalischen Gestaltung: Festschrift für Marinus Schneider, Regensburg, 1977.
  • Kuttner, Fritz A. "The 749-temperament of Huai Nan Tzu (+ 122 B.C.)", Asian Music vol. 6 no. 1-2, essays in honor of dr. Laurence E.R. Picken, Fritz A. Kuttner and Fredric Lieberman (eds.), 1975, pp. 88-112.
  • Kuttner, Fritz A. The Archaeology of Music in Ancient China: 2000 Years of Acoustical Experimentation 1400 B.C.-A.D. 750. Paragon House, New York, 1989, 240 pages.
  • Kutz, Adalbert. Musikgeschichte und Tonsystematik. Junker und Dünnhaupt, Berlin, 1943.
  • Kwon, O-Yeon. Die Theorie und Praxis der Intonationen in der traditionellen koreanischen Musik, gemessen an den Wölbbrettzithern Komun'go und K'ayagum. Kölner Beiträge zur Musikforschung vol. 169, Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1992, 237 pages.

- L -

  • Laborde, Jean-Benjamin de. Essai sur la musique ancienne et moderne. E. Onfroy, Paris, 4 vols., 1780.
  • Laborde, Jean-Benjamin de. Mémoires sur les Proportions musicales, le genre énarmonique des Grecs et celui des Modernes. Supplément à l'Essai sur la musique, Philippe Denys Pierres, Paris, 1781, 70 pages.
  • Laborde, Jean-Benjamin de. Mémoires sur le nouveau clavecin chromatique de M. de Laborde. Philippe Denys Pierres, Paris, 1782.
  • Lachmann, Robert. Musik des Orients. Hirt, Breslau, 1929.
  • Lachmann, Robert and Mahmoud el-Hefny (eds.) "Ja`qub Ibn Ishaq al-Kindi: Über die Komposition der Melodien", Veröffentlichungen der Gesellschaft zur Erforschung der Musik des Orients vol. 1, Fr. Kistner & C.F.W. Siegel, Leipzig, 1931.
  • Lachmann, Robert. "Das indische Tonsystem bei Bharata und sein Ursprung", Zeitschrift für vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 1, 1933, p. 73.
  • Lachmann, Robert. "Die Vina und das indische Tonsystem bei Bharata", Zeitschrift für vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 2, 1934.
  • Ladma, Vladimir. "Harmonic Bindings", paper presented at "Fuzzy principles in music" of the Seventh International Fuzzy Systems Association World Congress, Prague, June 25-29, 1997.
  • Ladma, Vladimir. "Musical Structures", WWW, 2001.
  • Lafuente, Henzo. "Microtonalismo y Afinaciónes alternativas", WWW, 2001.
  • Lai, Eric C. A Theory of Pitch Organization in the Early Mu